Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Cakra (?) on Suśr
Comm. on the Kāvyālaṃkāravṛtti
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Kaṭhopaniṣad
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Nirukta
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Garbhopaniṣat
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Nyāyasūtra
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Yogasūtra
Śira'upaniṣad
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
Bhallaṭaśataka
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Nyāyabhāṣya
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Tantrākhyāyikā
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
Śivasūtra
Ṛtusaṃhāra
Amaraughaśāsana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
Gṛhastharatnākara
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Mukundamālā
Mātṛkābhedatantra
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnasamuccaya
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rasārṇava
Ratnadīpikā
Rājamārtaṇḍa
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
Smaradīpikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhāvaprakāśa
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Hārāṇacandara on Suśr
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Tarkasaṃgraha
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Cakra (?) on Suśr
Cakra (?) on Suśr zu Su, Sū., 24, 8.1, 3.0 āgantāvapi hi vātādiliṅgaṃ
śarīrakṣobhādavaśyaṃ bhavati paraṃ tat kiyantamapi kālaṃ vātādicikitsāprayojanakaṃ na bhavati yaduktaṃ tatrābhighātajo vāyuḥ prāyo raktaṃ pradūṣayan ityādi //
Comm. on the Kāvyālaṃkāravṛtti
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 10.0 tā abruvan
hantāsmāccharīrād utkrāmāma tad yasminn utkrānta idaṃ śarīraṃ patsyati tad ukthaṃ bhaviṣyatīti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 10.0 tā abruvan hantāsmāccharīrād utkrāmāma tad yasminn utkrānta idaṃ
śarīraṃ patsyati tad ukthaṃ bhaviṣyatīti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 16.0 tad aśīryatāśārītī3ṃ tac
charīram abhavat taccharīrasya śarīratvam //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 16.0 tad aśīryatāśārītī3ṃ tac charīram abhavat
taccharīrasya śarīratvam //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 16.0 tad aśīryatāśārītī3ṃ tac charīram abhavat taccharīrasya
śarīratvam //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 19.0 tā abruvan hantedaṃ punaḥ
śarīraṃ praviśāma tad yasmin naḥ prapanna idaṃ śarīram utthāsyati tad ukthaṃ bhaviṣyatīti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 19.0 tā abruvan hantedaṃ punaḥ śarīraṃ praviśāma tad yasmin naḥ prapanna idaṃ
śarīram utthāsyati tad ukthaṃ bhaviṣyatīti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 12.0 amartyo martyenā sayonir ity etena hīdaṃ sarvaṃ sayoni martyāni hīmāni
śarīrāṇī3ṃ amṛtaiṣā devatā //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 13.0 tā śaśvantā viṣūcīnā viyantā ny anyaṃ cikyur na ni cikyur anyam iti nicinvanti haivemāni
śarīrāṇī3ṃ amṛtaivaiṣā devatā //
AĀ, 2, 2, 4, 1.0 tad vā idaṃ bṛhatīsahasraṃ sampannaṃ tasya tāni vyañjanāni
taccharīraṃ yo ghoṣaḥ sa ātmā ya ūṣmāṇaḥ sa prāṇaḥ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 3, 3.0 sa eṣa puruṣaḥ pañcavidhas tasya yad uṣṇaṃ taj jyotir yāni khāni sa ākāśo 'tha yal lohitaṃ śleṣmā retas tā āpo
yaccharīraṃ sā pṛthivī yaḥ prāṇaḥ sa vāyuḥ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 5, 9.0 so 'yam ātmā sarvataḥ
śarīraiḥ parivṛtas tad yathāyam ātmā sarvataḥ śarīraiḥ parivṛta evam eva bṛhatī sarvataś chandobhiḥ parivṛtā //
AĀ, 2, 3, 5, 9.0 so 'yam ātmā sarvataḥ śarīraiḥ parivṛtas tad yathāyam ātmā sarvataḥ
śarīraiḥ parivṛta evam eva bṛhatī sarvataś chandobhiḥ parivṛtā //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais
taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac
charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi
śarīram //
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 2, 3, 7.0 yajamāno vai yūpo yajamānaḥ prastaro 'gnir vai devayoniḥ so 'gner devayonyā āhutibhyaḥ sambhūya
hiraṇyaśarīra ūrdhvaḥ svargaṃ lokam eṣyatīti //
AB, 2, 6, 13.0 udīcīnāṁ asya pado ni dhattāt sūryaṃ cakṣur gamayatād vātam prāṇam anvavasṛjatād antarikṣam asuṃ diśaḥ śrotram pṛthivīṃ
śarīram ity eṣv evainaṃ tal lokeṣv ādadhāti //
AB, 2, 14, 2.0 sā vā eṣā reta eva yad vapā preva vai reto līyate preva vapā līyate śuklaṃ vai retaḥ śuklā vapāśarīraṃ vai reto 'śarīrā vapā yad vai lohitaṃ yan māṃsaṃ
taccharīraṃ tasmād brūyād yāvad alohitaṃ tāvat parivāsayeti //
AB, 2, 14, 7.0 pāṅkto 'yam puruṣaḥ pañcadhā vihito lomāni tvaṅ māṃsam asthi majjā sa yāvān eva puruṣas tāvantaṃ yajamānaṃ saṃskṛtyāgnau devayonyāṃ juhoty agnir vai devayoniḥ so 'gner devayonyā āhutibhyaḥ sambhūya
hiraṇyaśarīra ūrdhvaḥ svargaṃ lokam eti //
AB, 3, 8, 3.0 vaṣaṭkāra mā mām pramṛkṣo māhaṃ tvām pramṛkṣam bṛhatā mana upahvaye vyānena
śarīram pratiṣṭhāsi pratiṣṭhāṃ gaccha pratiṣṭhām mā gamayeti vaṣaṭkāram anumantrayeta //
AB, 4, 24, 3.0 dvādaśa rātrīr upasada upaiti
śarīram eva tābhir dhūnute //
AB, 4, 24, 5.0 bhūtvā
śarīraṃ dhūtvā śuddhaḥ pūto devatā apyeti ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 7, 2, 6.0 athāpy āhur evam evainān ajasrān ajuhvata indhīrann ā
śarīrāṇām āhartor iti //
AB, 7, 2, 7.0 yadi
śarīrāṇi na vidyeran parṇaśaraḥ ṣaṣṭiṃ trīṇi ca śatāny āhṛtya teṣām puruṣarūpakam iva kṛtvā tasmiṃs tām āvṛtaṃ kuryur athaināñcharīrair āhṛtaiḥ saṃsparśyodvāsayeyuḥ //
AB, 7, 2, 7.0 yadi śarīrāṇi na vidyeran parṇaśaraḥ ṣaṣṭiṃ trīṇi ca śatāny āhṛtya teṣām puruṣarūpakam iva kṛtvā tasmiṃs tām āvṛtaṃ kuryur
athaināñcharīrair āhṛtaiḥ saṃsparśyodvāsayeyuḥ //
Aitareyopaniṣad
AU, 2, 6, 1.1 sa evaṃ vidvān
asmāccharīrabhedād ūrdhvam utkramyāmuṣmin svarge loke sarvān kāmān āptvāmṛtaḥ samabhavat samabhavat //
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 3, 8, 4.0 atha katham asyām āpattau yathaiva
śarīrādarśane vā samāmnātānām āpadāṃ kathaṃ tatra pātraviniyogaṃ pratīyād ity āhāśmarathyaḥ //
AVPr, 3, 8, 5.0 araṇyor agnīn samāropya
śarīrāṇām ardham ..... eṣā tūṣṇīṃ nirmathya prajvālya vihṛtya madhye 'gnīnām edhāṃś citvā darbhān saṃstīrya tatrāsya śarīrāṇi nidadhyuḥ //
AVPr, 3, 8, 5.0 araṇyor agnīn samāropya śarīrāṇām ardham ..... eṣā tūṣṇīṃ nirmathya prajvālya vihṛtya madhye 'gnīnām edhāṃś citvā darbhān saṃstīrya tatrāsya
śarīrāṇi nidadhyuḥ //
AVPr, 3, 8, 8.0 śarīrādarśane pālāśatsarūṇy āhṛtyāthaitāni puruṣākṛtīni kṛtvā ghṛtenābhyajya māṃsatvagasthy asya ghṛtaṃ ca bhavatīti ha vijñāyate //
AVPr, 3, 10, 14.1 sūryaṃ te cakṣur gacchatu vāto ātmānaṃ prāṇo dyāṃ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ pṛthivīṃ
śarīraiḥ vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā devāvṛdhaṃ divi hotrām airayat svāheti ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ hutvā prajāpatiḥ sarvam evedam utsṛjet /
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 87, 1.2 bhindhi śiraḥ kṛmer jāyānyasya
śarīraṃ bhindhy uta bhindhy asthi //
AVP, 12, 6, 2.1 mlāyantu te khātamūlāḥ sapatnā agnim eṣāṃ nir hvayāmi
śarīrāt /
AVP, 12, 18, 6.2 tad agne vidvān punar ā bhara tvaṃ
śarīre prāṇam asum erayāsya //
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 2, 34, 5.2 divaṃ gacha prati tiṣṭhā
śarīraiḥ svargaṃ yāhi pathibhir devayānaiḥ //
AVŚ, 5, 9, 7.1 sūryo me cakṣur vātaḥ prāṇo 'ntarikṣam ātmā pṛthivī
śarīram /
AVŚ, 5, 29, 5.2 tad agne vidvān punar ā bhara tvaṃ
śarīre māṃsam asum erayāmaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 53, 2.1 saṃ krāmataṃ mā jahītaṃ
śarīraṃ prāṇāpānau te sayujāv iha stām /
AVŚ, 9, 4, 5.2 somasya bhakṣam avṛṇīta śakro bṛhann adrir abhavad
yaccharīram //
AVŚ, 11, 2, 2.1 śune kroṣṭre mā
śarīrāṇi kartam aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyo ye ca kṛṣṇā aviṣyavaḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 2.2 agniḥ
śarīraṃ sacate yadaidho 'dhā pakvān mithunā saṃbhavāthaḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 2, 4.1 mainam agne vi daho mābhi śūśuco māsya tvacaṃ cikṣipo mā
śarīram /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 7.2 apo vā gaccha yadi tatra te hitam oṣadhīṣu prati tiṣṭhā
śarīraiḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 3, 9.1 pra cyavasva tanvaṃ saṃ bharasva mā te gātrā vi hāyi mo
śarīram /
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 33.2 nādhīyītāstamita āditye nānudite nānuviproṣite na paryāvṛtte nābhracchāyāyāṃ na grāmyasya paśor ante nāraṇyasya nāpām ante na haritayavān prekṣamāṇo na harmyāṇi na
śarīrāṇi na lohitam utpāditaṃ dṛṣṭvā na māṃsam aśitvā na śrāddhaṃ bhuktvā na keśaśmaśru vāpayitvā na keśān prasārya na dato dhāvate nāṅkte nābhyaṅkte nārdro nārdreṇa vāsasā nārdrāyām iti //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 2, 6, 23.1 citriyasyāśvatthasya tisraḥ samidha ārdrāḥ sapalāśāḥ saprārohāḥ prādeśamātrīr apratiśuṣkāgrā āharati citriyād aśvatthāt saṃbhṛtā bṛhatyaḥ
śarīram abhisaṃskṛtā stha /
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 2, 1, 18.4 sa yathā mahārājo jānapadān gṛhītvā sve janapade yathākāmaṃ parivartetaivam evaiṣa etat prāṇān gṛhītvā sve
śarīre yathākāmaṃ parivartate //
BĀU, 3, 2, 13.1 yājñavalkyeti hovāca yatrāsya puruṣasya mṛtasyāgniṃ vāg apyeti vātaṃ prāṇaś cakṣur ādityaṃ manaś candraṃ diśaḥ śrotraṃ pṛthivīṃ
śarīram ākāśam ātmauṣadhīr lomāni vanaspatīn keśā apsu lohitaṃ ca retaś ca nidhīyate kvāyaṃ tadā puruṣo bhavatīti /
BĀU, 3, 7, 3.1 yaḥ pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhan pṛthivyā antaro yaṃ pṛthivī na veda yasya pṛthivī
śarīraṃ yaḥ pṛthivīm antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 4.1 yo 'psu tiṣṭhann adbhyo 'ntaro yam āpo na vidur yasyāpaḥ
śarīraṃ yo 'po 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 5.1 yo 'gnau tiṣṭhann agner antaro yam agnir na veda yasyāgniḥ
śarīraṃ yo 'gnim antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 6.1 yo 'ntarikṣe tiṣṭhann antarikṣād antaro yam antarikṣaṃ na veda yasyāntarikṣaṃ
śarīraṃ yo 'ntarikṣam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 7.1 yo vāyau tiṣṭhan vāyor antaro yaṃ vāyur na veda yasya vāyuḥ
śarīraṃ yo vāyum antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 8.1 yo divi tiṣṭhan divo 'ntaro yaṃ dyaur na veda yasya dyauḥ
śarīraṃ yo divam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 9.1 ya āditye tiṣṭhann ādityād antaro yam ādityo na veda yasyādityaḥ
śarīraṃ ya ādityam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 10.1 yo dikṣu tiṣṭhan digbhyo 'ntaro yaṃ diśo na vidur yasya diśaḥ
śarīraṃ yo diśo 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 11.1 yaś candratārake tiṣṭhaṃścandratārakād antaro yaṃ candratārakaṃ na veda yasya candratārakaṃ
śarīraṃ yaś candratārakam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 12.1 ya ākāśe tiṣṭhann ākāśād antaro yam ākāśo na veda yasyākāśaḥ
śarīraṃ ya ākāśam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 13.1 yas tamasi tiṣṭhaṃs tamaso 'ntaro yaṃ tamo na veda yasya tamaḥ
śarīraṃ yas tamo 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 14.1 yas tejasi tiṣṭhaṃs tejaso 'ntaro yaṃ tejo na veda yasya tejaḥ
śarīraṃ yas tejo 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 15.2 yaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu tiṣṭhan sarvebhyo bhūtebhyo 'ntaro yaṃ sarvāṇi bhūtāni na vidur yasya sarvāṇi bhūtāni
śarīraṃ yaḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāny antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ /
BĀU, 3, 7, 16.2 yaḥ prāṇe tiṣṭhan prāṇād antaro yaṃ prāṇo na veda yasya prāṇaḥ
śarīraṃ yaḥ prāṇam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 17.1 yo vāci tiṣṭhan vāco 'ntaro yaṃ vāṅ na veda yasya vāk
śarīraṃ yo vācam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 18.1 yaś cakṣuṣi tiṣṭhaṃścakṣuṣo 'ntaro yaṃ cakṣur na veda yasya cakṣuḥ
śarīraṃ yaś cakṣur antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 19.1 yaḥ śrotre tiṣṭhañchrotrād antaro yaṃ śrotraṃ na veda yasya śrotraṃ
śarīraṃ yaḥ śrotram antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 20.1 yo manasi tiṣṭhan manaso 'ntaro yaṃ mano na veda yasya manaḥ
śarīraṃ yo mano 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 21.1 yas tvaci tiṣṭhaṃs tvaco 'ntaro yaṃ tvaṅ na veda yasya tvak
śarīraṃ yas tvacam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 22.1 yo vijñāne tiṣṭhan vijñānād antaro yaṃ vijñānaṃ na veda yasya vijñānaṃ
śarīraṃ yo vijñānam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 23.1 yo retasi tiṣṭhan retaso 'ntaro yaṃ reto na veda yasya retaḥ
śarīraṃ yo reto 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ /
BĀU, 3, 9, 4.3 te
yadāsmāccharīrān martyād utkrāmanty atha rodayanti /
BĀU, 4, 3, 8.1 sa vā ayaṃ puruṣo jāyamānaḥ
śarīram abhisaṃpadyamānaḥ pāpmabhiḥ saṃsṛjyate /
BĀU, 4, 4, 3.2 evam evāyam ātmedaṃ
śarīraṃ nihatyāvidyāṃ gamayitvānyam ākramam ākramyātmānam upasaṃharati //
BĀU, 4, 4, 4.2 evam evāyam ātmedaṃ
śarīraṃ nihatyāvidyāṃ gamayitvānyan navataraṃ kalyāṇataraṃ rūpaṃ kurute /
BĀU, 6, 1, 7.3 taddhovāca yasmin va utkrānta idaṃ
śarīraṃ pāpīyo manyate sa vo vasiṣṭha iti //
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 3, 12, 3.1 yā vai sā pṛthivīyaṃ vāva sā yad idam asmin puruṣe
śarīram /
ChU, 3, 12, 4.1 yad vai tat puruṣe
śarīram idaṃ vāva tad yad idam asminn antaḥ puruṣe hṛdayam /
ChU, 3, 14, 2.1 manomayaḥ
prāṇaśarīro bhārūpaḥ satyasaṃkalpa ākāśātmā sarvakarmā sarvakāmaḥ sarvagandhaḥ sarvarasaḥ sarvam idam abhyātto 'vāky anādaraḥ //
ChU, 5, 1, 7.3 yasmin va utkrānte
śarīraṃ pāpiṣṭhataram iva dṛśyeta sa vaḥ śreṣṭha iti //
ChU, 8, 3, 4.1 atha ya eṣa saṃprasādo
'smāccharīrāt samutthāya paraṃ jyotir upasaṃpadya svena rūpenābhiniṣpadyata eṣa ātmeti hovāca /
ChU, 8, 8, 5.3 pretasya
śarīraṃ bhikṣayā vasanenālaṃkāreṇeti saṃskurvanti /
ChU, 8, 9, 1.2 yathaiva khalv ayam
asmiñcharīre sādhvalaṃkṛte sādhvalaṃkṛto bhavati suvasane suvasanaḥ pariṣkṛte pariṣkṛta evam evāyam asminn andhe 'ndho bhavati srāme srāmaḥ parivṛkṇe parivṛkṇaḥ /
ChU, 8, 9, 2.4 sa hovāca yathaiva khalvayaṃ bhagavo
'smiñcharīre sādhvalaṃkṛte sādhvalaṃkṛto bhavati suvasane suvasanaḥ pariṣkṛte pariṣkṛta evam evāyam asminn andhe 'ndho bhavati srāme srāmaḥ parivṛkṇe parivṛkṇaḥ /
ChU, 8, 10, 1.5 tad yady apīdaṃ
śarīram andhaṃ bhavaty anandhaḥ sa bhavati yadi srāmam asrāmaḥ /
ChU, 8, 10, 3.5 tad yady apīdaṃ bhagavaḥ
śarīram andhaṃ bhavaty anandhaḥ sa bhavati yadi srāmam asrāmaḥ /
ChU, 8, 12, 3.1 evam evaiṣa saṃprasādo
'smāccharīrāt samutthāya paraṃ jyotir upasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyate /
ChU, 8, 12, 3.3 sa tatra paryeti jakṣat krīḍan ramamāṇaḥ strībhir vā yānair vā jñātibhir vā nopajanaṃ smarann idaṃ
śarīram /
ChU, 8, 12, 3.4 sa yathā prayogya ācaraṇe yukta evam evāyam
asmiñcharīre prāṇo yuktaḥ //
ChU, 8, 13, 1.3 aśva iva romāṇi vidhūya pāpaṃ candra iva rāhor mukhāt pramucya dhūtvā
śarīram akṛtaṃ kṛtātmā brahmalokam abhisaṃbhavāmīty abhisaṃbhavāmīti //
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 2, 3, 4.1 atha hāsya vedam upaśṛṇvatas trapujatubhyāṃ śrotrapratipūraṇam udāharaṇe jihvāchedo dhāraṇe
śarīrabhedaḥ //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 2, 1, 10.0 klītakair yavair māṣair vāplutāṃ suhṛt surottamena
saśarīrāṃ trir mūrdhany abhiṣiñcet kāma veda te nāma mado nāmāsīti samānayāmum iti patināma gṛhṇīyāt svāhākārāntābhir upastham uttarābhyāṃ plāvayet //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 39, 11.0 yā hy emā bāhyāḥ
śarīrān mātrās tad yathaitad agniṃ vāyum ādityaṃ candramasam apaḥ paśūn anyāṃś ca prajās tān etenāsminn āpyāyayati //
GB, 1, 1, 39, 14.0 yā hy emā bāhyāḥ
śarīrān mātrās tad yathaitat paurṇamāsīm aṣṭakām amāvāsyāṃ śraddhāṃ dīkṣāṃ yajñaṃ dakṣiṇās tān etenāsminn āpyāyayati //
GB, 1, 1, 39, 17.0 yā hy emā bāhyāḥ
śarīrān mātrās tad yathaitat pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ divam //
GB, 1, 2, 14, 6.0 tad vā etad ātmā devayajanaṃ yad upavyāyacchamāno vānupavyāyacchamāno vā
śarīram adhivasati //
GB, 1, 3, 7, 10.0 yas tad darśapūrṇamāsayo rūpaṃ vidyāt kasmād āsāṃ saṃtatam iva
śarīraṃ bhavati kasmād āsām asthīni dṛḍhatarāṇīva bhavanti //
GB, 1, 3, 9, 16.0 yat sāmidhenīḥ saṃtanvann anvāha tasmād āsāṃ saṃtatam iva
śarīraṃ bhavati //
GB, 1, 3, 16, 17.0 sarvacchandasāṃ vedeṣu samāsabhūtaikocchvāsā varṇānte catvāro vedāḥ
śarīre //
GB, 1, 4, 20, 10.0 yaḥ saṃcārayet tasmād ime puruṣe prāṇā nānā santa
ekodayāccharīram adhivasati yan na saṃcārayet pramāyuko ha yajamānaḥ syāt //
GB, 2, 3, 5, 6.0 vaṣaṭkāra mā māṃ pramṛkṣo māhaṃ tvāṃ pramṛkṣaṃ bṛhatā mana upahvaye vyānena
śarīraṃ pratiṣṭhāsi pratiṣṭhāṃ gaccha pratiṣṭhāṃ mā gamayed iti //
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 2, 4, 1.0 āhitāgneḥ
śarīranāśe trīṇi ṣaṣṭiśatāni palāśatsarūṇām āhṛtya taiḥ pratikṛtiṃ kuryāt kṛṣṇājine //
JaimGS, 2, 5, 2.0 śmaśānakṛtaṃ svakṛtam aniriṇam apasalavakrodakaṃ kṛtvā yatra vauṣadhayo jāyante tatra
śarīraṃ dagdhvodakakaraṇāya yānty anavekṣamāṇāḥ //
JaimGS, 2, 5, 16.0 śvo bhūte kṣīrodake saṃsṛjya
śarīrāṇy avasiñcaty ajaśṛṅgeṇa gośṛṅgeṇa mṛṇmayena kośena vā //
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 3, 3, 14.1 tad āhur yad asya prāṇasya puruṣaḥ
śarīram atha kenānye prāṇāḥ śarīravanto bhavantīti //
JUB, 3, 3, 15.1 sa brūyād yad vācā vadati tad vācaḥ
śarīraṃ yan manasā dhyāyati tan manasaḥ śarīraṃ yaccakṣuṣā paśyati taccakṣuṣaḥ śarīraṃ yacchrotreṇa śṛṇoti tacchrotrasya śarīram /
JUB, 3, 3, 15.1 sa brūyād yad vācā vadati tad vācaḥ śarīraṃ yan manasā dhyāyati tan manasaḥ
śarīraṃ yaccakṣuṣā paśyati taccakṣuṣaḥ śarīraṃ yacchrotreṇa śṛṇoti tacchrotrasya śarīram /
JUB, 3, 3, 15.1 sa brūyād yad vācā vadati tad vācaḥ śarīraṃ yan manasā dhyāyati tan manasaḥ śarīraṃ yaccakṣuṣā paśyati taccakṣuṣaḥ
śarīraṃ yacchrotreṇa śṛṇoti tacchrotrasya śarīram /
JUB, 3, 3, 15.1 sa brūyād yad vācā vadati tad vācaḥ śarīraṃ yan manasā dhyāyati tan manasaḥ śarīraṃ yaccakṣuṣā paśyati taccakṣuṣaḥ śarīraṃ yacchrotreṇa śṛṇoti tacchrotrasya
śarīram /
JUB, 3, 34, 4.2 saptakṛtva udgātātmānaṃ ca yajamānaṃ ca
śarīrāt prajanayati //
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 2, 7.0 athāsyedaṃ
śarīram eteṣv evāgniṣv anupravidhyanty asmād vai tvam ajāyathā eṣa tvaj jāyatāṃ svāheti //
JB, 1, 3, 7.0 te 'bruvan
devaśarīrair vā idam amṛtaśarīraiḥ samāpāma //
JB, 1, 3, 7.0 te 'bruvan devaśarīrair vā idam
amṛtaśarīraiḥ samāpāma //
JB, 1, 15, 4.0 sa yad asmāl lokād evaṃvit praiti tasya prāṇena saha sukṛtam utkrāmati
śarīreṇa saha duṣkṛtaṃ hīyate //
JB, 1, 75, 4.0 sa hovāca namo brāhmaṇā astu purā vā aham adya prātaranuvākād gāyatreṇa viśvarūpāsu yajñaṃ samasthāpayaṃ sa yathā gobhir gavāyam itvā śramaṇam abalam anusaṃnuded evaṃ vāvedaṃ
yajñaśarīram anusaṃnudāma iti //
JB, 1, 252, 4.0 sa eṣo 'pahatapāpmā
dhūtaśarīro 'tītyaitaṃ mṛtyuṃ śarīraṃ dhūnute //
JB, 1, 252, 4.0 sa eṣo 'pahatapāpmā dhūtaśarīro 'tītyaitaṃ mṛtyuṃ
śarīraṃ dhūnute //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 9, 6, 20.3 sa me jarāṃ rogam apanudya
śarīrād anāmayaidhi mā riṣāma indo iti //
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Kaṭhopaniṣad
KaṭhUp, 2, 19.2 ajo nityaḥ śāśvato 'yaṃ purāṇo na hanyate hanyamāne
śarīre //
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 6, 1, 36.0 vediṃ kariṣyan ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ pañcagṛhītaṃ manasānudrutya juhoty ekām āhutiṃ pañca vā dyauṣpṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ pṛthivīṃ
śarīrair vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā divi devāvṛdhaṃ hotrām airayant svāheti //
KātyŚS, 21, 3, 7.0 śarīrāṇi grāmasamīpam āhṛtya kumbhena talpe kṛtvāhatapakṣeṇa paritatyāyaseṣu vādyamāneṣu vīṇāyāṃ coddhatāyām amātyās tristriḥ parikrāmanty uttarīyair upavājanair vopavājayantaḥ //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
MuṇḍU, 2, 2, 7.3 manomayaḥ
prāṇaśarīranetā pratiṣṭhito 'nne hṛdayaṃ saṃnidhāya /
MuṇḍU, 3, 1, 5.2 antaḥśarīre jyotirmayo hi śubhro yaṃ paśyanti yatayaḥ kṣīṇadoṣāḥ //
Nirukta
N, 1, 2, 12.0 vardhate vijayena iti vā vardhate
śarīreṇa iti vā //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 3, 8, 2.0 rātriṃ prapadye punarbhūṃ mayobhūṃ kanyāṃ śikhaṇḍinīṃ pāśahastāṃ yuvatiṃ kumāriṇīm ādityaś cakṣuṣe vātaḥ prāṇāya somo gandhāyāpaḥ snehāya mano 'nujñāya pṛthivyai
śarīram //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 2, 1, 2, 7.5 agniṃ vā etasya
śarīraṃ gacchati somaṃ raso yasya jyog āmayati /
TS, 2, 2, 10, 4.3 somāraudraṃ caruṃ nirvapej jyogāmayāvī somaṃ vā etasya raso gacchaty agniṃ
śarīraṃ yasya jyog āmayati somād evāsya rasaṃ niṣkrīṇāty agneḥ śarīram uta yadi //
TS, 2, 2, 10, 4.3 somāraudraṃ caruṃ nirvapej jyogāmayāvī somaṃ vā etasya raso gacchaty agniṃ śarīraṃ yasya jyog āmayati somād evāsya rasaṃ niṣkrīṇāty agneḥ
śarīram uta yadi //
TS, 3, 1, 4, 3.2 suvargaṃ yāhi pathibhir devayānair oṣadhīṣu prati tiṣṭhā
śarīraiḥ //
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 1, 6, 2.4 etattato bhavati
ākāśaśarīraṃ brahma satyātma prāṇārāmaṃ manaānandam śāntisamṛddham amṛtam /
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 3, 10, 2.0 śarīrāṭopaḥ sakthisīdanaṃ dveṣo bharturarucirāhāro lālāprakopaḥ kharatā vācaḥ sphuraṇaṃ yoneriti garbhasya daivānubandhaṃ jñātvāpūryamāṇapakṣe puṇye puṃnāmni śubhe nakṣatra ājyenāghāraṃ hutvā tāṃ maṅgalayuktām upaveśya pariṣicya dhātādi pañca vāruṇaṃ mūlahomaṃ sviṣṭākāraṃ ca hutvā vṛṣo 'sīti yavāndadāti //
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
VasDhS, 30, 5.1 tatra sado brāhmaṇasya
śarīraṃ vediḥ saṃkalpo yajñaḥ paśur ātmā raśanā buddhiḥ sado mukham āhavanīyaṃ nābhyām udaro 'gnir gārhapatyaḥ prāṇo 'dhvaryur apāno hotā vyāno brahmā samāna udgātātmendriyāṇi yajñapātrāṇi ya evaṃ vidvān indriyair indriyārthaṃ juhotīty api ca kāṭhake vijñāyate //
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 2, 1, 2, 12.1 puruṣaśirasā saha paryagnikṛtvā tān paryagnikṛtān utsṛjya prājāpatyavarjaṃ śirāṃsi pracchidya yasmāddhradād iṣṭakāḥ kariṣyan syāt tasmin
śarīrāṇi nyasya bahvyā mṛdā śirāṃsi pralipya prājāpatyena tantraṃ saṃsthāpayanti //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 2, 21, 6.0 yathā vidyārthasya niyama etenaivāntam anūpasīdata ācāryakule
śarīranyāso brahmacāriṇaḥ //
ĀpDhS, 2, 24, 14.0 syāt tu karmāvayavena tapasā vā kaścit
saśarīro 'ntavantaṃ lokaṃ jayati saṃkalpasiddhiś ca syān na tu taj jyaiṣṭhyam āśramāṇām //
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
ĀpGS, 23, 9.1 āgārasthūṇāvirohaṇe madhuna upaveśane kuptvāṃ kapotapadadarśane 'mātyānāṃ
śarīrareṣaṇe 'nyeṣu cādbhutotpāteṣv amāvāsyāyāṃ niśāyāṃ yatrāpāṃ na śṛṇuyāt tad agner upasamādhānādyājyabhāgānta uttarā āhutīr hutvā jayādi pratipadyate //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 23.2 prāṇau vai sakhā bhakṣastatprāṇamupahvayata upahūtaṃ heg iti
taccharīramupahvayate tatsarvāmupahvayate //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 9.3 yatra vā enaṃ tad avidhyaṃs tad iṣuṇā trikāṇḍenety āhuḥ sa
etaccharīram ajahāt /
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.2 yo rasa āsīttamūrdhvaṃ samudauhaṃs tadasya śiro 'bhavad yacchriyaṃ samudauhaṃs tasmācchiras tasminn etasmin prāṇā aśrayanta tasmād vevaitacchiro 'tha yatprāṇā aśrayanta tasmād u prāṇāḥ śriyau 'tha yat sarvasminnaśrayanta tasmād u
śarīram //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 9.4 yadaiva tvam etam bhāgaṃ harāsā atha vyāvṛtya
śarīreṇāmṛto 'sad yo 'mṛto 'sad vidyayā vā karmaṇā veti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 3, 2.1 sa ātmānam upāsīta manomayam
prāṇaśarīram bhārūpam ākāśātmānaṃ kāmarūpiṇam manojavasaṃ satyasaṃkalpaṃ satyadhṛtiṃ sarvagandhaṃ sarvarasaṃ sarvā anu diśaḥ prabhūtaṃ sarvam idam abhyāptam avākkam anādaram /
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 6.0 tad yad eta evaṃ yūpā bhavanti prajāpateḥ prāṇeṣūtkrānteṣu
śarīraṃ śvayitum adhriyata tasya yaḥ śleṣmāsīt sa sārdhaṃ samavadrutya madhyato nasta udabhinat sa eṣa vanaspatir abhavad rajjudālas tasmāt sa śleṣmaṇaḥ śleṣmaṇo hi samabhavat tenaivainaṃ tad rūpeṇa samardhayati tad yat so 'gniṣṭho bhavati madhyaṃ vā etad yūpānāṃ yad agniṣṭho madhyam etat prāṇānāṃ yannāsike sva evainaṃ tad āyatane dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 5.5 savitā te
śarīrebhyaḥ pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchatv iti savitaivāsyaitaccharīrebhyaḥ pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 5.5 savitā te śarīrebhyaḥ pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchatv iti
savitaivāsyaitaccharīrebhyaḥ pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 3.1 savitā te
śarīrāṇi mātur upastha āvapatv iti savitaivāsyaitaccharīrāṇy asyai pṛthivyai mātur upastha āvapati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 3.1 savitā te śarīrāṇi mātur upastha āvapatv iti
savitaivāsyaitaccharīrāṇy asyai pṛthivyai mātur upastha āvapati /
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 3, 8, 4.2 sa me jarāṃ rogam apanudya
śarīrād amā ma edhi mā mṛdhā na indreti hṛdayadeśam abhimṛśati //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 14, 14.0 tā vā etāḥ sarvā devatāḥ prāṇe niḥśreyasaṃ viditvā prāṇam eva prajñātmānam abhisaṃbhūya sahaivaitaiḥ sarvair
asmāccharīrād uccakramuḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 14, 16.0 tatho evaivaṃ vidvān prāṇe niḥśreyasaṃ viditvā prāṇam eva prajñātmānam abhisaṃbhūya sahaivaitaiḥ sarvair
asmāccharīrād utkrāmati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 2, 3.0 athādhyātmam ādarśe pratirūpaḥ chāyāyāṃ dvitīyaḥ pratiśrutkāyām asuriti śabde mṛtyuḥ svapne yamaḥ
śarīre prajāpatiḥ dakṣiṇe 'kṣiṇi vācaḥ savye 'kṣiṇi satyasya //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 20, 7.0 sa eṣa prāṇa eva prajñātmedaṃ
śarīram ātmānam anupraviṣṭa ā lomabhya ā nakhebhyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 20, 8.0 tad yathā kṣuraḥ kṣuradhāne vopahito viśvaṃbharo vā viśvaṃbharakulāya evam evaiṣa prajñātmedaṃ
śarīram ātmānam anupraviṣṭa ā lomabhya ā nakhebhyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 3, 1.0 catvāraḥ puruṣā iti vātsyaḥ
śarīrapuruṣaś chandaḥpuruṣo vedapuruṣo mahāpuruṣa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 3, 2.0 śarīrapuruṣa iti yam avocam ya evāyaṃ daivika ātmā tasyaitasya yo 'yam aśarīraḥ prajñātmā sa rasaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 2, 8.0 sa hovāca prajāpatir yasmin va utkrānte
śarīraṃ pāpiṣṭham iva manyate sa vai śreṣṭha iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 1, 2.0 tasminn etā devatā āveśayad vācy agniṃ prāṇe vāyuṃ apāne vidyuta udāne parjanyaṃ cakṣuṣy ādityaṃ manasi candramasaṃ śrotre diśaḥ
śarīre pṛthivīṃ retasy apo bala indraṃ manyāv īśānaṃ mūrdhany ākāśaṃ ātmani brahma //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 1, 7.0 atha hedaṃ
śarīraṃ riktam iva parisuṣiraṃ sa hekṣāṃcakre prajāpatī randhrāya na kṣamam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 6, 8.0 śarīre me pṛthivī pratiṣṭhitā pṛthivī hṛdaye hṛdayam ātmani tat satyaṃ devānāṃ māham akāmo mariṣyāmy annavān annādo bhūyāsaṃ svāhā //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 32, 10.1 atiṣṭhantīnām aniveśanānāṃ kāṣṭhānām madhye nihitaṃ
śarīram /
ṚV, 1, 155, 6.2 bṛhaccharīro vimimāna ṛkvabhir yuvākumāraḥ praty ety āhavam //
ṚV, 6, 25, 4.1 śūro vā śūraṃ vanate
śarīrais tanūrucā taruṣi yat kṛṇvaite /
ṚV, 10, 16, 1.1 mainam agne vi daho mābhi śoco māsya tvacaṃ cikṣipo mā
śarīram /
ṚV, 10, 16, 3.2 apo vā gaccha yadi tatra te hitam oṣadhīṣu prati tiṣṭhā
śarīraiḥ //
ṚV, 10, 99, 8.2 upa yat sīdad induṃ
śarīraiḥ śyeno 'yopāṣṭir hanti dasyūn //
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 2, 12, 1.1 cakṣuś ca śrotraṃ ca manaś ca vāk ca prāṇāpānau deha idaṃ
śarīram /
ṚVKh, 2, 12, 3.2 romāṇi māṃsaṃ rudhirāsthimajjam
etaccharīraṃ jalabudbudopamam //
ṚVKh, 2, 12, 4.2 oṣṭhau ca dantāś ca tathaiva jihvā me
taccharīraṃ mukharatnakośam //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 7.1 yad atra ṣaṣṭhaṃ triśataṃ
śarīraṃ yajñasya ...hyaṃ navanābham ādyam /
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 8.2 te yajñacitteṣṭakāt taṃ
śarīraṃ tan me manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
Arthaśāstra
ArthaŚ, 1, 20, 20.1 rūpājīvāḥ
snānapragharṣaśuddhaśarīrāḥ parivartitavastrālaṃkārāḥ paśyeyuḥ //
ArthaŚ, 2, 2, 14.1 parānīkavyūhadurgaskandhāvārapramardanā
hyatipramāṇaśarīrāḥ prāṇaharakarmāṇo hastinaḥ //
ArthaŚ, 2, 6, 11.1 devapitṛpūjādānārtham svastivācanam antaḥpuram mahānasam dūtaprāvartimam koṣṭhāgāram āyudhāgāram paṇyagṛham kupyagṛham karmānto viṣṭiḥ pattyaśvarathadvipaparigraho gomaṇḍalam paśumṛgapakṣivyālavāṭāḥ kāṣṭhatṛṇavāṭāśceti
vyayaśarīram //
ArthaŚ, 2, 6, 14.1 saṃsthānaṃ pracāraḥ
śarīrāvasthāpanam ādānaṃ sarvasamudayapiṇḍaḥ saṃjātaṃ etat karaṇīyam //
ArthaŚ, 2, 10, 49.1 tatrābhijanaśarīrakarmaprakṛtiśrutadravyādīnāṃ guṇagrahaṇaṃ praśaṃsā stutir guṇasaṃkīrtanam //
ArthaŚ, 4, 6, 19.1 abhyantarakṛte puruṣam āsannaṃ vyasaninaṃ krūrasahāyaṃ taskaropakaraṇasaṃsargaṃ striyaṃ vā daridrakulām anyaprasaktāṃ vā paricārakajanaṃ vā tadvidhācāram atisvapnaṃ nidrāklāntam āvignaṃ śuṣkabhinnasvaramukhavarṇam anavasthitam atipralāpinam uccārohaṇasaṃrabdhagātraṃ
vilūnanighṛṣṭabhinnapāṭitaśarīravastraṃ jātakiṇasaṃrabdhahastapādaṃ pāṃsupūrṇakeśanakhaṃ vilūnabhugnakeśanakhaṃ vā samyaksnātānuliptaṃ tailapramṛṣṭagātraṃ sadyodhautahastapādaṃ vā pāṃsupicchileṣu tulyapādapadanikṣepaṃ praveśaniṣkasanayor vā tulyamālyamadyagandhavastracchedavilepanasvedaṃ parīkṣeta //
ArthaŚ, 4, 12, 35.1 keśākeśikaṃ saṃgrahaṇam upaliṅganād vā
śarīropabhogānām tajjātebhyaḥ strīvacanād vā //
ArthaŚ, 14, 1, 2.1 kālakūṭādir viṣavargaḥ śraddheyadeśaveṣaśilpabhāṣābhijanāpadeśaiḥ kubjavāmanakirātamūkabadhirajaḍāndhacchadmabhir mlecchajātīyair abhipretaiḥ strībhiḥ puṃbhiśca
paraśarīropabhogeṣvavadhātavyaḥ //
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 2, 5.1 atha yaśomatī dārikā tad atyadbhutaṃ devamanuṣyāvarjanakaraṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā mūlanikṛtta iva drumaḥ
sarvaśarīreṇa bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca andhe loke anāyake apariṇāyake buddho bhūyāsam atīrṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ tārayitā amuktānāṃ mocayitā anāśvastānām āśvāsayitā aparinirvṛtānāṃ parinirvāpayiteti //
AvŚat, 3, 5.3 tat kiṃ mamānenedṛgjātīyena putreṇa yo nāma
svasthaśarīro bhūtvā paśur iva saṃtiṣṭhatīti //
AvŚat, 3, 7.3 kalpasahasraparibhāvitāś ca maitryaṃśava utsṛṣṭāḥ yair asya spṛṣṭamātraṃ
śarīraṃ prahlāditam /
AvŚat, 3, 7.4 sa itaś cāmutaś ca prekṣitum ārabdhaḥ kasya prabhāvān mama
śarīraṃ prahlāditam iti /
AvŚat, 6, 4.1 tad anantaraṃ tasya vaḍikasya kiṃcit pūrvajanmakṛtakarmavipākena
śarīre kāyikaṃ duḥkhaṃ patitam iti duḥkhī bhūtaś cintāparaḥ sthitaḥ kiṃ pāpaṃ kṛtaṃ mayā yad idaṃ kāyikaṃ duḥkhaṃ mama śarīre jātam /
AvŚat, 6, 4.1 tad anantaraṃ tasya vaḍikasya kiṃcit pūrvajanmakṛtakarmavipākena śarīre kāyikaṃ duḥkhaṃ patitam iti duḥkhī bhūtaś cintāparaḥ sthitaḥ kiṃ pāpaṃ kṛtaṃ mayā yad idaṃ kāyikaṃ duḥkhaṃ mama
śarīre jātam /
AvŚat, 6, 5.2 kalpasahasraparibhāvitāś ca maitryaṃśava utsṛṣṭāḥ yair asya spṛṣṭamātraṃ
śarīraṃ prahlāditam /
AvŚat, 17, 4.7 idaṃ ca
śarīraṃ vīṇāvad ādarśitavān svarān indriyavat mūrcchanāś cittadhātuvat /
AvŚat, 21, 4.1 atha tasya śuddhasattvasya kalyāṇāśayasya pūrvabuddhāvaropitakuśalamūlasya taddarśanād yoniśo manasikāra utpannaḥ yathemāni padmāni utpannamātrāṇi śobhante arkaraśmiparitāpitāni mlāyanti śuṣyanti evam etad api
śarīram iti /
AvŚat, 21, 5.1 bhikṣavo bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kāni bhadanta candanena pratyekabuddhena karmāṇi kṛtāni yenāsya
śarīraṃ sugandhi tīkṣṇendriyaś ceti /
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 3, 8.4 sacetpunastasya kaścitkauśika tatra śastraṃ vā daṇḍaṃ vā loṣṭaṃ vā anyadvā kṣipet naitattasya
śarīre nipatet /
ASāh, 3, 11.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat yo bhagavan kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitvā pustakagatāṃ kṛtvā sthāpayet enāṃ ca divyābhiḥ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhiḥ satkuryāt gurukuryāt mānayet pūjayet arcayet apacāyet yaś ca tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya parinirvṛtasya
śarīrāṇi stūpeṣu pratiṣṭhāpayet parigṛhṇīyāt dhārayeddhā tāṃś ca tathaiva divyābhiḥ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhiḥ satkuryāt gurukuryāt mānayet pūjayet arcayet apacāyet katarastayoḥ kulaputrayoḥ kuladuhitrorvā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat tena hi kauśika tvāmevātra pratiprakṣyāmi /
ASāh, 3, 11.4 bhagavānāha tasmāttarhi kauśika
nānenātmabhāvaśarīrapratilambhena tathāgatastathāgata iti saṃkhyāṃ gacchati /
ASāh, 3, 11.7 eṣa ca kauśika
tathāgatasyātmabhāvaśarīrapratilambhaḥ prajñāpāramitopāyakauśalyanirjātaḥ san sarvajñajñānāśrayabhūto bhavati /
ASāh, 3, 11.8 enaṃ hyāśrayaṃ niśritya sarvajñajñānasya prabhāvanā bhavati
buddhaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati dharmaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati saṃghaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati /
ASāh, 3, 11.8 enaṃ hyāśrayaṃ niśritya sarvajñajñānasya prabhāvanā bhavati buddhaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati
dharmaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati saṃghaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati /
ASāh, 3, 11.8 enaṃ hyāśrayaṃ niśritya sarvajñajñānasya prabhāvanā bhavati buddhaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati dharmaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati
saṃghaśarīraprabhāvanā bhavati /
ASāh, 3, 11.9 ityevaṃ sarvajñajñānahetuko
'yamātmabhāvaśarīrapratilambhaḥ sarvajñajñānāśrayabhūtatvāt sarvasattvānāṃ caityabhūto vandanīyaḥ satkaraṇīyo gurukaraṇīyo mānanīyaḥ pūjanīyo 'rcanīyo 'pacāyanīyaḥ saṃvṛtto bhavati /
ASāh, 3, 11.10 evaṃ ca mama parinirvṛtasyāpi sataḥ eṣāṃ
śarīrāṇāṃ pūjā bhaviṣyati /
ASāh, 4, 1.1 punaraparaṃ bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindramāmantrayate sma sacetkauśika ayaṃ te jambūdvīpaḥ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhas
tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ dīyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvopanāmyeta tata ekatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayoḥ katamaṃ tvaṃ kauśika bhāgaṃ gṛhṇīyāḥ śakra āha sacenme bhagavan ayaṃ jambūdvīpaḥ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhas tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ dīyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvopanāmyeta tata ekatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayorimāmevāhaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāṃ parigṛhṇīyām /
ASāh, 4, 1.1 punaraparaṃ bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindramāmantrayate sma sacetkauśika ayaṃ te jambūdvīpaḥ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhas tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ dīyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvopanāmyeta tata ekatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayoḥ katamaṃ tvaṃ kauśika bhāgaṃ gṛhṇīyāḥ śakra āha sacenme bhagavan ayaṃ jambūdvīpaḥ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhas
tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ dīyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvopanāmyeta tata ekatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayorimāmevāhaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāṃ parigṛhṇīyām /
ASāh, 4, 1.8 na khalu punarme bhagavaṃsteṣu
tathāgataśarīreṣv agauravam /
ASāh, 4, 1.9 gauravameva me bhagavaṃsteṣu
tathāgataśarīreṣu /
ASāh, 4, 1.10 api tu khalu punarbhagavan itaḥ prajñāpāramitāto nirjātāni
tathāgataśarīrāṇi pūjāṃ labhante /
ASāh, 4, 1.11 tasmāttarhi bhagavan anayaiva prajñāpāramitayā pūjitayā teṣām api
tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇā pūjā kṛtā bhavati /
ASāh, 4, 1.12 tatkasya hetoḥ prajñāpāramitānirjātatvāt
tathāgataśarīrāṇām /
ASāh, 4, 1.20 evameva bhagavan sarvajñajñānahetukā
tathāgataśarīreṣu pūjā kṛtā bhavati /
ASāh, 4, 1.22 na khalu punarme bhagavaṃsteṣu
tathāgataśarīreṣv agauravam /
ASāh, 4, 1.24 api tu khalu punarbhagavaṃstāni
tathāgataśarīrāṇi prajñāpāramitāparibhāvitatvāt pūjāṃ labhante /
ASāh, 4, 1.25 tiṣṭhatu khalu punarbhagavan ayaṃ
jambūdvīpastathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhaḥ /
ASāh, 4, 1.26 tiṣṭhatu cāturmahādvīpako
lokadhātustathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhaḥ /
ASāh, 4, 1.27 tiṣṭhatu sāhasro
lokadhātustathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhaḥ /
ASāh, 4, 1.28 tiṣṭhatu bhagavan dvisāhasro madhyamo
lokadhātustathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhaḥ /
ASāh, 4, 1.29 ayameva bhagavaṃstrisāhasramahāsāhasro
lokadhātustathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhaḥ eko bhāgaḥ kṛtvā sthāpyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvā dvitīyo bhāgaḥ sthāpyeta /
ASāh, 4, 1.31 na khalu punarbhagavaṃsteṣu
tathāgataśarīreṣv agauravam /
ASāh, 4, 1.33 api tu khalu punarbhagavaṃstāni
tathāgataśarīrāṇi prajñāpāramitāparibhāvitāni pūjāṃ labhante /
ASāh, 4, 1.37 na khalu punar me bhagavaṃsteṣu
tathāgataśarīreṣv agauravam /
ASāh, 4, 1.39 api tu khalu punarbhagavan itaḥ prajñāpāramitāto nirjātāni tāni
tathāgataśarīrāṇi pūjāṃ labhante yaduta prajñāpāramitāparibhāvitatvāt /
ASāh, 4, 1.43 vātenāpi bādhyamānasya dhamyamāne
śarīre tanmaṇiratnaṃ sthāpyeta /
ASāh, 4, 1.47 śleṣmaṇāpi parigṛddhe sarvato bādhyamāne
śarīre sthāpyeta tasya tam api śleṣmāṇaṃ nigṛhṇīyāt na vivardhayet upaśamayet /
ASāh, 4, 1.48 sāṃnipātikenāpi vyādhinā duḥkhitasya
śarīre sthāpyeta tasya tam api sāṃnipātikaṃ vyādhiṃ nigṛhṇīyāt na vivardhayet upaśamayet /
ASāh, 4, 2.9 yena parinirvṛtasyāpi tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya tāni
tathāgataśarīrāṇi pūjāṃ labhante sarvajñajñānasyemāni tathāgataśarīrāṇi bhājanabhūtānyabhūvanniti /
ASāh, 4, 2.9 yena parinirvṛtasyāpi tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya tāni tathāgataśarīrāṇi pūjāṃ labhante sarvajñajñānasyemāni
tathāgataśarīrāṇi bhājanabhūtānyabhūvanniti /
ASāh, 4, 2.12 yathā ca dharmadeśanā dharmabhāṇakāś ca pūjāṃ labhante evaṃ tāni
tathāgataśarīrāṇi pūjāṃ labhante /
ASāh, 4, 2.13 tasmāttarhi bhagavan tiṣṭhatu trisāhasramahāsāhasro
lokadhātustathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhaḥ ye 'pi bhagavan gaṅgānadīvālukopamā lokadhātavaḥ te 'pi sarve tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇāścūlikābaddhā eko bhāgaḥ sthāpyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvā dvitīyo bhāgaḥ sthāpyeta /
ASāh, 4, 2.13 tasmāttarhi bhagavan tiṣṭhatu trisāhasramahāsāhasro lokadhātustathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhaḥ ye 'pi bhagavan gaṅgānadīvālukopamā lokadhātavaḥ te 'pi sarve
tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ paripūrṇāścūlikābaddhā eko bhāgaḥ sthāpyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvā dvitīyo bhāgaḥ sthāpyeta /
ASāh, 4, 2.15 na khalu punarbhagavan mama teṣu
tathāgataśarīreṣvagauravam /
ASāh, 4, 2.17 api tu khalu punarbhagavan prajñāpāramitāparibhāvitā sarvajñatā sarvajñatānirjātā ca
tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ pūjā bhavati /
ASāh, 5, 1.7 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika yaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tathāgatasya parinirvṛtasya
śarīraṃ satkṛtya paricareddhārayet satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet svayameva /
ASāh, 5, 1.8 yo vā anyaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā
tathāgataśarīraṃ svayaṃ ca satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet dadyāt saṃvibhajet vaistārikī pūjā bhaviṣyatīti sattvānāṃ cānukampāmupādāya /
ASāh, 5, 1.9 katarastayordvayoḥ kulaputrayoḥ kuladuhitrorvā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet kiṃ yaḥ svayaṃ ca pūjayet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayeddadyāt saṃvibhajet kiṃ vā yaḥ svayameva pratyātmaṃ pūjayet śakra āha yo bhagavan kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā svayaṃ ca
tathāgataśarīraṃ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayeddadyātsaṃvibhajet vaistārikī pūjā bhaviṣyatīti sattvānāṃ cānukampāmupādāya ayam evānayor dvayoḥ kulaputrayoḥ kuladuhitrorvā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati /
ASāh, 12, 1.5 iti te putrāstāṃ mātaraṃ sarvasukhopadhānaiḥ sudhṛtāṃ dhārayeyuḥ sugopāyitāṃ gopāyeyuḥ sukelāyitāṃ kelāyeyuḥ mā khalvasyāḥ kācidduḥkhā vedanā duḥkho vā sparśa utpadyeta cakṣuṣo vā śrotrato vā ghrāṇato vā jihvāto vā kāyato vā manasto vā vātato vā pittato vā śleṣmato vā saṃnipātato vā daṃśato vā maśakato vā sarīsṛpato vā manuṣyato vā amanuṣyato vā āpātato vā utpātato vā aniṣṭanipātaḥ
śarīre nipatet /
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 16.2 śarīrasaṃsparśasukhāntarāya nipetaturmūrdhani tasya saumye //
BCar, 2, 9.1 śarīrasaṃdehakare 'pi kāle saṃgrāmasaṃmarda iva pravṛtte /
BCar, 2, 37.1 sasnau
śarīraṃ pavituṃ manaśca tīrthāmbubhiścaiva guṇāmbubhiśca /
BCar, 3, 41.1 sthūlodaraḥ
śvāsacalaccharīraḥ srastāṃsabāhuḥ kṛśapāṇḍugātraḥ /
BCar, 6, 67.2 tato nirāśo vilapan muhurmuhur yayau
śarīreṇa puraṃ na cetasā //
BCar, 7, 2.2 lakṣmīviyukto 'pi
śarīralakṣmyā cakṣūṃṣi sarvāśramiṇāṃ jahāra //
BCar, 7, 17.2 mīnaiḥ samaṃ kecid apo vigāhya vasanti kūrmollikhitaiḥ
śarīraiḥ //
BCar, 7, 26.1 śarīrapīḍā tu yadīha dharmaḥ sukhaṃ śarīrasya bhavatyadharmaḥ /
BCar, 7, 26.1 śarīrapīḍā tu yadīha dharmaḥ sukhaṃ
śarīrasya bhavatyadharmaḥ /
BCar, 7, 27.1 yataḥ
śarīraṃ manaso vaśena pravartate cāpi nivartate ca /
BCar, 7, 27.2 yukto damaścetasa eva tasmāccittādṛte kāṣṭhasamaṃ
śarīram //
BCar, 8, 8.1 niśāmya ca
srastaśarīragāminau vināgatau śākyakularṣabheṇa tau /
BCar, 8, 56.2 kathaṃ nu śītoṣṇajalāgameṣu
taccharīramojasvi vane bhaviṣyati //
BCar, 9, 60.2 bhinnāni bhūtāni
śarīrasaṃsthānyaikyaṃ ca gatvā jagadudvahanti //
BCar, 10, 9.1 dṛṣṭvā ca sorṇabhruvamāyatākṣaṃ
jvalaccharīraṃ śubhajālahastam /
BCar, 13, 43.1 śarīracittavyasanātapaistairevaṃvidhaistaiśca nipātyamānaiḥ /
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 3, 9.1 taistakrapiṣṭaiḥ prathamaṃ
śarīraṃ tailāktamudvartayituṃ yateta /
Ca, Sū., 3, 29.2 pattrāmbulodhrābhayacandanāni
śarīradaurgandhyaharaḥ pradehaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 8, 28.1 nāśuciruttamājyākṣatatilakuśasarṣapairagniṃ juhuyād ātmānam āśīrbhir āśāsānaḥ agnirme
nāpagaccheccharīrādvāyurme prāṇānādadhātu viṣṇurme balamādadhātu indro me vīryaṃ śivā māṃ praviśantvāpa āpohiṣṭhetyapaḥ spṛśet dviḥ parimṛjyoṣṭhau pādau cābhyukṣya mūrdhani khāni copaspṛśed adbhir ātmānaṃ hṛdayaṃ śiraśca //
Ca, Sū., 11, 35.0 traya upastambhā iti āhāraḥ svapno brahmacaryamiti ebhis tribhir yuktiyuktair upastabdham upastambhaiḥ
śarīraṃ balavarṇopacayopacitam anuvartate yāvadāyuḥsaṃskārāt saṃskāram ahitam anupasevamānasya ya ihaivopadekṣyate //
Ca, Sū., 11, 36.2 sahajaṃ
yaccharīrasattvayoḥ prākṛtaṃ kālakṛtamṛtuvibhāgajaṃ vayaḥkṛtaṃ ca yuktikṛtaṃ punastadyadāhāraceṣṭāyogajam //
Ca, Sū., 11, 39.2 tatra
vāṅmanaḥśarīrātipravṛttiratiyogaḥ sarvaśo'pravṛttirayogaḥ vegadhāraṇodīraṇaviṣamaskhalanapatanāṅgapraṇidhānāṅgapradūṣaṇaprahāramardanaprāṇoparodhasaṃkleśanādiḥ śārīro mithyāyogaḥ sūcakānṛtākālakalahāpriyābaddhānupacāraparuṣavacanādir vāṅmithyāyogaḥ bhayaśokakrodhalobhamohamānerṣyāmithyādarśanādir mānaso mithyāyogaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 11, 40.0 saṃgraheṇa cātiyogāyogavarjaṃ karma
vāṅmanaḥśarīrajam ahitam anupadiṣṭaṃ yattacca mithyāyogaṃ vidyāt //
Ca, Sū., 11, 48.2 tatra śākhā raktādayo dhātavastvak ca sa bāhyo rogamārgaḥ marmāṇi punarvastihṛdayamūrdhādīni asthisandhayo'sthisaṃyogāstatropanibaddhāśca snāyukaṇḍarāḥ sa madhyamo rogamārgaḥ koṣṭhaḥ punarucyate mahāsrotaḥ
śarīramadhyaṃ mahānimnamāmapakvāśayaśceti paryāyaśabdaistantre sa rogamārga ābhyantaraḥ //
Ca, Sū., 11, 55.1 śarīradoṣaprakope khalu śarīramevāśritya prāyaśastrividham auṣadhamicchanti antaḥparimārjanaṃ bahiḥparimārjanaṃ śastrapraṇidhānaṃ ceti /
Ca, Sū., 11, 55.1 śarīradoṣaprakope khalu
śarīramevāśritya prāyaśastrividham auṣadhamicchanti antaḥparimārjanaṃ bahiḥparimārjanaṃ śastrapraṇidhānaṃ ceti /
Ca, Sū., 11, 55.2 tatrāntaḥparimārjanaṃ
yadantaḥśarīramanupraviśyauṣadham āhārajātavyādhīn pramārṣṭi yatpunar bahiḥsparśam āśrityābhyaṅgasvedapradehapariṣekonmardanādyair āmayān pramārṣṭi tadbahiḥparimārjanaṃ śastrapraṇidhānaṃ punaś chedanabhedanavyadhanadāraṇalekhanotpāṭanapracchanasīvanaiṣaṇakṣārajalaukasaś ceti //
Ca, Sū., 12, 3.0 vātakalākalājñānamadhikṛtya parasparamatāni jijñāsamānāḥ samupaviśya maharṣayaḥ papracchuranyo'nyaṃ kiṃguṇo vāyuḥ kimasya prakopaṇam upaśamanāni vāsya kāni kathaṃ cainam asaṃghātavantam anavasthitam anāsādya prakopaṇapraśamanāni prakopayanti praśamayanti vā kāni cāsya kupitākupitasya
śarīrāśarīracarasya śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi bahiḥśarīrebhyo veti //
Ca, Sū., 12, 3.0 vātakalākalājñānamadhikṛtya parasparamatāni jijñāsamānāḥ samupaviśya maharṣayaḥ papracchuranyo'nyaṃ kiṃguṇo vāyuḥ kimasya prakopaṇam upaśamanāni vāsya kāni kathaṃ cainam asaṃghātavantam anavasthitam anāsādya prakopaṇapraśamanāni prakopayanti praśamayanti vā kāni cāsya kupitākupitasya śarīrāśarīracarasya
śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi bahiḥśarīrebhyo veti //
Ca, Sū., 12, 3.0 vātakalākalājñānamadhikṛtya parasparamatāni jijñāsamānāḥ samupaviśya maharṣayaḥ papracchuranyo'nyaṃ kiṃguṇo vāyuḥ kimasya prakopaṇam upaśamanāni vāsya kāni kathaṃ cainam asaṃghātavantam anavasthitam anāsādya prakopaṇapraśamanāni prakopayanti praśamayanti vā kāni cāsya kupitākupitasya śarīrāśarīracarasya śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi
bahiḥśarīrebhyo veti //
Ca, Sū., 12, 7.2 yathā hy enam asaṃghātam anavasthitamanāsādya prakopaṇapraśamanāni prakopayanti praśamayanti vā tathānuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ vātaprakopaṇāni khalu rūkṣalaghuśītadāruṇakharaviśadaśuṣirakarāṇi
śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu śarīreṣu vāyurāśrayaṃ gatvāpyāyamānaḥ prakopamāpadyate vātapraśamanāni punaḥ snigdhagurūṣṇaślakṣṇamṛdupicchilaghanakarāṇi śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu śarīreṣu vāyur asajyamānaś caran praśāntimāpadyate //
Ca, Sū., 12, 7.2 yathā hy enam asaṃghātam anavasthitamanāsādya prakopaṇapraśamanāni prakopayanti praśamayanti vā tathānuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ vātaprakopaṇāni khalu rūkṣalaghuśītadāruṇakharaviśadaśuṣirakarāṇi śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu
śarīreṣu vāyurāśrayaṃ gatvāpyāyamānaḥ prakopamāpadyate vātapraśamanāni punaḥ snigdhagurūṣṇaślakṣṇamṛdupicchilaghanakarāṇi śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu śarīreṣu vāyur asajyamānaś caran praśāntimāpadyate //
Ca, Sū., 12, 7.2 yathā hy enam asaṃghātam anavasthitamanāsādya prakopaṇapraśamanāni prakopayanti praśamayanti vā tathānuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ vātaprakopaṇāni khalu rūkṣalaghuśītadāruṇakharaviśadaśuṣirakarāṇi śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu śarīreṣu vāyurāśrayaṃ gatvāpyāyamānaḥ prakopamāpadyate vātapraśamanāni punaḥ snigdhagurūṣṇaślakṣṇamṛdupicchilaghanakarāṇi
śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu śarīreṣu vāyur asajyamānaś caran praśāntimāpadyate //
Ca, Sū., 12, 7.2 yathā hy enam asaṃghātam anavasthitamanāsādya prakopaṇapraśamanāni prakopayanti praśamayanti vā tathānuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ vātaprakopaṇāni khalu rūkṣalaghuśītadāruṇakharaviśadaśuṣirakarāṇi śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu śarīreṣu vāyurāśrayaṃ gatvāpyāyamānaḥ prakopamāpadyate vātapraśamanāni punaḥ snigdhagurūṣṇaślakṣṇamṛdupicchilaghanakarāṇi śarīrāṇāṃ tathāvidheṣu
śarīreṣu vāyur asajyamānaś caran praśāntimāpadyate //
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.2 yāni tu khalu vāyoḥ kupitākupitasya
śarīrāśarīracarasya śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi bahiḥśarīrebhyo vā bhavanti teṣāmavayavān pratyakṣānumānopadeśaiḥ sādhayitvā namaskṛtya vāyave yathāśakti pravakṣyāmaḥ vāyustantrayantradharaḥ prāṇodānasamānavyānāpānātmā pravartakaś ceṣṭānām uccāvacānāṃ niyantā praṇetā ca manasaḥ sarvendriyāṇām udyojakaḥ sarvendriyānām abhivoḍhā sarvaśarīradhātuvyūhakaraḥ saṃdhānakaraḥ śarīrasya pravartako vācaḥ prakṛtiḥ sparśaśabdayoḥ śrotrasparśanayormūlaṃ harṣotsāhayor yoniḥ samīraṇo'gneḥ doṣasaṃśoṣaṇaḥ kṣeptā bahirmalānāṃ sthūlāṇusrotasāṃ bhettā kartā garbhākṛtīnām āyuṣo'nuvṛttipratyayabhūto bhavatyakupitaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.2 yāni tu khalu vāyoḥ kupitākupitasya śarīrāśarīracarasya
śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi bahiḥśarīrebhyo vā bhavanti teṣāmavayavān pratyakṣānumānopadeśaiḥ sādhayitvā namaskṛtya vāyave yathāśakti pravakṣyāmaḥ vāyustantrayantradharaḥ prāṇodānasamānavyānāpānātmā pravartakaś ceṣṭānām uccāvacānāṃ niyantā praṇetā ca manasaḥ sarvendriyāṇām udyojakaḥ sarvendriyānām abhivoḍhā sarvaśarīradhātuvyūhakaraḥ saṃdhānakaraḥ śarīrasya pravartako vācaḥ prakṛtiḥ sparśaśabdayoḥ śrotrasparśanayormūlaṃ harṣotsāhayor yoniḥ samīraṇo'gneḥ doṣasaṃśoṣaṇaḥ kṣeptā bahirmalānāṃ sthūlāṇusrotasāṃ bhettā kartā garbhākṛtīnām āyuṣo'nuvṛttipratyayabhūto bhavatyakupitaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.2 yāni tu khalu vāyoḥ kupitākupitasya śarīrāśarīracarasya śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi
bahiḥśarīrebhyo vā bhavanti teṣāmavayavān pratyakṣānumānopadeśaiḥ sādhayitvā namaskṛtya vāyave yathāśakti pravakṣyāmaḥ vāyustantrayantradharaḥ prāṇodānasamānavyānāpānātmā pravartakaś ceṣṭānām uccāvacānāṃ niyantā praṇetā ca manasaḥ sarvendriyāṇām udyojakaḥ sarvendriyānām abhivoḍhā sarvaśarīradhātuvyūhakaraḥ saṃdhānakaraḥ śarīrasya pravartako vācaḥ prakṛtiḥ sparśaśabdayoḥ śrotrasparśanayormūlaṃ harṣotsāhayor yoniḥ samīraṇo'gneḥ doṣasaṃśoṣaṇaḥ kṣeptā bahirmalānāṃ sthūlāṇusrotasāṃ bhettā kartā garbhākṛtīnām āyuṣo'nuvṛttipratyayabhūto bhavatyakupitaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.2 yāni tu khalu vāyoḥ kupitākupitasya śarīrāśarīracarasya śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi bahiḥśarīrebhyo vā bhavanti teṣāmavayavān pratyakṣānumānopadeśaiḥ sādhayitvā namaskṛtya vāyave yathāśakti pravakṣyāmaḥ vāyustantrayantradharaḥ prāṇodānasamānavyānāpānātmā pravartakaś ceṣṭānām uccāvacānāṃ niyantā praṇetā ca manasaḥ sarvendriyāṇām udyojakaḥ sarvendriyānām abhivoḍhā
sarvaśarīradhātuvyūhakaraḥ saṃdhānakaraḥ śarīrasya pravartako vācaḥ prakṛtiḥ sparśaśabdayoḥ śrotrasparśanayormūlaṃ harṣotsāhayor yoniḥ samīraṇo'gneḥ doṣasaṃśoṣaṇaḥ kṣeptā bahirmalānāṃ sthūlāṇusrotasāṃ bhettā kartā garbhākṛtīnām āyuṣo'nuvṛttipratyayabhūto bhavatyakupitaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.2 yāni tu khalu vāyoḥ kupitākupitasya śarīrāśarīracarasya śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi bahiḥśarīrebhyo vā bhavanti teṣāmavayavān pratyakṣānumānopadeśaiḥ sādhayitvā namaskṛtya vāyave yathāśakti pravakṣyāmaḥ vāyustantrayantradharaḥ prāṇodānasamānavyānāpānātmā pravartakaś ceṣṭānām uccāvacānāṃ niyantā praṇetā ca manasaḥ sarvendriyāṇām udyojakaḥ sarvendriyānām abhivoḍhā sarvaśarīradhātuvyūhakaraḥ saṃdhānakaraḥ
śarīrasya pravartako vācaḥ prakṛtiḥ sparśaśabdayoḥ śrotrasparśanayormūlaṃ harṣotsāhayor yoniḥ samīraṇo'gneḥ doṣasaṃśoṣaṇaḥ kṣeptā bahirmalānāṃ sthūlāṇusrotasāṃ bhettā kartā garbhākṛtīnām āyuṣo'nuvṛttipratyayabhūto bhavatyakupitaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.3 kupitastu khalu
śarīre śarīraṃ nānāvidhairvikārair upatapati balavarṇasukhāyuṣām upaghātāya mano vyāharṣayati sarvendriyāṇy upahanti vinihanti garbhān vikṛtimāpādayaty atikālaṃ vā dhārayati bhayaśokamohadainyātipralāpāñ janayati prāṇāṃścoparuṇaddhi /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.3 kupitastu khalu śarīre
śarīraṃ nānāvidhairvikārair upatapati balavarṇasukhāyuṣām upaghātāya mano vyāharṣayati sarvendriyāṇy upahanti vinihanti garbhān vikṛtimāpādayaty atikālaṃ vā dhārayati bhayaśokamohadainyātipralāpāñ janayati prāṇāṃścoparuṇaddhi /
Ca, Sū., 12, 11.0 marīciruvāca agnireva
śarīre pittāntargataḥ kupitākupitaḥ śubhāśubhāni karoti tadyathā paktimapaktiṃ darśanamadarśanaṃ mātrāmātratvam ūṣmaṇaḥ prakṛtivikṛtivarṇau śauryaṃ bhayaṃ krodhaṃ harṣaṃ mohaṃ prasādam ityevamādīni cāparāṇi dvaṃdvānīti //
Ca, Sū., 12, 12.0 tacchrutvā marīcivacaḥ kāpya uvāca soma eva
śarīre śleṣmāntargataḥ kupitākupitaḥ śubhāśubhāni karoti tadyathā dārḍhyaṃ śaithilyamupacayaṃ kārśyam utsāhamālasyaṃ vṛṣatāṃ klībatāṃ jñānamajñānaṃ buddhiṃ mohamevamādīni cāparāṇi dvaṃdvānīti //
Ca, Sū., 15, 5.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ śakyaṃ tathā pratividhātum asmābhir asmadvidhair vāpyagniveśa yathā prativihite sidhyedevauṣadhamekāntena tacca prayogasauṣṭhavamupadeṣṭuṃ yathāvat nahi kaścidasti ya etadevamupadiṣṭamupadhārayitumutsaheta upadhārya vā tathā pratipattuṃ prayoktuṃ vā sūkṣmāṇi hi
doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi yānyanucintyamānāni vimalavipulabuddherapi buddhimākulīkuryuḥ kiṃ punaralpabuddheḥ tasmādubhayametadyathāvadupadekṣyāmaḥ samyakprayogaṃ cauṣadhānāṃ vyāpannānāṃ ca vyāpatsādhanāni siddhiṣūttarakālam //
Ca, Sū., 15, 12.1 athainamanuśiṣyāt vivṛtoṣṭhatālukaṇṭho nātimahatā vyāyāmena vegānudīrṇānudīrayan kiṃcid avanamya
grīvāmūrdhvaśarīram upavegam apravṛttān pravartayan suparilikhitanakhābhyām aṅgulibhyām utpalakumudasaugandhikanālair vā kaṇṭham abhispṛśan sukhaṃ pravartayasveti sa tathāvidhaṃ kuryāt tato 'sya vegān pratigrahagatānavekṣetāvahitaḥ vegaviśeṣadarśanāddhi kuśalo yogāyogātiyogaviśeṣān upalabheta vegaviśeṣānupalabheta vegaviśeṣadarśī punaḥ kṛtyaṃ yathārhamavabudhyeta lakṣaṇena tasmādvegānavekṣetāvahitaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 15, 17.1 athainaṃ punareva snehasvedābhyām upapādyānupahatamanasam abhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ kṛtahomabalimaṅgalajapaprāyaścittamiṣṭe tithinakṣatrakaraṇamuhūrte brāhmaṇān svasti vācayitvā trivṛtkalkamakṣamātraṃ yathārhāloḍanaprativinītaṃ pāyayet prasamīkṣya
doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi vikārāṃśca samyak viriktaṃ cainaṃ vamanoktena dhūmavarjena vidhinopapādayed ā balavarṇaprakṛtilābhāt balavarṇopapannaṃ cainamanupahatamanasamabhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ śiraḥsnātamanuliptagātraṃ sragviṇam anupahatavastrasaṃvītam anurūpālaṅkārālaṃkṛtaṃ suhṛdāṃ darśayitvā jñātīnāṃ darśayet athainaṃ kāmeṣvavasṛjet //
Ca, Sū., 19, 4.9 eka ūrustambha ityāmatridoṣasamutthaḥ ekaḥ saṃnyāsa iti tridoṣātmako
manaḥśarīrādhiṣṭhānaḥ eko mahāgada iti atattvābhiniveśaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 20, 3.0 catvāro rogā bhavanti āgantuvātapittaśleṣmanimittāḥ teṣāṃ caturṇāmapi rogāṇāṃ rogatvamekavidhaṃ bhavati ruksāmānyāt dvividhā punaḥ prakṛtireṣām āgantunijavibhāgāt dvividhaṃ caiṣāmadhiṣṭhānaṃ
manaḥśarīraviśeṣāt vikārāḥ punaraparisaṃkhyeyāḥ prakṛtyadhiṣṭhānaliṅgāyatanavikalpaviśeṣāparisaṃkhyeyatvāt //
Ca, Sū., 20, 8.0 teṣāṃ trayāṇāmapi doṣāṇāṃ
śarīre sthānavibhāga upadekṣyate tadyathā vastiḥ purīṣādhānaṃ kaṭiḥ sakthinī pādāvasthīni pakvāśayaśca vātasthānāni tatrāpi pakvāśayo viśeṣeṇa vātasthānaṃ svedo raso lasīkā rudhiram āmāśayaśca pittasthānāni tatrāpyāmāśayo viśeṣeṇa pittasthānam uraḥ śiro grīvā parvāṇyāmāśayo medaśca śleṣmasthānāni tatrāpyuro viśeṣeṇa śleṣmasthānam //
Ca, Sū., 20, 9.0 sarvaśarīracarāstu vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ sarvasmiñcharīre kupitākupitāḥ śubhāśubhāni kurvanti prakṛtibhūtāḥ śubhānyupacayabalavarṇaprasādādīni aśubhāni punarvikṛtimāpannā vikārasaṃjñakāni //
Ca, Sū., 20, 9.0 sarvaśarīracarāstu vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ
sarvasmiñcharīre kupitākupitāḥ śubhāśubhāni kurvanti prakṛtibhūtāḥ śubhānyupacayabalavarṇaprasādādīni aśubhāni punarvikṛtimāpannā vikārasaṃjñakāni //
Ca, Sū., 20, 12.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu vātavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu vāyor idam ātmarūpam apariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehā vātavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā raukṣyaṃ śaityaṃ lāghavaṃ vaiśadyaṃ gatiramūrtatvam anavasthitatvaṃ ceti vāyorātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca vāyoḥ karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati taṃ taṃ
śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā sraṃsabhraṃśavyāsasaṅgabhedasādaharṣatarṣakampavartacālatodavyathāceṣṭādīni tathā kharaparuṣaviśadasuṣirāruṇavarṇakaṣāyavirasamukhatvaśoṣaśūlasuptisaṃkocanastambhanakhañjatādīni ca vāyoḥ karmāṇi tairanvitaṃ vātavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 13.0 taṃ madhurāmlalavaṇasnigdhoṣṇairupakramair upakrameta snehasvedāsthāpanānuvāsananastaḥkarmabhojanābhyaṅgotsādanapariṣekādibhir vātaharair mātrāṃ kālaṃ ca pramāṇīkṛtya tatrāsthāpanānuvāsanaṃ tu khalu sarvatropakramebhyo vāte pradhānatamaṃ manyante bhiṣajaḥ taddhyādita eva pakvāśayamanupraviśya kevalaṃ vaikārikaṃ vātamūlaṃ chinatti tatrāvajite'pi vāte
śarīrāntargatā vātavikārāḥ praśāntimāpadyante yathā vanaspatermūle chinne skandhaśākhāprarohakusumaphalapalāśādīnāṃ niyato vināśastadvat //
Ca, Sū., 20, 15.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu pittavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu pittasyedamātmarūpamapariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehāḥ pittavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā auṣṇyaṃ taikṣṇyaṃ dravatvam anatisneho varṇaśca śuklāruṇavarjo gandhaśca visro rasau ca kaṭukāmlau saratvaṃ ca pittasyātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca pittasya karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati taṃ taṃ
śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā dāhauṣṇyapākasvedakledakothakaṇḍūsrāvarāgā yathāsvaṃ ca gandhavarṇarasābhinirvartanaṃ pittasya karmāṇi tair anvitaṃ pittavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 16.0 taṃ madhuratiktakaṣāyaśītair upakramair upakrameta snehavirekapradehapariṣekābhyaṅgādibhiḥ pittaharair mātrāṃ kālaṃ ca pramāṇīkṛtya virecanaṃ tu sarvopakramebhyaḥ pitte pradhānatamaṃ manyante bhiṣajaḥ taddhyādita evāmāśayamanupraviśya kevalaṃ vaikārikaṃ pittamūlamapakarṣati tatrāvajite pitte'pi
śarīrāntargatāḥ pittavikārāḥ praśāntim āpadyante yathāgnau vyapoḍhe kevalamagnigṛhaṃ śītībhavati tadvat //
Ca, Sū., 20, 18.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu śleṣmavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu śleṣmaṇa idamātmarūpam apariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehāḥ śleṣmavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā snehaśaityaśauklyagauravamādhuryasthairyapaicchilyamārtsnyāni śleṣmaṇa ātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca śleṣmaṇaḥ karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati taṃ taṃ
śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā śvaityaśaityakaṇḍūsthairyagauravasnehasuptikledopadehabandhamādhuryacirakāritvāni śleṣmaṇaḥ karmāṇi tairanvitaṃ śleṣmavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 19.0 taṃ kaṭukatiktakaṣāyatīkṣṇoṣṇarūkṣair upakramairupakrameta svedavamanaśirovirecanavyāyāmādibhiḥ śleṣmaharair mātrāṃ kālaṃ ca pramāṇīkṛtya vamanaṃ tu sarvopakramebhyaḥ śleṣmaṇi pradhānatamaṃ manyante bhiṣajaḥ taddhyādita evāmāśayam anupraviśyorogataṃ kevalaṃ vaikārikaṃ śleṣmamūlam ūrdhvamutkṣipati tatrāvajite śleṣmaṇyapi
śarīrāntargatāḥ śleṣmavikārāḥ praśāntimāpadyante yathā bhinne kedārasetau śāliyavaṣaṣṭikādīny anabhiṣyandyamānānyambhasā praśoṣamāpadyante tadvaditi //
Ca, Sū., 21, 3.1 iha khalu
śarīramadhikṛtyāṣṭau puruṣā ninditā bhavanti tadyathā atidīrghaśca atihrasvaśca atilomā ca alomā ca atikṛṣṇaśca atigauraśca atisthūlaśca atikṛśaśceti //
Ca, Sū., 25, 33.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ yadāhārajātamagniveśa samāṃścaiva
śarīradhātūn prakṛtau sthāpayati viṣamāṃśca samīkarotītyetaddhitaṃ viddhi viparītaṃ tvahitamiti ityetaddhitāhitalakṣaṇam anapavādaṃ bhavati //
Ca, Sū., 26, 43.1 tatra madhuro rasaḥ
śarīrasātmyād rasarudhiramāṃsamedo'sthimajjaujaḥśukrābhivardhana āyuṣyaḥ ṣaḍindriyaprasādano balavarṇakaraḥ pittaviṣamārutaghnas tṛṣṇādāhapraśamanas tvacyaḥ keśyaḥ kaṇṭhyo balyaḥ prīṇano jīvanastarpaṇo bṛṃhaṇaḥ sthairyakaraḥ kṣīṇakṣatasaṃdhānakaro ghrāṇamukhakaṇṭhauṣṭhajihvāprahlādano dāhamūrchāpraśamanaḥ ṣaṭpadapipīlikānām iṣṭatamaḥ snigdhaḥ śīto guruśca /
Ca, Sū., 26, 43.3 sa evaṃguṇo'pyeka evātyartham upayujyamāno dantān harṣayati tarṣayati saṃmīlayatyakṣiṇī saṃvejayati lomāni kaphaṃ vilāpayati pittamabhivardhayati raktaṃ dūṣayati māṃsaṃ vidahati kāyaṃ śithilīkaroti kṣīṇakṣatakṛśadurbalānāṃ śvayathum āpādayati api ca kṣatābhihatadaṣṭadagdhabhagnaśūnapracyutāvamūtritaparisarpitamarditacchinnabhinnaviśliṣṭodviddhotpiṣṭādīni pācayatyāgneyasvabhāvāt paridahati kaṇṭhamuro hṛdayaṃ ca lavaṇo rasaḥ pācanaḥ kledano dīpanaścyāvanaśchedano bhedanas tīkṣṇaḥ saro vikāsy adhaḥsraṃsy avakāśakaro vātaharaḥ stambhabandhasaṃghātavidhamanaḥ sarvarasapratyanīkabhūtaḥ āsyamāsrāvayati kaphaṃ viṣyandayati mārgān viśodhayati
sarvaśarīrāvayavān mṛdūkaroti rocayatyāhāram āhārayogī nātyarthaṃ guruḥ snigdha uṣṇaśca /
Ca, Sū., 26, 43.5 sa evaṃguṇo'pyeka evātyartham upayujyamāno vipākaprabhāvāt puṃstvamupahanti rasavīryaprabhāvānmohayanti glāpayati sādayati karśayati mūrchayati namayati tamayati bhramayati kaṇṭhaṃ paridahati
śarīratāpamupajanayati balaṃ kṣiṇoti tṛṣṇāṃ janayati api ca vāyvagniguṇabāhulyād bhramadavathukampatodabhedaiś caraṇabhujapārśvapṛṣṭhaprabhṛtiṣu mārutajān vikārān upajanayati tikto rasaḥ svayamarociṣṇur apyarocakaghno viṣaghnaḥ krimighno mūrchādāhakaṇḍūkuṣṭhatṛṣṇāpraśamanas tvaṅmāṃsayoḥ sthirīkaraṇo jvaraghno dīpanaḥ pācanaḥ stanyaśodhano lekhanaḥ kledamedovasāmajjalasīkāpūyasvedamūtrapurīṣapittaśleṣmopaśoṣaṇo rūkṣaḥ śīto laghuśca /
Ca, Sū., 26, 43.6 sa evaṃguṇo'pyeka evātyartham upayujyamāno raukṣyāt kharaviṣadasvabhāvāc ca rasarudhiramāṃsamedo'sthimajjaśukrāṇy ucchoṣayati srotasāṃ kharatvamupapādayati balam ādatte karśayati glapayati mohayati bhramayati vadanam upaśoṣayati aparāṃśca vātavikārānupajanayati kaṣāyo rasaḥ saṃśamanaḥ saṃgrāhī saṃdhānakaraḥ pīḍano ropaṇaḥ śoṣaṇaḥ stambhanaḥ śleṣmaraktapittapraśamanaḥ
śarīrakledasyopayoktā rūkṣaḥ śīto'laghuśca /
Ca, Sū., 26, 104.2 tadyathā vamanaṃ virecanaṃ ca tadvirodhināṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ saṃśamanārtham upayogaḥ tathāvidhaiśca dravyaiḥ pūrvam abhisaṃskāraḥ
śarīrasyeti //
Ca, Sū., 27, 3.0 iṣṭavarṇagandharasasparśaṃ vidhivihitamannapānaṃ prāṇināṃ prāṇisaṃjñakānāṃ prāṇamācakṣate kuśalāḥ pratyakṣaphaladarśanāt tadindhanā hy antaragneḥ sthitiḥ tat sattvam ūrjayati
taccharīradhātuvyūhabalavarṇendriyaprasādakaraṃ yathoktamupasevyamānaṃ viparītamahitāya sampadyate //
Ca, Sū., 28, 3.1 vividham aśitaṃ pītaṃ līḍhaṃ khāditaṃ jantorhitam antaragnisaṃdhukṣitabalena yathāsvenoṣmaṇā samyagvipacyamānaṃ kālavad anavasthitasarvadhātupākam anupahatasarvadhātūṣmamārutasrotaḥ kevalaṃ
śarīramupacayabalavarṇasukhāyuṣā yojayati śarīradhātūn ūrjayati ca /
Ca, Sū., 28, 3.1 vividham aśitaṃ pītaṃ līḍhaṃ khāditaṃ jantorhitam antaragnisaṃdhukṣitabalena yathāsvenoṣmaṇā samyagvipacyamānaṃ kālavad anavasthitasarvadhātupākam anupahatasarvadhātūṣmamārutasrotaḥ kevalaṃ śarīramupacayabalavarṇasukhāyuṣā yojayati
śarīradhātūn ūrjayati ca /
Ca, Sū., 28, 4.3 puṣyanti tv āhārarasād rasarudhiramāṃsamedo'sthimajjaśukraujāṃsi pañcendriyadravyāṇi dhātuprasādasaṃjñakāni
śarīrasaṃdhibandhapicchādayaś cāvayavāḥ /
Ca, Sū., 28, 4.4 te sarva eva dhātavo malākhyāḥ prasādākhyāśca rasamalābhyāṃ puṣyantaḥ svaṃ mānamanuvartante
yathāvayaḥśarīram /
Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7 svamānātiriktāḥ punarutsargiṇaḥ śītoṣṇaparyāyaguṇaiś copacaryamāṇā malāḥ
śarīradhātusāmyakarāḥ samupalabhyante //
Ca, Sū., 28, 7.4 na hi sarvāṇyapathyāni tulyadoṣāṇi na ca sarve doṣāstulyabalā na ca sarvāṇi
śarīrāṇi vyādhikṣamatve samarthāni bhavanti /
Ca, Sū., 28, 7.7 śarīrāṇi cātisthūlānyatikṛśāny aniviṣṭamāṃsaśoṇitāsthīni durbalāny asātmyāhāropacitāny alpāhārāṇy alpasattvāni ca bhavantyavyādhisahāni viparītāni punarvyādhisahāni /
Ca, Sū., 28, 7.8 ebhyaś
caivāpathyāhāradoṣaśarīraviśeṣebhyo vyādhayo mṛdavo dāruṇāḥ kṣiprasamutthāścirakāriṇaśca bhavanti /
Ca, Sū., 29, 7.1 bhagavānuvāca ya ime kulīnāḥ paryavadātaśrutāḥ paridṛṣṭakarmāṇo dakṣāḥ śucayo jitahastā jitātmānaḥ sarvopakaraṇavantaḥ sarvendriyopapannāḥ prakṛtijñāḥ pratipattijñāśca te jñeyāḥ prāṇānāmabhisarā hantāro rogāṇāṃ tathāvidhā hi kevale
śarīrajñāne śarīrābhinirvṛttijñāne prakṛtivikārajñāne ca niḥsaṃśayāḥ sukhasādhyakṛcchrasādhyayāpyapratyākhyeyānāṃ ca rogāṇāṃ samutthānapūrvarūpaliṅgavedanopaśayaviśeṣajñāne vyapagatasaṃdehāḥ trividhasyāyurvedasūtrasya sasaṃgrahavyākaraṇasya satrividhauṣadhagrāmasya pravaktāraḥ pañcatriṃśato mūlaphalānāṃ caturṇāṃ ca snehānāṃ pañcānāṃ ca lavaṇānāmaṣṭānāṃ ca mūtrāṇām aṣṭānāṃ ca kṣīrāṇāṃ kṣīratvagvṛkṣāṇāṃ ca ṣaṇṇāṃ śirovirecanādeśca pañcakarmāśrayasyauṣadhagaṇasyāṣṭāviṃśateśca yavāgūnāṃ dvātriṃśataścūrṇapradehānāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ ca virecanaśatānāṃ pañcānāṃ ca kaṣāyaśatānāṃ prayoktāraḥ svasthavṛttavihitabhojanapānaniyamasthānacaṅkramaṇaśayanāsanamātrādravyāñjanadhūmanāvanābhyañjanaparimārjanavegāvidhāraṇavidhāraṇavyāyāmasātmyendriyaparīkṣopakramaṇasadvṛttakuśalāḥ catuṣpādopagṛhīte ca bheṣaje ṣoḍaśakale saviniścaye satriparyeṣaṇe savātakalākalajñāne vyapagatasandehāḥ caturvidhasya ca snehasya caturviṃśatyupanayasyopakalpanīyasya catuḥṣaṣṭiparyantasya ca vyavasthāpayitāraḥ bahuvidhavidhānayuktānāṃ ca snehyasvedyavamyavirecyavividhauṣadhopacārāṇāṃ ca kuśalāḥ śirorogāderdoṣāṃśavikalpajasya ca vyādhisaṃgrahasya sakṣayapiḍakāvidradhestrayāṇāṃ ca śophānāṃ bahuvidhaśophānubandhānāmaṣṭacatvāriṃśataśca rogādhikaraṇānāṃ catvāriṃśaduttarasya ca nānātmajasya vyādhiśatasya tathā vigarhitātisthūlātikṛśānāṃ sahetulakṣaṇopakramāṇāṃ svapnasya ca hitāhitasyāsvapnātisvapnasya ca sahetūpakramasya ṣaṇṇāṃ ca laṅghanādīnāmupakramāṇāṃ saṃtarpaṇāpatarpaṇajānāṃ ca rogāṇāṃ sarūpapraśamanānāṃ śoṇitajānāṃ ca vyādhīnāṃ madamūrcchāyasaṃnyāsānāṃ ca sakāraṇarūpauṣadhopacārāṇāṃ kuśalāḥ kuśalāścāhāravidhiviniścayasya prakṛtyā hitāhitānām āhāravikārāṇām agryasaṃgrahasyāsavānāṃ ca caturaśīterdravyaguṇakarmaviniścayasya rasānurasasaṃśrayasya savikalpavairodhikasya dvādaśavargāśrayasya cānnapānasya saguṇaprabhāvasya sānupānaguṇasya navavidhasyārthasaṃgrahasyāhāragateśca hitāhitopayogaviśeṣātmakasya ca śubhāśubhaviśeṣasya dhātvāśrayāṇāṃ ca rogāṇāṃ sauṣadhasaṃgrahāṇāṃ daśānāṃ ca prāṇāyatanānāṃ yaṃ ca vakṣyāmyarthedaśamahāmūlīye triṃśattamādhyāye tatra ca kṛtsnasya tantroddeśalakṣaṇasya tantrasya ca grahaṇadhāraṇavijñānaprayogakarmakāryakālakartṛkaraṇakuśalāḥ kuśalāśca smṛtimatiśāstrayuktijñānasyātmanaḥ śīlaguṇair avisaṃvādanena ca saṃpādanena sarvaprāṇiṣu cetaso maitrasya mātāpitṛbhrātṛbandhuvat evaṃyuktā bhavantyagniveśa prāṇānāmabhisarā hantāro rogāṇāmiti //
Ca, Sū., 29, 7.1 bhagavānuvāca ya ime kulīnāḥ paryavadātaśrutāḥ paridṛṣṭakarmāṇo dakṣāḥ śucayo jitahastā jitātmānaḥ sarvopakaraṇavantaḥ sarvendriyopapannāḥ prakṛtijñāḥ pratipattijñāśca te jñeyāḥ prāṇānāmabhisarā hantāro rogāṇāṃ tathāvidhā hi kevale śarīrajñāne
śarīrābhinirvṛttijñāne prakṛtivikārajñāne ca niḥsaṃśayāḥ sukhasādhyakṛcchrasādhyayāpyapratyākhyeyānāṃ ca rogāṇāṃ samutthānapūrvarūpaliṅgavedanopaśayaviśeṣajñāne vyapagatasaṃdehāḥ trividhasyāyurvedasūtrasya sasaṃgrahavyākaraṇasya satrividhauṣadhagrāmasya pravaktāraḥ pañcatriṃśato mūlaphalānāṃ caturṇāṃ ca snehānāṃ pañcānāṃ ca lavaṇānāmaṣṭānāṃ ca mūtrāṇām aṣṭānāṃ ca kṣīrāṇāṃ kṣīratvagvṛkṣāṇāṃ ca ṣaṇṇāṃ śirovirecanādeśca pañcakarmāśrayasyauṣadhagaṇasyāṣṭāviṃśateśca yavāgūnāṃ dvātriṃśataścūrṇapradehānāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ ca virecanaśatānāṃ pañcānāṃ ca kaṣāyaśatānāṃ prayoktāraḥ svasthavṛttavihitabhojanapānaniyamasthānacaṅkramaṇaśayanāsanamātrādravyāñjanadhūmanāvanābhyañjanaparimārjanavegāvidhāraṇavidhāraṇavyāyāmasātmyendriyaparīkṣopakramaṇasadvṛttakuśalāḥ catuṣpādopagṛhīte ca bheṣaje ṣoḍaśakale saviniścaye satriparyeṣaṇe savātakalākalajñāne vyapagatasandehāḥ caturvidhasya ca snehasya caturviṃśatyupanayasyopakalpanīyasya catuḥṣaṣṭiparyantasya ca vyavasthāpayitāraḥ bahuvidhavidhānayuktānāṃ ca snehyasvedyavamyavirecyavividhauṣadhopacārāṇāṃ ca kuśalāḥ śirorogāderdoṣāṃśavikalpajasya ca vyādhisaṃgrahasya sakṣayapiḍakāvidradhestrayāṇāṃ ca śophānāṃ bahuvidhaśophānubandhānāmaṣṭacatvāriṃśataśca rogādhikaraṇānāṃ catvāriṃśaduttarasya ca nānātmajasya vyādhiśatasya tathā vigarhitātisthūlātikṛśānāṃ sahetulakṣaṇopakramāṇāṃ svapnasya ca hitāhitasyāsvapnātisvapnasya ca sahetūpakramasya ṣaṇṇāṃ ca laṅghanādīnāmupakramāṇāṃ saṃtarpaṇāpatarpaṇajānāṃ ca rogāṇāṃ sarūpapraśamanānāṃ śoṇitajānāṃ ca vyādhīnāṃ madamūrcchāyasaṃnyāsānāṃ ca sakāraṇarūpauṣadhopacārāṇāṃ kuśalāḥ kuśalāścāhāravidhiviniścayasya prakṛtyā hitāhitānām āhāravikārāṇām agryasaṃgrahasyāsavānāṃ ca caturaśīterdravyaguṇakarmaviniścayasya rasānurasasaṃśrayasya savikalpavairodhikasya dvādaśavargāśrayasya cānnapānasya saguṇaprabhāvasya sānupānaguṇasya navavidhasyārthasaṃgrahasyāhāragateśca hitāhitopayogaviśeṣātmakasya ca śubhāśubhaviśeṣasya dhātvāśrayāṇāṃ ca rogāṇāṃ sauṣadhasaṃgrahāṇāṃ daśānāṃ ca prāṇāyatanānāṃ yaṃ ca vakṣyāmyarthedaśamahāmūlīye triṃśattamādhyāye tatra ca kṛtsnasya tantroddeśalakṣaṇasya tantrasya ca grahaṇadhāraṇavijñānaprayogakarmakāryakālakartṛkaraṇakuśalāḥ kuśalāśca smṛtimatiśāstrayuktijñānasyātmanaḥ śīlaguṇair avisaṃvādanena ca saṃpādanena sarvaprāṇiṣu cetaso maitrasya mātāpitṛbhrātṛbandhuvat evaṃyuktā bhavantyagniveśa prāṇānāmabhisarā hantāro rogāṇāmiti //
Ca, Sū., 30, 32.2 sa cārthaḥ prakaraṇairvibhāvyamāno bhūya eva
śarīravṛttihetuvyādhikarmakāryakālakartṛkaraṇavidhiviniścayād daśaprakaraṇaḥ tāni ca prakaraṇāni kevalenopadekṣyante tantreṇa //
Ca, Nid., 1, 19.0 rūkṣalaghuśītavamanavirecanāsthāpanaśirovirecanātiyogavyāyāmavegasaṃdhāraṇānaśanābhighātavyavāyodvegaśokaśoṇitātiṣekajāgaraṇaviṣamaśarīranyāsebhyo 'tisevitebhyo vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate //
Ca, Nid., 1, 20.0 sa yadā prakupitaḥ praviśyāmāśayam ūṣmaṇā saha miśrībhūyād yam āhārapariṇāmadhātuṃ rasanāmānam anvavetya rasasvedavahāni srotāṃsi pidhāyāgnim upahatya paktisthānād ūṣmāṇaṃ bahirnirasya kevalaṃ
śarīramanuprapadyate tadā jvaramabhinirvartayati //
Ca, Nid., 1, 23.0 tadyadā prakupitam āmāśayād ūṣmāṇam upasṛjyādyamāhārapariṇāmadhātuṃ rasanāmānam anvavetya rasasvedavahāni srotāṃsi pidhāya dravatvād agnim upahatya paktisthānād ūṣmāṇaṃ bahirnirasya prapīḍayat kevalaṃ
śarīram anuprapadyate tadā jvaram abhinirvartayati //
Ca, Nid., 1, 24.1 tasyemāni liṅgāni bhavanti tadyathā yugapadeva kevale
śarīre jvarasyābhyāgamanam abhivṛddhirvā bhuktasya vidāhakāle madhyaṃdine 'rdharātre śaradi vā viśeṣeṇa kaṭukāsyatā ghrāṇamukhakaṇṭhauṣṭhatālupākaḥ tṛṣṇā mado bhramo mūrchā pittacchardanam atīsāraḥ annadveṣaḥ sadanaṃ khedaḥ pralāpaḥ raktakoṭhābhinirvṛttiḥ śarīre haritahāridratvaṃ nakhanayanavadanamūtrapurīṣatvacām atyartham ūṣmaṇastīvrabhāvaḥ atimātraṃ dāhaḥ śītābhiprāyatā nidānoktānupaśayo viparītopaśayaśceti pittajvaraliṅgāni bhavati //
Ca, Nid., 1, 24.1 tasyemāni liṅgāni bhavanti tadyathā yugapadeva kevale śarīre jvarasyābhyāgamanam abhivṛddhirvā bhuktasya vidāhakāle madhyaṃdine 'rdharātre śaradi vā viśeṣeṇa kaṭukāsyatā ghrāṇamukhakaṇṭhauṣṭhatālupākaḥ tṛṣṇā mado bhramo mūrchā pittacchardanam atīsāraḥ annadveṣaḥ sadanaṃ khedaḥ pralāpaḥ raktakoṭhābhinirvṛttiḥ
śarīre haritahāridratvaṃ nakhanayanavadanamūtrapurīṣatvacām atyartham ūṣmaṇastīvrabhāvaḥ atimātraṃ dāhaḥ śītābhiprāyatā nidānoktānupaśayo viparītopaśayaśceti pittajvaraliṅgāni bhavati //
Ca, Nid., 1, 26.0 sa yadā prakupitaḥ praviśyāmāśayam ūṣmaṇā saha miśrībhūyādyam āhārapariṇāmadhātuṃ rasanāmānam anvavetya rasasvedavahāni srotāṃsi pidhāyāgnimupahatya paktisthānād ūṣmāṇaṃ bahirnirasya prapīḍayan kevalaṃ
śarīramanuprapadyate tadā jvaramabhinirvartayati //
Ca, Nid., 1, 27.0 tasyemāni liṅgāni bhavanti tadyathā yugapadeva kevale
śarīre jvarasyābhyāgamanam abhivṛddhirvā bhuktamātre pūrvāhṇe pūrvarātre vasantakāle vā viśeṣeṇa gurugātratvam anannābhilāṣaḥ śleṣmaprasekaḥ mukhamādhuryaṃ hṛllāsaḥ hṛdayopalepaḥ stimitatvaṃ chardiḥ mṛdvagnitā nidrādhikyaṃ stambhaḥ tandrā kāsaḥ śvāsaḥ pratiśyāyaḥ śaityaṃ śvaityaṃ ca nakhanayanavadanamūtrapurīṣatvacām atyarthaṃ ca śītapiḍakā bhṛśamaṅgebhya uttiṣṭhanti uṣṇābhiprāyatā nidānoktānupaśayo viparītopaśayaśca iti śleṣmajvaraliṅgāni bhavanti //
Ca, Nid., 1, 35.1 jvarastu khalu maheśvarakopaprabhavaḥ sarvaprāṇabhṛtāṃ prāṇaharo dehendriyamanastāpakaraḥ prajñābalavarṇaharṣotsāhahrāsakaraḥ śramaklamamohāhāroparodhasaṃjananaḥ jvarayati
śarīrāṇīti jvaraḥ nānye vyādhayastathā dāruṇā bahūpadravā duścikitsyāśca yathāyam /
Ca, Nid., 2, 4.2 tasmin pramāṇātivṛtte pittaṃ prakupitaṃ
śarīramanusarpad yad eva yakṛtplīhaprabhavāṇāṃ lohitavahānāṃ ca srotasāṃ lohitābhiṣyandagurūṇi mukhānyāsādya pratirundhyāt tadeva lohitaṃ dūṣayati //
Ca, Nid., 2, 8.2 tadbahuśleṣmaṇi
śarīre śleṣmasaṃsargādūrdhvaṃ pratipadyamānaṃ karṇanāsikānetrāsyebhyaḥ pracyavate bahuvāte tu śarīre vātasaṃsargādadhaḥ pratipadyamānaṃ mūtrapurīṣamārgābhyāṃ pracyavate bahuśleṣmavāte tu śarīre śleṣmavātasaṃsargāddvāvapi mārgau pratipadyate tau mārgau pratipadyamānaṃ sarvebhya eva yathoktebhyaḥ khebhyaḥ pracyavate śarīrasya //
Ca, Nid., 2, 8.2 tadbahuśleṣmaṇi śarīre śleṣmasaṃsargādūrdhvaṃ pratipadyamānaṃ karṇanāsikānetrāsyebhyaḥ pracyavate bahuvāte tu
śarīre vātasaṃsargādadhaḥ pratipadyamānaṃ mūtrapurīṣamārgābhyāṃ pracyavate bahuśleṣmavāte tu śarīre śleṣmavātasaṃsargāddvāvapi mārgau pratipadyate tau mārgau pratipadyamānaṃ sarvebhya eva yathoktebhyaḥ khebhyaḥ pracyavate śarīrasya //
Ca, Nid., 2, 8.2 tadbahuśleṣmaṇi śarīre śleṣmasaṃsargādūrdhvaṃ pratipadyamānaṃ karṇanāsikānetrāsyebhyaḥ pracyavate bahuvāte tu śarīre vātasaṃsargādadhaḥ pratipadyamānaṃ mūtrapurīṣamārgābhyāṃ pracyavate bahuśleṣmavāte tu
śarīre śleṣmavātasaṃsargāddvāvapi mārgau pratipadyate tau mārgau pratipadyamānaṃ sarvebhya eva yathoktebhyaḥ khebhyaḥ pracyavate śarīrasya //
Ca, Nid., 2, 8.2 tadbahuśleṣmaṇi śarīre śleṣmasaṃsargādūrdhvaṃ pratipadyamānaṃ karṇanāsikānetrāsyebhyaḥ pracyavate bahuvāte tu śarīre vātasaṃsargādadhaḥ pratipadyamānaṃ mūtrapurīṣamārgābhyāṃ pracyavate bahuśleṣmavāte tu śarīre śleṣmavātasaṃsargāddvāvapi mārgau pratipadyate tau mārgau pratipadyamānaṃ sarvebhya eva yathoktebhyaḥ khebhyaḥ pracyavate
śarīrasya //
Ca, Nid., 2, 10.1 raktapittaprakopastu khalu purā dakṣayajñoddhvaṃse rudrakopāmarṣāgninā prāṇināṃ
parigataśarīraprāṇānām abhavajjvaram anu //
Ca, Nid., 3, 10.1 taireva tu karśanaiḥ karśitasyātyaśanād atisnigdhagurumadhuraśītāśanāt piṣṭekṣukṣīratilamāṣaguḍavikṛtisevanān mandakamadyātipānāddharitakātipraṇayanād ānūpaudakagrāmyamāṃsātibhakṣaṇāt saṃdhāraṇād abubhukṣasya cātipragāḍhamudapānāt saṃkṣobhaṇādvā
śarīrasya śleṣmā saha mārutena prakopamāpadyate //
Ca, Nid., 4, 7.1 bahvabaddhaṃ medo māṃsaṃ
śarīrajakledaḥ śukraṃ śoṇitaṃ vasā majjā lasīkā rasaścaujaḥsaṃkhyāta iti dūṣyaviśeṣāḥ //
Ca, Nid., 4, 8.1 trayāṇāmeṣāṃ nidānādiviśeṣāṇāṃ sannipāte kṣipraṃ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate prāg atibhūyastvāt sa prakupitaḥ kṣiprameva
śarīre visṛptiṃ labhate śarīraśaithilyāt sa visarpañ śarīre medasaivādito miśrībhāvaṃ gacchati medasaścaiva bahvabaddhatvānmedasaśca guṇaiḥ samānaguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt sa medasā miśrībhavan dūṣayatyenat vikṛtatvāt sa vikṛto duṣṭena medasopahitaḥ śarīrakledamāṃsābhyāṃ saṃsargaṃ gacchati kledamāṃsayor atipramāṇābhivṛddhatvāt sa māṃse māṃsapradoṣāt pūtimāṃsapiḍakāḥ śarāvikākacchapikādyāḥ saṃjanayati aprakṛtibhūtatvāt śarīrakledaṃ punardūṣayan mūtratvena pariṇamayati mūtravahānāṃ ca srotasāṃ vaṅkṣaṇabastiprabhavāṇāṃ medaḥkledopahitāni gurūṇi mukhānyāsādya pratirudhyate tataḥ pramehāṃsteṣāṃ sthairyamasādhyatāṃ vā janayati prakṛtivikṛtibhūtatvāt //
Ca, Nid., 4, 8.1 trayāṇāmeṣāṃ nidānādiviśeṣāṇāṃ sannipāte kṣipraṃ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate prāg atibhūyastvāt sa prakupitaḥ kṣiprameva śarīre visṛptiṃ labhate
śarīraśaithilyāt sa visarpañ śarīre medasaivādito miśrībhāvaṃ gacchati medasaścaiva bahvabaddhatvānmedasaśca guṇaiḥ samānaguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt sa medasā miśrībhavan dūṣayatyenat vikṛtatvāt sa vikṛto duṣṭena medasopahitaḥ śarīrakledamāṃsābhyāṃ saṃsargaṃ gacchati kledamāṃsayor atipramāṇābhivṛddhatvāt sa māṃse māṃsapradoṣāt pūtimāṃsapiḍakāḥ śarāvikākacchapikādyāḥ saṃjanayati aprakṛtibhūtatvāt śarīrakledaṃ punardūṣayan mūtratvena pariṇamayati mūtravahānāṃ ca srotasāṃ vaṅkṣaṇabastiprabhavāṇāṃ medaḥkledopahitāni gurūṇi mukhānyāsādya pratirudhyate tataḥ pramehāṃsteṣāṃ sthairyamasādhyatāṃ vā janayati prakṛtivikṛtibhūtatvāt //
Ca, Nid., 4, 8.1 trayāṇāmeṣāṃ nidānādiviśeṣāṇāṃ sannipāte kṣipraṃ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate prāg atibhūyastvāt sa prakupitaḥ kṣiprameva śarīre visṛptiṃ labhate śarīraśaithilyāt sa visarpañ
śarīre medasaivādito miśrībhāvaṃ gacchati medasaścaiva bahvabaddhatvānmedasaśca guṇaiḥ samānaguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt sa medasā miśrībhavan dūṣayatyenat vikṛtatvāt sa vikṛto duṣṭena medasopahitaḥ śarīrakledamāṃsābhyāṃ saṃsargaṃ gacchati kledamāṃsayor atipramāṇābhivṛddhatvāt sa māṃse māṃsapradoṣāt pūtimāṃsapiḍakāḥ śarāvikākacchapikādyāḥ saṃjanayati aprakṛtibhūtatvāt śarīrakledaṃ punardūṣayan mūtratvena pariṇamayati mūtravahānāṃ ca srotasāṃ vaṅkṣaṇabastiprabhavāṇāṃ medaḥkledopahitāni gurūṇi mukhānyāsādya pratirudhyate tataḥ pramehāṃsteṣāṃ sthairyamasādhyatāṃ vā janayati prakṛtivikṛtibhūtatvāt //
Ca, Nid., 4, 8.1 trayāṇāmeṣāṃ nidānādiviśeṣāṇāṃ sannipāte kṣipraṃ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate prāg atibhūyastvāt sa prakupitaḥ kṣiprameva śarīre visṛptiṃ labhate śarīraśaithilyāt sa visarpañ śarīre medasaivādito miśrībhāvaṃ gacchati medasaścaiva bahvabaddhatvānmedasaśca guṇaiḥ samānaguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt sa medasā miśrībhavan dūṣayatyenat vikṛtatvāt sa vikṛto duṣṭena medasopahitaḥ
śarīrakledamāṃsābhyāṃ saṃsargaṃ gacchati kledamāṃsayor atipramāṇābhivṛddhatvāt sa māṃse māṃsapradoṣāt pūtimāṃsapiḍakāḥ śarāvikākacchapikādyāḥ saṃjanayati aprakṛtibhūtatvāt śarīrakledaṃ punardūṣayan mūtratvena pariṇamayati mūtravahānāṃ ca srotasāṃ vaṅkṣaṇabastiprabhavāṇāṃ medaḥkledopahitāni gurūṇi mukhānyāsādya pratirudhyate tataḥ pramehāṃsteṣāṃ sthairyamasādhyatāṃ vā janayati prakṛtivikṛtibhūtatvāt //
Ca, Nid., 4, 8.1 trayāṇāmeṣāṃ nidānādiviśeṣāṇāṃ sannipāte kṣipraṃ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate prāg atibhūyastvāt sa prakupitaḥ kṣiprameva śarīre visṛptiṃ labhate śarīraśaithilyāt sa visarpañ śarīre medasaivādito miśrībhāvaṃ gacchati medasaścaiva bahvabaddhatvānmedasaśca guṇaiḥ samānaguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt sa medasā miśrībhavan dūṣayatyenat vikṛtatvāt sa vikṛto duṣṭena medasopahitaḥ śarīrakledamāṃsābhyāṃ saṃsargaṃ gacchati kledamāṃsayor atipramāṇābhivṛddhatvāt sa māṃse māṃsapradoṣāt pūtimāṃsapiḍakāḥ śarāvikākacchapikādyāḥ saṃjanayati aprakṛtibhūtatvāt
śarīrakledaṃ punardūṣayan mūtratvena pariṇamayati mūtravahānāṃ ca srotasāṃ vaṅkṣaṇabastiprabhavāṇāṃ medaḥkledopahitāni gurūṇi mukhānyāsādya pratirudhyate tataḥ pramehāṃsteṣāṃ sthairyamasādhyatāṃ vā janayati prakṛtivikṛtibhūtatvāt //
Ca, Nid., 4, 9.1 śarīrakledastu śleṣmamedomiśraḥ praviśan mūtrāśayaṃ mūtratvamāpadyamānaḥ ślaiṣmikairebhirdaśabhirguṇairupasṛjyate vaiṣamyayuktaiḥ tadyathāśvetaśītamūrtapicchilācchasnigdhagurumadhurasāndraprasādamandaiḥ tatra yena guṇenaikenānekena vā bhūyastaramupasṛjyate tatsamākhyaṃ gauṇaṃ nāmaviśeṣaṃ prāpnoti //
Ca, Nid., 4, 24.1 uṣṇāmlalavaṇakṣārakaṭukājīrṇabhojanopasevinas tathātitīkṣṇātapāgnisaṃtāpaśramakrodhaviṣamāhāropasevinaśca
tathāvidhaśarīrasyaiva kṣipraṃ pittaṃ prakopamāpadyate tattu prakupitaṃ tayaivānupūrvyā pramehānimān ṣaṭ kṣiprataramabhinirvartayati //
Ca, Nid., 4, 36.1 kaṣāyakaṭutiktarūkṣalaghuśītavyavāyavyāyāmavamanavirecanāsthāpanaśirovirecanātiyogasaṃdhāraṇānaśanābhighātātapodvegaśokaśoṇitātiṣekajāgaraṇaviṣamaśarīranyāsānupasevamānasya tathāvidhaśarīrasyaiva kṣipraṃ vātaḥ prakopamāpadyate //
Ca, Nid., 4, 36.1 kaṣāyakaṭutiktarūkṣalaghuśītavyavāyavyāyāmavamanavirecanāsthāpanaśirovirecanātiyogasaṃdhāraṇānaśanābhighātātapodvegaśokaśoṇitātiṣekajāgaraṇaviṣamaśarīranyāsānupasevamānasya
tathāvidhaśarīrasyaiva kṣipraṃ vātaḥ prakopamāpadyate //
Ca, Nid., 4, 37.1 sa prakupitastathāvidhe
śarīre visarpan yadā vasāmādāya mūtravahāni srotāṃsi pratipadyate tadā vasāmehamabhinirvartayati yadā punarmajjānaṃ mūtrabastāvākarṣati tadā majjameham abhinirvartayati yadā tu lasīkāṃ mūtrāśaye 'bhivahanmūtramanubandhaṃ cyotayati lasīkātibahutvād vikṣepaṇācca vāyoḥ khalvasyātimūtrapravṛttisaṅgaṃ karoti tadā sa matta iva gajaḥ kṣaratyajasraṃ mūtramavegaṃ taṃ hastimehinamācakṣate ojaḥ punarmadhurasvabhāvaṃ tad yadā raukṣyādvāyuḥ kaṣāyatvenābhisaṃsṛjya mūtrāśaye 'bhivahati tadā madhumehaṃ karoti //
Ca, Nid., 4, 47.1 trayastu khalu doṣāḥ prakupitāḥ pramehānabhinirvartayiṣyanta imāni pūrvarūpāṇi darśayanti tadyathājaṭilībhāvaṃ keśeṣu mādhuryamāsyasya karapādayoḥ suptatādāhau mukhatālukaṇṭhaśoṣaṃ pipāsām ālasyaṃ malaṃ kāye kāyacchidreṣūpadehaṃ paridāhaṃ suptatāṃ cāṅgeṣu ṣaṭpadapipīlikābhiśca
śarīramūtrābhisaraṇaṃ mūtre ca mūtradoṣān visraṃ śarīragandhaṃ nidrāṃ tandrāṃ ca sarvakālamiti //
Ca, Nid., 4, 47.1 trayastu khalu doṣāḥ prakupitāḥ pramehānabhinirvartayiṣyanta imāni pūrvarūpāṇi darśayanti tadyathājaṭilībhāvaṃ keśeṣu mādhuryamāsyasya karapādayoḥ suptatādāhau mukhatālukaṇṭhaśoṣaṃ pipāsām ālasyaṃ malaṃ kāye kāyacchidreṣūpadehaṃ paridāhaṃ suptatāṃ cāṅgeṣu ṣaṭpadapipīlikābhiśca śarīramūtrābhisaraṇaṃ mūtre ca mūtradoṣān visraṃ
śarīragandhaṃ nidrāṃ tandrāṃ ca sarvakālamiti //
Ca, Nid., 5, 3.2 tadyathātrayo doṣā vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ prakopaṇavikṛtāḥ dūṣyāśca
śarīradhātavas tvaṅmāṃsaśoṇitalasīkāś caturdhā doṣopaghātavikṛtā iti /
Ca, Nid., 5, 3.3 etat saptānāṃ saptadhātukam evaṃgatamājananaṃ kuṣṭhānām ataḥprabhavāṇyabhinirvartamānāni kevalaṃ
śarīramupatapanti //
Ca, Nid., 6, 4.4 tasya yo 'ṃśaḥ
śarīrasandhīnāviśati tenāsya jṛmbhāṅgamardo jvaraścopajāyate yastvāmāśayamabhyupaiti tena rogā bhavanti urasyā arocakaśca yaḥ kaṇṭhamabhiprapadyate kaṇṭhastenoddhvaṃsyate svaraścāvasīdati yaḥ prāṇavahāni srotāṃsyanveti tena śvāsaḥ pratiśyāyaśca jāyate yaḥ śirasyavatiṣṭhate śirastenopahanyate tataḥ kṣaṇanāccaivoraso viṣamagatitvācca vāyoḥ kaṇṭhasya coddhvaṃsanāt kāsaḥ satatamasya saṃjāyate sa kāsaprasaṅgādurasi kṣate śoṇitaṃ ṣṭhīvati śoṇitāgamanāccāsya daurbalyamupajāyate evamete sāhasaprabhavāḥ sāhasikamupadravāḥ spṛśanti /
Ca, Nid., 6, 4.6 tasmāt puruṣo matimān balamātmanaḥ samīkṣya tadanurūpāṇi karmāṇyārabheta kartuṃ balasamādhānaṃ hi
śarīraṃ śarīramūlaśca puruṣa iti //
Ca, Nid., 6, 4.6 tasmāt puruṣo matimān balamātmanaḥ samīkṣya tadanurūpāṇi karmāṇyārabheta kartuṃ balasamādhānaṃ hi śarīraṃ
śarīramūlaśca puruṣa iti //
Ca, Nid., 6, 6.1 saṃdhāraṇaṃ śoṣasyāyatanamiti yaduktaṃ tadanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥyadā puruṣo rājasamīpe bhartuḥ samīpe vā gurorvā pādamūle dyūtasabhamanyaṃ vā satāṃ samājaṃ strīmadhyaṃ vā samanupraviśya yānairvāpyuccāvacair abhiyān bhayāt prasaṅgāddhrīmattvādghṛṇitvād vā niruṇaddhyāgatān vātamūtrapurīṣavegān tadā tasya saṃdhāraṇādvāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate sa prakupitaḥ pittaśleṣmāṇau samudīryordhvamadhastiryak ca viharati tataścāṃśaviśeṣeṇa
pūrvavaccharīrāvayavaviśeṣaṃ praviśya śūlamupajanayati bhinatti purīṣamucchoṣayati vā pārśve cātirujati aṃsāvavamṛdnāti kaṇṭhamuraścāvadhamati śiraścopahanti kāsaṃ śvāsaṃ jvaraṃ svarabhedaṃ pratiśyāyaṃ copajanayati tataḥ sa upaśoṣaṇair etair upadravair upadrutaḥ śanaiḥ śanairupaśuṣyati /
Ca, Nid., 6, 6.2 tasmāt puruṣo matimānātmanaḥ śārīreṣveva yogakṣemakareṣu prayateta viśeṣeṇa
śarīraṃ hyasya mūlaṃ śarīramūlaśca puruṣo bhavati //
Ca, Nid., 6, 6.2 tasmāt puruṣo matimānātmanaḥ śārīreṣveva yogakṣemakareṣu prayateta viśeṣeṇa śarīraṃ hyasya mūlaṃ
śarīramūlaśca puruṣo bhavati //
Ca, Nid., 6, 8.2 kṣayamapi copagacchati retasi yadi manaḥ strībhyo naivāsya nivartate tasya cātipraṇītasaṅkalpasya maithunamāpadyamānasya na śukraṃ pravartate 'timātropakṣīṇaretastvāt tathāsya
vāyurvyāyacchamānaśarīrasyaiva dhamanīranupraviśya śoṇitavāhinīstābhyaḥ śoṇitaṃ pracyāvayati tacchukrakṣayādasya punaḥ śukramārgeṇa śoṇitaṃ pravartate vātānusṛtaliṅgam /
Ca, Nid., 6, 8.3 athāsya śukrakṣayācchoṇitapravartanācca sandhayaḥ śithilībhavanti raukṣyamupajāyate bhūyaḥ
śarīraṃ daurbalyamāviśati vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate sa prakupito vaśikaṃ śarīramanusarpannudīrya śleṣmapitte pariśoṣayati māṃsaśoṇite pracyāvayati śleṣmapitte saṃrujati pārśve avamṛdnātyaṃsau kaṇṭhamuddhvaṃsati śiraḥ śleṣmāṇam upakleśya pratipūrayati śleṣmaṇā sandhīṃśca prapīḍayan karotyaṅgamardamarocakāvipākau ca pittaśleṣmotkleśāt pratilomagatvācca vāyurjvaraṃ kāsaṃ śvāsaṃ svarabhedaṃ pratiśyāyaṃ copajanayati sa kāsaprasaṅgādurasi kṣate śoṇitaṃ ṣṭhīvati śoṇitagamanāccāsya daurbalyamupajāyate tataḥ sa upaśoṣaṇairetairupadravairupadrutaḥ śanaiḥ śanairupaśuṣyati /
Ca, Nid., 6, 8.3 athāsya śukrakṣayācchoṇitapravartanācca sandhayaḥ śithilībhavanti raukṣyamupajāyate bhūyaḥ śarīraṃ daurbalyamāviśati vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate sa prakupito vaśikaṃ
śarīramanusarpannudīrya śleṣmapitte pariśoṣayati māṃsaśoṇite pracyāvayati śleṣmapitte saṃrujati pārśve avamṛdnātyaṃsau kaṇṭhamuddhvaṃsati śiraḥ śleṣmāṇam upakleśya pratipūrayati śleṣmaṇā sandhīṃśca prapīḍayan karotyaṅgamardamarocakāvipākau ca pittaśleṣmotkleśāt pratilomagatvācca vāyurjvaraṃ kāsaṃ śvāsaṃ svarabhedaṃ pratiśyāyaṃ copajanayati sa kāsaprasaṅgādurasi kṣate śoṇitaṃ ṣṭhīvati śoṇitagamanāccāsya daurbalyamupajāyate tataḥ sa upaśoṣaṇairetairupadravairupadrutaḥ śanaiḥ śanairupaśuṣyati /
Ca, Nid., 6, 8.4 tasmāt puruṣo matimānātmanaḥ
śarīramanurakṣañchukramanurakṣet /
Ca, Nid., 6, 10.1 viṣamāśanaṃ śoṣasyāyatanamiti yaduktaṃ tadanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥyadā puruṣaḥ pānāśanabhakṣyalehyopayogān prakṛtikaraṇasaṃyogarāśideśakālopayogasaṃsthopaśayaviṣamān āsevate tadā tasya tebhyo vātapittaśleṣmāṇo vaiṣamyamāpadyante te viṣamāḥ
śarīramanusṛtya yadā srotasāmayanamukhāni prativāryāvatiṣṭhante tadā janturyadyadāhārajātamāharati tattadasya mūtrapurīṣamevopajāyate bhūyiṣṭhaṃ nānyastathā śarīradhātuḥ sa purīṣopaṣṭambhād vartayati tasmācchuṣyato viśeṣeṇa purīṣamanurakṣyaṃ tathānyeṣāmatikṛśadurbalānāṃ tasyānāpyāyamānasya viṣamāśanopacitā doṣāḥ pṛthak pṛthag upadravair yuñjanto bhūyaḥ śarīramupaśoṣayanti /
Ca, Nid., 6, 10.1 viṣamāśanaṃ śoṣasyāyatanamiti yaduktaṃ tadanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥyadā puruṣaḥ pānāśanabhakṣyalehyopayogān prakṛtikaraṇasaṃyogarāśideśakālopayogasaṃsthopaśayaviṣamān āsevate tadā tasya tebhyo vātapittaśleṣmāṇo vaiṣamyamāpadyante te viṣamāḥ śarīramanusṛtya yadā srotasāmayanamukhāni prativāryāvatiṣṭhante tadā janturyadyadāhārajātamāharati tattadasya mūtrapurīṣamevopajāyate bhūyiṣṭhaṃ nānyastathā
śarīradhātuḥ sa purīṣopaṣṭambhād vartayati tasmācchuṣyato viśeṣeṇa purīṣamanurakṣyaṃ tathānyeṣāmatikṛśadurbalānāṃ tasyānāpyāyamānasya viṣamāśanopacitā doṣāḥ pṛthak pṛthag upadravair yuñjanto bhūyaḥ śarīramupaśoṣayanti /
Ca, Nid., 6, 10.1 viṣamāśanaṃ śoṣasyāyatanamiti yaduktaṃ tadanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥyadā puruṣaḥ pānāśanabhakṣyalehyopayogān prakṛtikaraṇasaṃyogarāśideśakālopayogasaṃsthopaśayaviṣamān āsevate tadā tasya tebhyo vātapittaśleṣmāṇo vaiṣamyamāpadyante te viṣamāḥ śarīramanusṛtya yadā srotasāmayanamukhāni prativāryāvatiṣṭhante tadā janturyadyadāhārajātamāharati tattadasya mūtrapurīṣamevopajāyate bhūyiṣṭhaṃ nānyastathā śarīradhātuḥ sa purīṣopaṣṭambhād vartayati tasmācchuṣyato viśeṣeṇa purīṣamanurakṣyaṃ tathānyeṣāmatikṛśadurbalānāṃ tasyānāpyāyamānasya viṣamāśanopacitā doṣāḥ pṛthak pṛthag upadravair yuñjanto bhūyaḥ
śarīramupaśoṣayanti /
Ca, Nid., 8, 4.1 ta evaṃvidhānāṃ prāṇabhṛtāṃ kṣipramabhinirvartante tad yathā rajastamobhyām upahatacetasām udbhrāntaviṣamabahudoṣāṇāṃ samalavikṛtopahitānyaśucīnyabhyavahārajātāni vaiṣamyayuktenopayogavidhinopayuñjānānāṃ tantraprayogamapi ca viṣamamācaratāmanyāśca
śarīraceṣṭā viṣamāḥ samācaratāmatyupakṣayādvā doṣāḥ prakupitā rajastamobhyām upahatacetasām antarātmanaḥ śreṣṭhatamamāyatanaṃ hṛdayamupasṛtyopari tiṣṭhante tathendriyāyatanāni ca /
Ca, Vim., 1, 3.1 iha khalu vyādhīnāṃ nimittapūrvarūparūpopaśayasaṃkhyāprādhānyavidhivikalpabalakālaviśeṣān anupraviśyānantaraṃ
doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrasārāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasāṃ mānam avahitamanasā yathāvaj jñeyaṃ bhavati bhiṣajā doṣādimānajñānāyattatvāt kriyāyāḥ /
Ca, Vim., 1, 4.0 tatrādau rasadravyadoṣavikāraprabhāvān vakṣyāmaḥ rasāstāvatṣaṭ madhurāmlalavaṇakaṭutiktakaṣāyāḥ te samyagupayujyamānāḥ
śarīraṃ yāpayanti mithyopayujyamānāstu khalu doṣaprakopāyopakalpante //
Ca, Vim., 1, 5.2 te prakṛtibhūtāḥ
śarīropakārakā bhavanti vikṛtimāpannāstu khalu nānāvidhair vikāraiḥ śarīram upatāpayanti //
Ca, Vim., 1, 5.2 te prakṛtibhūtāḥ śarīropakārakā bhavanti vikṛtimāpannāstu khalu nānāvidhair vikāraiḥ
śarīram upatāpayanti //
Ca, Vim., 1, 18.2 tad atyartham upayujyamānaṃ glāniśaithilyadaurbalyābhinirvṛttikaraṃ
śarīrasya bhavati /
Ca, Vim., 1, 25.2 snigdhamaśnīyāt snigdhaṃ hi bhujyamānaṃ svadate bhuktaṃ cānudīrṇam agnim udīrayati kṣipraṃ jarāṃ gacchati vātamanulomayati
śarīramupacinoti dṛḍhīkarotīndriyāṇi balābhivṛddhim upajanayati varṇaprasādaṃ cābhinirvartayati tasmāt snigdhamaśnīyāt /
Ca, Vim., 1, 25.4 jīrṇe 'śnīyāt ajīrṇe hi bhuñjānasyābhyavahṛtam āhārajātaṃ pūrvasyāhārasya rasam apariṇatam uttareṇāhārarasenopasṛjat sarvān doṣān prakopayatyāśu jīrṇe tu bhuñjānasya svasthānastheṣu doṣeṣvagnau codīrṇe jātāyāṃ ca bubhukṣāyāṃ vivṛteṣu ca srotasāṃ mukheṣu viśuddhe codgāre hṛdaye viśuddhe vātānulomye visṛṣṭeṣu ca vātamūtrapurīṣavegeṣvabhyavahṛtam āhārajātaṃ
sarvaśarīradhātūn apradūṣayad āyur evābhivardhayati kevalaṃ tasmājjīrṇe 'śnīyāt /
Ca, Vim., 2, 7.2 tatra hīnamātram āhārarāśiṃ balavarṇopacayakṣayakaram atṛptikaram udāvartakaram anāyuṣyavṛṣyam anaujasyaṃ
śarīramanobuddhīndriyopaghātakaraṃ sāravidhamanam alakṣmyāvaham aśīteśca vātavikārāṇām āyatanam ācakṣate atimātraṃ punaḥ sarvadoṣaprakopaṇam icchanti kuśalāḥ /
Ca, Vim., 2, 12.2 atimātrapraduṣṭāśca doṣāḥ praduṣṭām abaddhamārgās tiryaggacchantaḥ kadācideva kevalamasya
śarīraṃ daṇḍavat stambhayanti tatastaṃ daṇḍālasakam asādhyaṃ bruvate /
Ca, Vim., 2, 13.7 vimuktāmapradoṣasya punaḥ paripakvadoṣasya dīpte cāgnāvabhyaṅgāsthāpanānuvāsanaṃ vidhivat snehapānaṃ ca yuktyā prayojyaṃ prasamīkṣya
doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi vikārāṃśca samyagiti //
Ca, Vim., 3, 24.2 ādikāle hyaditisutasamaujaso 'tivimalavipulaprabhāvāḥ pratyakṣadevadevarṣidharmayajñavidhividhānāḥ
śailasārasaṃhatasthiraśarīrāḥ prasannavarṇendriyāḥ pavanasamabalajavaparākramāścārusphico 'bhirūpapramāṇākṛtiprasādopacayavantaḥ satyārjavānṛśaṃsyadānadamaniyamatapa'upavāsabrahmacaryavrataparā vyapagatabhayarāgadveṣamohalobhakrodhaśokamānaroganidrātandrāśramaklamālasyaparigrahāśca puruṣā babhūvur amitāyuṣaḥ /
Ca, Vim., 3, 24.4 bhraśyati tu kṛtayuge keṣāṃcid atyādānāt sāṃpannikānāṃ sattvānāṃ
śarīragauravam āsīt śarīragauravācchramaḥ śramādālasyam ālasyāt saṃcayaḥ saṃcayāt parigrahaḥ parigrahāllobhaḥ prādurāsīt kṛte /
Ca, Vim., 3, 24.4 bhraśyati tu kṛtayuge keṣāṃcid atyādānāt sāṃpannikānāṃ sattvānāṃ śarīragauravam āsīt
śarīragauravācchramaḥ śramādālasyam ālasyāt saṃcayaḥ saṃcayāt parigrahaḥ parigrahāllobhaḥ prādurāsīt kṛte /
Ca, Vim., 3, 24.9 tatastāni
prajāśarīrāṇi hīyamānaguṇapādair āhāravihārair ayathāpūrvam upaṣṭabhyamānānyagnimārutaparītāni prāgvyādhibhir jvarādibhir ākrāntāni /
Ca, Vim., 3, 38.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ śrūyatāmagniveśa yathā yānasamāyukto'kṣaḥ prakṛtyaivākṣaguṇairupetaḥ sa ca sarvaguṇopapanno vāhyamāno yathākālaṃ svapramāṇakṣayād evāvasānaṃ gacchet tathāyuḥ
śarīropagataṃ balavatprakṛtyā yathāvadupacaryamāṇaṃ svapramāṇakṣayād evāvasānaṃ gacchati sa mṛtyuḥ kāle /
Ca, Vim., 3, 38.2 yathā ca sa evākṣo 'tibhārādhiṣṭhitatvād viṣamapathād apathād akṣacakrabhaṅgād vāhyavāhakadoṣād aṇimokṣād anupāṅgāt paryasanāccāntarāvasānam āpadyate tathāyurapyayathābalam ārambhād ayathāgnyabhyavaharaṇād viṣamābhyavaharaṇād
viṣamaśarīranyāsād atimaithunād asatsaṃśrayād udīrṇavegavinigrahād vidhāryavegāvidhāraṇād bhūtaviṣavāyvagnyupatāpād abhighātād āhārapratīkāravivarjanāccāntarāvasānam āpadyate sa mṛtyurakāle tathā jvarādīn apyātaṅkān mithyopacaritān akālamṛtyūn paśyāma iti //
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān
āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi
keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ
śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu
khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya
śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena
śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān
apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 4, 7.1 pratyakṣatastu khalu rogatattvaṃ bubhutsuḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ sarvānindriyārthān āturaśarīragatān parīkṣeta anyatra rasajñānāt tadyathā antrakūjanaṃ sandhisphuṭanam aṅgulīparvaṇāṃ ca svaraviśeṣāṃśca ye cānye'pi keciccharīropagatāḥ śabdāḥ syustāñchrotreṇa parīkṣeta varṇasaṃsthānapramāṇacchāyāḥ śarīraprakṛtivikārau cakṣurvaiṣayikāṇi yāni cānyānyanuktāni tāni cakṣuṣā parīkṣeta rasaṃ tu khalvāturaśarīragatam indriyavaiṣayikam apyanumānād avagacchet na hyasya pratyakṣeṇa grahaṇam upapadyate tasmādāturaparipraśnenaivāturamukharasaṃ vidyāt yūkāpasarpaṇena tvasya śarīravairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena śarīramādhuryaṃ lohitapittasaṃdehe tu kiṃ dhārilohitaṃ lohitapittaṃ veti śvakākabhakṣaṇāddhārilohitam abhakṣaṇāllohitapittam ityanumātavyam evam anyān apyāturaśarīragatān rasānanumimīta gandhāṃstu khalu
sarvaśarīragatānāturasya prakṛtivaikārikān ghrāṇena parīkṣeta sparśaṃ ca pāṇinā prakṛtivikṛtiyuktam /
Ca, Vim., 5, 5.2 tadyathā prāṇodakānnarasarudhiramāṃsamedosthimajjaśukramūtrapurīṣasvedavahānīti vātapittaśleṣmaṇāṃ punaḥ
sarvaśarīracarāṇāṃ sarvāṇi srotāṃsyayanabhūtāni tadvadatīndriyāṇāṃ punaḥ sattvādīnāṃ kevalaṃ cetanāvaccharīram ayanabhūtam adhiṣṭhānabhūtaṃ ca /
Ca, Vim., 5, 5.2 tadyathā prāṇodakānnarasarudhiramāṃsamedosthimajjaśukramūtrapurīṣasvedavahānīti vātapittaśleṣmaṇāṃ punaḥ sarvaśarīracarāṇāṃ sarvāṇi srotāṃsyayanabhūtāni tadvadatīndriyāṇāṃ punaḥ sattvādīnāṃ kevalaṃ
cetanāvaccharīram ayanabhūtam adhiṣṭhānabhūtaṃ ca /
Ca, Vim., 5, 5.3 tadetat srotasāṃ prakṛtibhūtatvānna vikārairupasṛjyate
śarīram //
Ca, Vim., 5, 7.1 srotāṃsi sirāḥ dhamanyaḥ rasāyanyaḥ rasavāhinyaḥ nāḍyaḥ panthānaḥ mārgāḥ
śarīracchidrāṇi saṃvṛtāsaṃvṛtāni sthānāni āśayāḥ niketāśceti śarīradhātvavakāśānāṃ lakṣyālakṣyāṇāṃ nāmāni bhavanti /
Ca, Vim., 5, 7.1 srotāṃsi sirāḥ dhamanyaḥ rasāyanyaḥ rasavāhinyaḥ nāḍyaḥ panthānaḥ mārgāḥ śarīracchidrāṇi saṃvṛtāsaṃvṛtāni sthānāni āśayāḥ niketāśceti
śarīradhātvavakāśānāṃ lakṣyālakṣyāṇāṃ nāmāni bhavanti /
Ca, Vim., 5, 7.2 teṣāṃ prakopāt sthānasthāścaiva mārgagāśca
śarīradhātavaḥ prakopamāpadyante itareṣāṃ prakopāditarāṇi ca /
Ca, Vim., 6, 3.1 dve rogānīke bhavataḥ prabhāvabhedena sādhyam asādhyaṃ ca dve rogānīke balabhedena mṛdu dāruṇaṃ ca dve rogānīke adhiṣṭhānabhedena mano'dhiṣṭhānaṃ
śarīrādhiṣṭhānaṃ ca dve rogānīke nimittabhedena svadhātuvaiṣamyanimittam āgantunimittaṃ ca dve rogānīke āśayabhedena āmāśayasamutthaṃ pakvāśayasamutthaṃ ceti /
Ca, Vim., 7, 3.2 tatraguruvyādhita ekaḥ
sattvabalaśarīrasampadupetatvāllaghuvyādhita iva dṛśyate laghuvyādhito 'paraḥ sattvādīnāmadhamatvādguruvyādhita iva dṛśyate /
Ca, Vim., 7, 4.4 yadā tu laghuvyādhitaṃ guruvyādhitarūpamāsādayanti tadā taṃ mahādoṣaṃ matvā saṃśodhanakāle 'smai tīkṣṇaṃ saṃśodhanaṃ prayacchanto doṣānatinirhṛtya
śarīramasya kṣiṇvanti /
Ca, Vim., 7, 23.1 tathā bhallātakāsthīnyāhṛtya kalaśapramāṇena cāpothya snehabhāvite dṛḍhe kalaśe sūkṣmānekacchidrabradhne
śarīram upaveṣṭya mṛdāvalipte samāvāpyoḍupena pidhāya bhūmāvākaṇṭhaṃ nikhātasya snehabhāvitasyaivānyasya dṛḍhasya kumbhasyopari samāropya samantādgomayairupacitya dāhayet sa yadā jānīyāt sādhu dagdhāni gomayāni vigatasnehāni ca bhallātakāsthīnīti tatastaṃ kumbhamuddharet /
Ca, Vim., 8, 36.2 yathā hetusadharmāṇo vikārāḥ śītakasya hi vyādherhetubhiḥ sādharmyaṃ himaśiśiravātasaṃsparśāḥ iti bruvataḥ paro brūyāddhetuvidharmāṇo vikārāḥ yathā
śarīrāvayavānāṃ dāhauṣṇyakothaprapacane hetuvaidharmyaṃ himaśiśiravātasaṃsparśā iti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 57.2 tatra prakaraṇasamo nāmāhetur yathānyaḥ
śarīrādātmā nitya iti paro brūyād yasmād anyaḥ śarīrādātmā tasmānnityaḥ śarīraṃ hyanityamato vidharmiṇā cātmanā bhavitavyamityeṣa cāhetuḥ nahi ya eva pakṣaḥ sa eva heturiti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 57.2 tatra prakaraṇasamo nāmāhetur yathānyaḥ śarīrādātmā nitya iti paro brūyād yasmād anyaḥ
śarīrādātmā tasmānnityaḥ śarīraṃ hyanityamato vidharmiṇā cātmanā bhavitavyamityeṣa cāhetuḥ nahi ya eva pakṣaḥ sa eva heturiti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 57.2 tatra prakaraṇasamo nāmāhetur yathānyaḥ śarīrādātmā nitya iti paro brūyād yasmād anyaḥ śarīrādātmā tasmānnityaḥ
śarīraṃ hyanityamato vidharmiṇā cātmanā bhavitavyamityeṣa cāhetuḥ nahi ya eva pakṣaḥ sa eva heturiti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 60.1 atha parihāraḥ parihāro nāma tasyaiva doṣavacanasya pariharaṇaṃ yathā nityamātmani
śarīrasthe jīvaliṅgānyupalabhyante tasya cāpagamānnopalabhyante tasmādanyaḥ śarīrādātmā nityaśceti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 60.1 atha parihāraḥ parihāro nāma tasyaiva doṣavacanasya pariharaṇaṃ yathā nityamātmani śarīrasthe jīvaliṅgānyupalabhyante tasya cāpagamānnopalabhyante tasmādanyaḥ
śarīrādātmā nityaśceti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 89.2 parīkṣā tvasya rugupaśamanaṃ svaravarṇayogaḥ
śarīropacayaḥ balavṛddhiḥ abhyavahāryābhilāṣaḥ rucirāhārakāle abhyavahṛtasya cāhārasya kāle samyagjaraṇaṃ nidrālābho yathākālaṃ vaikāriṇāṃ ca svapnānāmadarśanaṃ sukhena ca pratibodhanaṃ vātamūtrapurīṣaretasāṃ muktiḥ sarvākārairmanobuddhīndriyāṇāṃ cāvyāpattiriti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 90.1 kāryaphalaṃ sukhāvāptiḥ tasya lakṣaṇaṃ
manobuddhīndriyaśarīratuṣṭiḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 95.2 tadyathā śukraśoṇitaprakṛtiṃ kālagarbhāśayaprakṛtiṃ āturāhāravihāraprakṛtiṃ mahābhūtavikāraprakṛtiṃ ca
garbhaśarīramapekṣate /
Ca, Vim., 8, 96.2 tasya snehācchleṣmalāḥ snigdhāṅgāḥ ślakṣṇatvācchlakṣṇāṅgāḥ mṛdutvāddṛṣṭisukhasukumārāvadātagātrāḥ mādhuryāt prabhūtaśukravyavāyāpatyāḥ sāratvāt
sārasaṃhatasthiraśarīrāḥ sāndratvād upacitaparipūrṇasarvāṅgāḥ mandatvān mandaceṣṭāhāravyāhārāḥ staimityād aśīghrārambhakṣobhavikārāḥ gurutvāt sārādhiṣṭhitāvasthitagatayaḥ śaityādalpakṣuttṛṣṇāsaṃtāpasvedadoṣāḥ vijjalatvāt suśliṣṭasārasandhibandhanāḥ tathācchatvāt prasannadarśanānanāḥ prasannasnigdhavarṇasvarāśca bhavanti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 97.2 tasyauṣṇyāt pittalā bhavantyuṣṇāsahā uṣṇamukhāḥ sukumārāvadātagātrāḥ prabhūtavipluvyaṅgatilapiḍakāḥ kṣutpipāsāvantaḥ kṣipravalīpalitakhālityadoṣāḥ prāyo mṛdvalpakapilaśmaśrulomakeśāśca taikṣṇyāttīkṣṇaparākramāḥ tīkṣṇāgnayaḥ prabhūtāśanapānāḥ kleśāsahiṣṇavo dandaśūkāḥ dravatvācchithilamṛdusandhimāṃsāḥ prabhūtasṛṣṭasvedamūtrapurīṣāśca visratvāt
prabhūtapūtikakṣāsyaśiraḥśarīragandhāḥ kaṭvamlatvādalpaśukravyavāyāpatyāḥ ta evaṃguṇayogāt pittalā madhyabalā madhyāyuṣo madhyajñānavijñānavittopakaraṇavantaśca bhavanti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 98.2 tasya raukṣyādvātalā
rūkṣāpacitālpaśarīrāḥ pratatarūkṣakṣāmasannasaktajarjarasvarā jāgarūkāśca bhavanti laghutvāl laghucapalagaticeṣṭāhāravyāhārāḥ calatvād anavasthitasandhyakṣibhrūhanvoṣṭhajihvāśiraḥskandhapāṇipādāḥ bahutvād bahupralāpakaṇḍarāsirāpratānāḥ śīghratvācchīghrasamārambhakṣobhavikārāḥ śīghratrāsarāgavirāgāḥ śrutagrāhiṇo 'lpasmṛtayaśca śaityācchītāsahiṣṇavaḥ pratataśītakodvepakastambhāḥ pāruṣyāt paruṣakeśaśmaśruromanakhadaśanavadanapāṇipādāḥ vaiśadyāt sphuṭitāṅgāvayavāḥ satatasandhiśabdagāminaśca bhavanti ta evaṃ guṇayogādvātalāḥ prāyeṇālpabalāś cālpāyuṣaś cālpāpatyāś cālpasādhanāś cālpadhanāśca bhavanti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 107.2 te mahotsāhāḥ kriyāvantaḥ kleśasahāḥ
sārasthiraśarīrā bhavantyāyuṣmantaśca //
Ca, Vim., 8, 111.1 tatra sarvaiḥ sārairupetāḥ puruṣā bhavantyatibalāḥ paramasukhayuktāḥ kleśasahāḥ sarvārambheṣvātmani jātapratyayāḥ kalyāṇābhiniveśinaḥ
sthirasamāhitaśarīrāḥ susamāhitagatayaḥ sānunādasnigdhagambhīramahāsvarāḥ sukhaiśvaryavittopabhogasaṃmānabhājo mandajaraso mandavikārāḥ prāyastulyaguṇavistīrṇāpatyāś cirajīvinaśca //
Ca, Vim., 8, 115.1 kathaṃ nu
śarīramātradarśanādeva bhiṣaṅmuhyed ayam upacitatvād balavān ayamalpabalaḥ kṛśatvāt mahābalo 'yaṃ mahāśarīratvāt ayamalpaśarīratvādalpabala iti dṛśyante hyalpaśarīrāḥ kṛśāścaike balavantaḥ tatra pipīlikābhāraharaṇavat siddhiḥ /
Ca, Vim., 8, 115.1 kathaṃ nu śarīramātradarśanādeva bhiṣaṅmuhyed ayam upacitatvād balavān ayamalpabalaḥ kṛśatvāt mahābalo 'yaṃ
mahāśarīratvāt ayamalpaśarīratvādalpabala iti dṛśyante hyalpaśarīrāḥ kṛśāścaike balavantaḥ tatra pipīlikābhāraharaṇavat siddhiḥ /
Ca, Vim., 8, 115.1 kathaṃ nu śarīramātradarśanādeva bhiṣaṅmuhyed ayam upacitatvād balavān ayamalpabalaḥ kṛśatvāt mahābalo 'yaṃ mahāśarīratvāt
ayamalpaśarīratvādalpabala iti dṛśyante hyalpaśarīrāḥ kṛśāścaike balavantaḥ tatra pipīlikābhāraharaṇavat siddhiḥ /
Ca, Vim., 8, 115.1 kathaṃ nu śarīramātradarśanādeva bhiṣaṅmuhyed ayam upacitatvād balavān ayamalpabalaḥ kṛśatvāt mahābalo 'yaṃ mahāśarīratvāt ayamalpaśarīratvādalpabala iti dṛśyante
hyalpaśarīrāḥ kṛśāścaike balavantaḥ tatra pipīlikābhāraharaṇavat siddhiḥ /
Ca, Vim., 8, 116.2 tatra samasuvibhaktāsthi subaddhasandhi suniviṣṭamāṃsaśoṇitaṃ susaṃhataṃ
śarīramityucyate /
Ca, Vim., 8, 116.3 tatra
susaṃhataśarīrāḥ puruṣā balavantaḥ viparyayeṇālpabalāḥ madhyatvāt saṃhananasya madhyabalā bhavanti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 117.1 pramāṇataśceti
śarīrapramāṇaṃ punaryathā svenāṅgulipramāṇenopadekṣyate utsedhavistārāyāmairyathākramam /
Ca, Vim., 8, 117.5 tatrāyurbalamojaḥ sukhamaiśvaryaṃ vittamiṣṭāścāpare bhāvā bhavantyāyattāḥ pramāṇavati
śarīre viparyayastvato hīne 'dhike vā //
Ca, Vim., 8, 119.4 tatra pravarasattvāḥ sattvasārāste sāreṣūpadiṣṭāḥ
svalpaśarīrā hyapi te nijāgantunimittāsu mahatīṣvapi pīḍāsvavyathā dṛśyante sattvaguṇavaiśeṣyāt madhyasattvāstvaparānātmanyupanidhāya saṃstambhayantyātmanātmānaṃ parairvāpi saṃstabhyante hīnasattvāstu nātmanā nāpi paraiḥ sattvabalaṃ prati śakyante upastambhayituṃ mahāśarīrā hyapi te svalpānāmapi vedanānāmasahā dṛśyante saṃnihitabhayaśokalobhamohamānā raudrabhairavadviṣṭabībhatsavikṛtasaṃkathāsvapi ca paśupuruṣamāṃsaśoṇitāni cāvekṣya viṣādavaivarṇyamūrcchonmādabhramaprapatanānām anyatamam āpnuvantyathavā maraṇamiti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 119.4 tatra pravarasattvāḥ sattvasārāste sāreṣūpadiṣṭāḥ svalpaśarīrā hyapi te nijāgantunimittāsu mahatīṣvapi pīḍāsvavyathā dṛśyante sattvaguṇavaiśeṣyāt madhyasattvāstvaparānātmanyupanidhāya saṃstambhayantyātmanātmānaṃ parairvāpi saṃstabhyante hīnasattvāstu nātmanā nāpi paraiḥ sattvabalaṃ prati śakyante upastambhayituṃ
mahāśarīrā hyapi te svalpānāmapi vedanānāmasahā dṛśyante saṃnihitabhayaśokalobhamohamānā raudrabhairavadviṣṭabībhatsavikṛtasaṃkathāsvapi ca paśupuruṣamāṃsaśoṇitāni cāvekṣya viṣādavaivarṇyamūrcchonmādabhramaprapatanānām anyatamam āpnuvantyathavā maraṇamiti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 122.1 vayastaśceti kālapramāṇaviśeṣāpekṣiṇī hi
śarīrāvasthā vayo 'bhidhīyate /
Ca, Vim., 8, 126.2 sādhāraṇalakṣaṇā hi mandaśītoṣṇavarṣatvāt sukhatamāśca bhavantyavikalpakāśca
śarīrauṣadhānām itare punaratyarthaśītoṣṇavarṣatvād duḥkhatamāśca bhavanti vikalpakāśca śarīrauṣadhānām //
Ca, Vim., 8, 126.2 sādhāraṇalakṣaṇā hi mandaśītoṣṇavarṣatvāt sukhatamāśca bhavantyavikalpakāśca śarīrauṣadhānām itare punaratyarthaśītoṣṇavarṣatvād duḥkhatamāśca bhavanti vikalpakāśca
śarīrauṣadhānām //
Ca, Vim., 8, 127.1 tatra hemante
hyatimātraśītopahatatvāccharīramasukhopapannaṃ bhavaty atiśītavātādhmātam atidāruṇībhūtam avabaddhadoṣaṃ ca bheṣajaṃ punaḥ saṃśodhanārtham uṣṇasvabhāvam atiśītopahatatvānmandavīryatvam āpadyate tasmāttayoḥ saṃyoge saṃśodhanamayogāyopapadyate śarīramapi ca vātopadravāya /
Ca, Vim., 8, 127.1 tatra hemante hyatimātraśītopahatatvāccharīramasukhopapannaṃ bhavaty atiśītavātādhmātam atidāruṇībhūtam avabaddhadoṣaṃ ca bheṣajaṃ punaḥ saṃśodhanārtham uṣṇasvabhāvam atiśītopahatatvānmandavīryatvam āpadyate tasmāttayoḥ saṃyoge saṃśodhanamayogāyopapadyate
śarīramapi ca vātopadravāya /
Ca, Vim., 8, 127.2 grīṣme
punarbhṛśoṣṇopahatatvāccharīramasukhopapannaṃ bhavaty uṣṇavātātapādhmātam atiśithilam atyarthapravilīnadoṣaṃ bheṣajaṃ punaḥ saṃśodhanārtham uṣṇasvabhāvam uṣṇānugamanāt tīkṣṇataratvam āpadyate tasmāttayoḥ saṃyoge saṃśodhanamatiyogāyopapadyate śarīramapi pipāsopadravāya /
Ca, Vim., 8, 127.2 grīṣme punarbhṛśoṣṇopahatatvāccharīramasukhopapannaṃ bhavaty uṣṇavātātapādhmātam atiśithilam atyarthapravilīnadoṣaṃ bheṣajaṃ punaḥ saṃśodhanārtham uṣṇasvabhāvam uṣṇānugamanāt tīkṣṇataratvam āpadyate tasmāttayoḥ saṃyoge saṃśodhanamatiyogāyopapadyate
śarīramapi pipāsopadravāya /
Ca, Vim., 8, 127.3 varṣāsu tu meghajalāvatate gūḍhārkacandratāre dhārākule viyati bhūmau
paṅkajalapaṭalasaṃvṛtāyāmatyarthopaklinnaśarīreṣu bhūteṣu vihatasvabhāveṣu ca kevaleṣvauṣadhagrāmeṣu toyatoyadānugatamārutasaṃsargād gurupravṛttīni vamanādīni bhavanti gurusamutthānāni ca śarīrāṇi /
Ca, Vim., 8, 127.3 varṣāsu tu meghajalāvatate gūḍhārkacandratāre dhārākule viyati bhūmau paṅkajalapaṭalasaṃvṛtāyāmatyarthopaklinnaśarīreṣu bhūteṣu vihatasvabhāveṣu ca kevaleṣvauṣadhagrāmeṣu toyatoyadānugatamārutasaṃsargād gurupravṛttīni vamanādīni bhavanti gurusamutthānāni ca
śarīrāṇi /
Ca, Śār., 3, 3.1 puruṣasyānupahataretasaḥ striyāś cāpraduṣṭayoniśoṇitagarbhāśayāyā yadā bhavati saṃsargaḥ ṛtukāle yadā cānayostathāyukte saṃsarge śukraśoṇitasaṃsargamantargarbhāśayagataṃ jīvo 'vakrāmati sattvasaṃprayogāttadā garbho 'bhinirvartate sa sātmyarasopayogādarogo 'bhivardhate samyagupacāraiścopacaryamāṇaḥ tataḥ prāptakālaḥ sarvendriyopapannaḥ
paripūrṇaśarīro balavarṇasattvasaṃhananasaṃpadupetaḥ sukhena jāyate samudayādeṣāṃ bhāvānāṃ mātṛjaścāyaṃ garbhaḥ pitṛjaścātmajaśca sātmyajaśca rasajaśca asti ca khalu sattvamaupapādukamiti hovāca bhagavānātreyaḥ //
Ca, Śār., 3, 11.3 yāvat khalvasātmyasevināṃ strīpuruṣāṇāṃ trayo doṣāḥ prakupitāḥ
śarīramupasarpanto na śukraśoṇitagarbhāśayopaghātāyopapadyante tāvat samarthā garbhajananāya bhavanti /
Ca, Śār., 3, 12.4 yāni tu khalvasya garbhasya rasajāni yāni cāsya rasataḥ sambhavataḥ sambhavanti tānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ tad yathā
śarīrasyābhinirvṛttirabhivṛddhiḥ prāṇānubandhastṛptiḥ puṣṭirutsāhaśceti //
Ca, Śār., 3, 13.1 asti khalu sattvamaupapādukaṃ yajjīvaṃ
spṛkśarīreṇābhisaṃbadhnāti yasminnapagamanapuraskṛte śīlamasya vyāvartate bhaktir viparyasyate sarvendriyāṇyupatapyante balaṃ hīyate vyādhaya āpyāyyante yasmāddhīnaḥ prāṇāñjahāti yad indriyāṇām abhigrāhakaṃ ca mana ityabhidhīyate tattrividham ākhyāyate śuddhaṃ rājasaṃ tāmasamiti /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.1 ātreya uvāca purastādetat pratijñātaṃ sattvaṃ jīvaṃ
spṛkśarīreṇābhisaṃbadhnātīti /
Ca, Śār., 4, 7.2 tayā saha tathābhūtayā yadā pumānavyāpannabījo miśrībhāvaṃ gacchati tadā tasya harṣodīritaḥ paraḥ
śarīradhātvātmā śukrabhūto 'ṅgādaṅgāt sambhavati /
Ca, Śār., 4, 7.3 sa tathā harṣabhūtenātmanodīritaścādhiṣṭhitaśca bījarūpo dhātuḥ
puruṣaśarīrād abhiniṣpattyocitena pathā garbhāśayam anupraviśyārtavenābhisaṃsargam eti //
Ca, Śār., 4, 19.2 prārthanāsaṃdhāraṇāddhi vāyuḥ prakupito
'ntaḥśarīramanucaran garbhasyāpadyamānasya vināśaṃ vairūpyaṃ vā kuryāt //
Ca, Śār., 4, 30.1 yatastu kārtsnyenāvinaśyan vikṛtimāpadyate tad anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ yadā striyā doṣaprakopaṇoktānyāsevamānāyā doṣāḥ prakupitāḥ
śarīramupasarpantaḥ śoṇitagarbhāśayāvupapadyante na ca kārtsnyena śoṇitagarbhāśayau dūṣayanti tadeyaṃ garbhaṃ labhate strī tadā tasya garbhasya mātṛjānāmavayavānāmanyatamo 'vayavo vikṛtimāpadyata eko 'thavāneke yasya yasya hyavayavasya bīje bījabhāge vā doṣāḥ prakopamāpadyante taṃ tamavayavaṃ vikṛtirāviśati /
Ca, Śār., 4, 30.2 yadā hyasyāḥ śoṇite garbhāśayabījabhāgaḥ pradoṣamāpadyate tadā vandhyāṃ janayati yadā punarasyāḥ śoṇite garbhāśayabījabhāgāvayavaḥ pradoṣamāpadyate tadā pūtiprajāṃ janayati yadā tvasyāḥ śoṇite garbhāśayabījabhāgāvayavaḥ strīkarāṇāṃ ca
śarīrabījabhāgānāmekadeśaḥ pradoṣamāpadyate tadā stryākṛtibhūyiṣṭhāmastriyaṃ vārtāṃ nāma janayati tāṃ strīvyāpadamācakṣate //
Ca, Śār., 4, 31.1 evameva puruṣasya yadā bīje bījabhāgaḥ pradoṣamāpadyate tadā vandhyaṃ janayati yadā punarasya bīje bījabhāgāvayavaḥ pradoṣamāpadyate tadā pūtiprajaṃ janayati yadā tvasya bīje bījabhāgāvayavaḥ puruṣakarāṇāṃ ca
śarīrabījabhāgānāmekadeśaḥ pradoṣamāpadyate tadā puruṣākṛtibhūyiṣṭhamapuruṣaṃ tṛṇaputrikaṃ nāma janayati tāṃ puruṣavyāpadamācakṣate //
Ca, Śār., 4, 33.1 nirvikāraḥ parastvātmā sarvabhūtānāṃ nirviśeṣaḥ
sattvaśarīrayostu viśeṣādviśeṣopalabdhiḥ //
Ca, Śār., 4, 34.1 tatra trayaḥ
śarīradoṣā vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ te śarīraṃ dūṣayanti dvau punaḥ sattvadoṣau rajastamaśca tau sattvaṃ dūṣayataḥ /
Ca, Śār., 4, 34.1 tatra trayaḥ śarīradoṣā vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ te
śarīraṃ dūṣayanti dvau punaḥ sattvadoṣau rajastamaśca tau sattvaṃ dūṣayataḥ /
Ca, Śār., 4, 34.2 tābhyāṃ ca
sattvaśarīrābhyāṃ duṣṭābhyāṃ vikṛtirupajāyate nopajāyate cāpraduṣṭābhyām //
Ca, Śār., 4, 36.3 teṣāṃ tu trayāṇāmapi sattvānāmekaikasya bhedāgram aparisaṃkhyeyaṃ
taratamayogāccharīrayoniviśeṣebhyaś cānyonyānuvidhānatvācca /
Ca, Śār., 5, 10.3 tatraivaṃjātirūpavittavṛttabuddhiśīlavidyābhijanavayovīryaprabhāvasaṃpanno 'hamityahaṅkāraḥ yan manovākkāyakarma nāpavargāya sa saṅgaḥ karmaphalamokṣapuruṣapretyabhāvādayaḥ santi vā neti saṃśayaḥ sarvāvasthāsvananyo 'hamahaṃ sraṣṭā svabhāvasaṃsiddho 'hamahaṃ
śarīrendriyabuddhismṛtiviśeṣarāśiriti grahaṇamabhisaṃplavaḥ mama mātṛpitṛbhrātṛdārāpatyabandhumitrabhṛtyagaṇo gaṇasya cāham ityabhyavapātaḥ kāryākāryahitāhitaśubhāśubheṣu viparītābhiniveśo vipratyayaḥ jñājñayoḥ prakṛtivikārayoḥ pravṛttinivṛttyośca sāmānyadarśanamaviśeṣaḥ prokṣaṇānaśanāgnihotratriṣavaṇābhyukṣaṇāvāhanayājanayajanayācanasalilahutāśanapraveśādayaḥ samārambhāḥ procyante hyanupāyāḥ /
Ca, Śār., 5, 10.4 evam ayam adhīdhṛtismṛtirahaṅkārābhiniviṣṭaḥ saktaḥ sasaṃśayo 'bhisaṃplutabuddhir abhyavapatito 'nyathādṛṣṭiraviśeṣagrāhī vimārgagatirnivāsavṛkṣaḥ
sattvaśarīradoṣamūlānāṃ sarvaduḥkhānāṃ bhavati /
Ca, Śār., 5, 12.2 tatra lokadoṣadarśino mumukṣorādita evācāryābhigamanaṃ tasyopadeśānuṣṭhānam agnerevopacaryā dharmaśāstrānugamanaṃ tadārthāvabodhaḥ tenāvaṣṭambhaḥ tatra yathoktāḥ kriyāḥ satāmupāsanam asatāṃ parivarjanam asaṃgatirjanena satyaṃ sarvabhūtahitam aparuṣam anatikāle parīkṣya vacanaṃ sarvaprāṇiṣu cātmanīvāvekṣā sarvāsām asmaraṇam asaṃkalpanam aprārthanam anabhibhāṣaṇaṃ ca strīṇāṃ sarvaparigrahatyāgaḥ kaupīnaṃ pracchādanārthaṃ dhāturāganivasanaṃ kanthāsīvanahetoḥ sūcīpippalakaṃ śaucādhānahetorjalakuṇḍikā daṇḍadhāraṇaṃ bhaikṣacaryārthaṃ pātraṃ prāṇadhāraṇārthamekakālamagrāmyo yathopapanno 'bhyavahāraḥ śramāpanayanārthaṃ śīrṇaśuṣkaparṇatṛṇāstaraṇopadhānaṃ dhyānahetoḥ kāyanibandhanaṃ vaneṣvaniketavāsaḥ tandrānidrālasyādikarmavarjanaṃ indriyārtheṣvanurāgopatāpanigrahaḥ suptasthitagataprekṣitāhāravihārapratyaṅgaceṣṭādikeṣvārambheṣu smṛtipūrvikā pravṛttiḥ satkārastutigarhāvamānakṣamatvaṃ kṣutpipāsāyāsaśramaśītoṣṇavātavarṣāsukhaduḥkhasaṃsparśasahatvaṃ śokadainyamānodvegamadalobharāgerṣyābhayakrodhādibhir asaṃcalanam ahaṅkārādiṣūpasargasaṃjñā lokapuruṣayoḥ sargādisāmānyāvekṣaṇaṃ kāryakālātyayabhayaṃ yogārambhe satatamanirvedaḥ sattvotsāhaḥ apavargāya dhīdhṛtismṛtibalādhānaṃ niyamanamindriyāṇāṃ cetasi cetasa ātmani ātmanaśca dhātubhedena
śarīrāvayavasaṃkhyānamabhīkṣṇaṃ sarvaṃ kāraṇavadduḥkhamasvamanityamityabhyupagamaḥ sarvapravṛttiṣvaghasaṃjñā sarvasaṃnyāse sukhamityabhiniveśaḥ eṣa mārgo 'pavargāya ato 'nyathā badhyate ityudayanāni vyākhyātāni //
Ca, Śār., 6, 3.2 jñātvā hi
śarīratattvaṃ śarīropakārakareṣu bhāveṣu jñānamutpadyate /
Ca, Śār., 6, 3.2 jñātvā hi śarīratattvaṃ
śarīropakārakareṣu bhāveṣu jñānamutpadyate /
Ca, Śār., 6, 4.1 tatra
śarīraṃ nāma cetanādhiṣṭhānabhūtaṃ pañcamahābhūtavikārasamudāyātmakaṃ samayogavāhi /
Ca, Śār., 6, 4.2 yadā
hyasmiñśarīre dhātavo vaiṣamyamāpadyante tadā kleśaṃ vināśaṃ vā prāpnoti /
Ca, Śār., 6, 10.1 tatreme
śarīradhātuguṇāḥ saṃkhyāsāmarthyakarās tadyathā gurulaghuśītoṣṇasnigdharūkṣamandatīkṣṇasthirasaramṛdukaṭhinaviśadapicchilaślakṣṇakharasūkṣmasthūlasāndradravāḥ /
Ca, Śār., 6, 10.4 tasmānmāṃsamāpyāyyate māṃsena bhūyastaram anyebhyaḥ
śarīradhātubhyaḥ tathā lohitaṃ lohitena medo medasā vasā vasayā asthi taruṇāsthnā majjā majjñā śukraṃ śukreṇa garbhastvāmagarbheṇa //
Ca, Śār., 6, 11.4 evamanyeṣām api
śarīradhātūnāṃ sāmānyaviparyayābhyāṃ vṛddhihrāsau yathākālaṃ kāryau /
Ca, Śār., 6, 12.0 kārtsnyena
śarīravṛddhikarāstvime bhāvā bhavanti tadyathā kālayogaḥ svabhāvasaṃsiddhiḥ āhārasauṣṭhavam avighātaśceti //
Ca, Śār., 6, 13.2 tadyathā balavatpuruṣe deśe janma balavatpuruṣe kāle ca sukhaśca kālayogaḥ bījakṣetraguṇasaṃpac ca āhārasaṃpac ca
śarīrasaṃpac ca sātmyasaṃpac ca sattvasaṃpac ca svabhāvasaṃsiddhiśca yauvanaṃ ca karma ca saṃharṣaśceti //
Ca, Śār., 6, 16.0 pariṇamatastvāhārasya guṇāḥ
śarīraguṇabhāvam āpadyante yathāsvamaviruddhāḥ viruddhāśca vihanyurvihatāśca virodhibhiḥ śarīram //
Ca, Śār., 6, 16.0 pariṇamatastvāhārasya guṇāḥ śarīraguṇabhāvam āpadyante yathāsvamaviruddhāḥ viruddhāśca vihanyurvihatāśca virodhibhiḥ
śarīram //
Ca, Śār., 6, 17.3 tadyathā
śarīracchidreṣūpadehāḥ pṛthagjanmāno bahirmukhāḥ paripakvāśca dhātavaḥ prakupitāśca vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ ye cānye'pi keciccharīre tiṣṭhanto bhāvāḥ śarīrasyopaghātāyopapadyante sarvāṃstān male saṃcakṣmahe itarāṃstu prasāde gurvādīṃśca dravāntān guṇabhedena rasādīṃśca śukrāntān dravyabhedena //
Ca, Śār., 6, 17.3 tadyathā śarīracchidreṣūpadehāḥ pṛthagjanmāno bahirmukhāḥ paripakvāśca dhātavaḥ prakupitāśca vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ ye cānye'pi
keciccharīre tiṣṭhanto bhāvāḥ śarīrasyopaghātāyopapadyante sarvāṃstān male saṃcakṣmahe itarāṃstu prasāde gurvādīṃśca dravāntān guṇabhedena rasādīṃśca śukrāntān dravyabhedena //
Ca, Śār., 6, 17.3 tadyathā śarīracchidreṣūpadehāḥ pṛthagjanmāno bahirmukhāḥ paripakvāśca dhātavaḥ prakupitāśca vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ ye cānye'pi keciccharīre tiṣṭhanto bhāvāḥ
śarīrasyopaghātāyopapadyante sarvāṃstān male saṃcakṣmahe itarāṃstu prasāde gurvādīṃśca dravāntān guṇabhedena rasādīṃśca śukrāntān dravyabhedena //
Ca, Śār., 6, 20.1 evaṃvādinaṃ bhagavantamātreyamagniveśa uvāca śrutametadyaduktaṃ bhagavatā
śarīrādhikāre vacaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 6, 23.3 striyā hyāpannagarbhāyāstridhā rasaḥ pratipadyate
svaśarīrapuṣṭaye stanyāya garbhavṛddhaye ca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 3.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāmavayavaśaḥ kṛtsnaṃ śarīraṃ pravibhajya sarvaśarīrasaṃkhyānapramāṇajñānahetor bhagavantam ātreyam agniveśaḥ papraccha //
Ca, Śār., 7, 3.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāmavayavaśaḥ kṛtsnaṃ
śarīraṃ pravibhajya sarvaśarīrasaṃkhyānapramāṇajñānahetor bhagavantam ātreyam agniveśaḥ papraccha //
Ca, Śār., 7, 3.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāmavayavaśaḥ kṛtsnaṃ śarīraṃ pravibhajya
sarvaśarīrasaṃkhyānapramāṇajñānahetor bhagavantam ātreyam agniveśaḥ papraccha //
Ca, Śār., 7, 4.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ śṛṇu matto'gniveśa
sarvaśarīram ācakṣāṇasya yathāpraśnamekamanā yathāvat /
Ca, Śār., 7, 4.2 śarīre ṣaṭ tvacaḥ tadyathā udakadharā tvagbāhyā dvitīyā tvasṛgdharā tṛtīyā sidhmakilāsasaṃbhavādhiṣṭhānā caturthī dadrūkuṣṭhasaṃbhavādhiṣṭhānā pañcamī tvalajīvidradhisaṃbhavādhiṣṭhānā ṣaṣṭhī tu yasyāṃ chinnāyāṃ tāmyatyandha iva ca tamaḥ praviśati yāṃ cāpyadhiṣṭhāyārūṃṣi jāyante parvasu kṛṣṇaraktāni sthūlamūlāni duścikitsyatamāni ca iti ṣaṭ tvacaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 7, 5.0 tatrāyaṃ
śarīrasyāṅgavibhāgaḥ tadyathā dvau bāhū dve sakthinī śirogrīvam antarādhiḥ iti ṣaḍaṅgamaṅgam //
Ca, Śār., 7, 15.2 tadyathā daśodakasyāñjalayaḥ
śarīre svenāñjalipramāṇena yattu pracyavamānaṃ purīṣamanubadhnātyatiyogena tathā mūtraṃ rudhiramanyāṃśca śarīradhātūn yattu sarvaśarīracaraṃ bāhyā tvagbibharti yattu tvagantare vraṇagataṃ lasīkāśabdaṃ labhate yaccoṣmaṇānubaddhaṃ lomakūpebhyo niṣpatat svedaśabdam avāpnoti tadudakaṃ daśāñjalipramāṇaṃ navāñjalayaḥ pūrvasyāhārapariṇāmadhātoḥ yaṃ rasa ityācakṣate aṣṭau śoṇitasya sapta purīṣasya ṣaṭ śleṣmaṇaḥ pañca pittasya catvāro mūtrasya trayo vasāyāḥ dvau medasaḥ eko majjāyāḥ mastiṣkasyārdhāñjaliḥ śukrasya tāvadeva pramāṇaṃ tāvadeva ślaiṣmikasyaujasa iti /
Ca, Śār., 7, 15.2 tadyathā daśodakasyāñjalayaḥ śarīre svenāñjalipramāṇena yattu pracyavamānaṃ purīṣamanubadhnātyatiyogena tathā mūtraṃ rudhiramanyāṃśca
śarīradhātūn yattu sarvaśarīracaraṃ bāhyā tvagbibharti yattu tvagantare vraṇagataṃ lasīkāśabdaṃ labhate yaccoṣmaṇānubaddhaṃ lomakūpebhyo niṣpatat svedaśabdam avāpnoti tadudakaṃ daśāñjalipramāṇaṃ navāñjalayaḥ pūrvasyāhārapariṇāmadhātoḥ yaṃ rasa ityācakṣate aṣṭau śoṇitasya sapta purīṣasya ṣaṭ śleṣmaṇaḥ pañca pittasya catvāro mūtrasya trayo vasāyāḥ dvau medasaḥ eko majjāyāḥ mastiṣkasyārdhāñjaliḥ śukrasya tāvadeva pramāṇaṃ tāvadeva ślaiṣmikasyaujasa iti /
Ca, Śār., 7, 15.2 tadyathā daśodakasyāñjalayaḥ śarīre svenāñjalipramāṇena yattu pracyavamānaṃ purīṣamanubadhnātyatiyogena tathā mūtraṃ rudhiramanyāṃśca śarīradhātūn yattu
sarvaśarīracaraṃ bāhyā tvagbibharti yattu tvagantare vraṇagataṃ lasīkāśabdaṃ labhate yaccoṣmaṇānubaddhaṃ lomakūpebhyo niṣpatat svedaśabdam avāpnoti tadudakaṃ daśāñjalipramāṇaṃ navāñjalayaḥ pūrvasyāhārapariṇāmadhātoḥ yaṃ rasa ityācakṣate aṣṭau śoṇitasya sapta purīṣasya ṣaṭ śleṣmaṇaḥ pañca pittasya catvāro mūtrasya trayo vasāyāḥ dvau medasaḥ eko majjāyāḥ mastiṣkasyārdhāñjaliḥ śukrasya tāvadeva pramāṇaṃ tāvadeva ślaiṣmikasyaujasa iti /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ
śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 17.1 śarīrāvayavāstu paramāṇubhedenāparisaṃkhyeyā bhavanti atibahutvād atisaukṣmyādatīndriyatvācca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 18.1 tadetaccharīraṃ saṃkhyātamanekāvayavaṃ dṛṣṭamekatvena saṅgaḥ pṛthaktvenāpavargaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 8, 17.1 yathoktena
vidhinopasaṃskṛtaśarīrayoḥ strīpuruṣayor miśrībhāvam āpannayoḥ śukraṃ śoṇitena saha saṃyogaṃ sametyāvyāpannam avyāpannena yonāvanupahatāyām apraduṣṭe garbhāśaye garbham abhinirvartayatyekāntena /
Ca, Śār., 8, 49.0 tasyāstu khalu yo vyādhirutpadyate sa kṛcchrasādhyo bhavatyasādhyo vā garbhavṛddhikṣayitaśithilasarvadhātutvāt
pravāhaṇavedanākledanaraktaniḥsrutiviśeṣaśūnyaśarīratvācca tasmāttāṃ yathoktena vidhinopacaret bhautikajīvanīyabṛṃhaṇīyamadhuravātaharasiddhair abhyaṅgotsādanapariṣekāvagāhanānnapānavidhibhir viśeṣataś copacaret viśeṣato hi śūnyaśarīrāḥ striyaḥ prajātā bhavanti //
Ca, Śār., 8, 49.0 tasyāstu khalu yo vyādhirutpadyate sa kṛcchrasādhyo bhavatyasādhyo vā garbhavṛddhikṣayitaśithilasarvadhātutvāt pravāhaṇavedanākledanaraktaniḥsrutiviśeṣaśūnyaśarīratvācca tasmāttāṃ yathoktena vidhinopacaret bhautikajīvanīyabṛṃhaṇīyamadhuravātaharasiddhair abhyaṅgotsādanapariṣekāvagāhanānnapānavidhibhir viśeṣataś copacaret viśeṣato hi
śūnyaśarīrāḥ striyaḥ prajātā bhavanti //
Ca, Indr., 1, 7.1 tatra lakṣaṇanimittā nāma sā yasyāḥ
śarīre lakṣaṇānyeva hetubhūtāni bhavanti daivāt lakṣaṇāni hi kānicic charīropanibaddhāni bhavanti yāni hi tasmiṃstasmin kāle tatrādhiṣṭhānamāsādya tāṃ tāṃ vikṛtimutpādayanti /
Ca, Indr., 1, 7.1 tatra lakṣaṇanimittā nāma sā yasyāḥ śarīre lakṣaṇānyeva hetubhūtāni bhavanti daivāt lakṣaṇāni hi kānicic
charīropanibaddhāni bhavanti yāni hi tasmiṃstasmin kāle tatrādhiṣṭhānamāsādya tāṃ tāṃ vikṛtimutpādayanti /
Ca, Indr., 1, 8.2 tadyathā kṛṣṇaḥśyāmaḥ śyāmāvadātaḥ avadātaśceti prakṛtivarṇāḥ
śarīrasya bhavanti yāṃścāparānupekṣamāṇo vidyād anūkato'nyathā vāpi nirdiśyamānāṃstajjñaiḥ //
Ca, Indr., 1, 9.1 nīlaśyāvatāmraharitaśuklāśca varṇāḥ
śarīrasya vaikārikā bhavanti yāṃścāparānupekṣamāṇo vidyāt prāgvikṛtān abhūtvotpannān /
Ca, Indr., 1, 10.0 tatra
prakṛtivarṇamardhaśarīre vikṛtivarṇamardhaśarīre dvāvapi varṇau maryādāvibhaktau dṛṣṭvā yadyevaṃ savyadakṣiṇavibhāgena yadyevaṃ pūrvapaścimavibhāgena yadyuttarādharavibhāgena yadyantarbahirvibhāgena āturasyāriṣṭam iti vidyāt evameva varṇabhedo mukhe'pyanyatra vartamāno maraṇāya bhavati //
Ca, Indr., 1, 10.0 tatra prakṛtivarṇamardhaśarīre
vikṛtivarṇamardhaśarīre dvāvapi varṇau maryādāvibhaktau dṛṣṭvā yadyevaṃ savyadakṣiṇavibhāgena yadyevaṃ pūrvapaścimavibhāgena yadyuttarādharavibhāgena yadyantarbahirvibhāgena āturasyāriṣṭam iti vidyāt evameva varṇabhedo mukhe'pyanyatra vartamāno maraṇāya bhavati //
Ca, Indr., 3, 4.1 sparśaprādhānyenaivāturasyāyuṣaḥ pramāṇāvaśeṣaṃ jijñāsuḥ prakṛtisthena pāṇinā
śarīramasya kevalaṃ spṛśet parimarśayed vānyena /
Ca, Indr., 3, 4.2 parimṛśatā tu
khalvāturaśarīramime bhāvāstatra tatrāvaboddhavyā bhavanti /
Ca, Cik., 1, 75.2 anena prayogeṇarṣayaḥ punar yuvatvam avāpur babhūvuś cānekavarṣaśatajīvino nirvikārāḥ
paraśarīrabuddhīndriyabalasamuditāś ceruś cātyantaniṣṭhayā tapaḥ //
Ca, Cik., 1, 76.0 harītakyāmalakavibhītakapañcapañcamūlaniryūhe pippalīmadhukamadhūkakākolīkṣīrakākolyātmaguptājīvakarṣabhakakṣīraśuklākalkasamprayuktena vidārīsvarasena kṣīrāṣṭaguṇasamprayuktena ca sarpiṣaḥ kumbhaṃ sādhayitvā prayuñjāno 'gnibalasamāṃ mātrāṃ jīrṇe ca kṣīrasarpirbhyāṃ śāliṣaṣṭikam uṣṇodakānupānam aśnañjarāvyādhipāpābhicāravyapagatabhayaḥ
śarīrendriyabuddhibalam atulam upalabhyāpratihatasarvārambhaḥ paramāyur avāpnuyāt //
Ca, Cik., 2, 3.2 anena cyavanādayo maharṣayaḥ punaryuvatvam āpur nārīṇāṃ ceṣṭatamā babhūvuḥ sthirasamasuvibhaktamāṃsāḥ
susaṃhatasthiraśarīrāḥ suprasannabalavarṇendriyāḥ sarvatrāpratihataparākramāḥ kleśasahāś ca /
Ca, Cik., 2, 3.3 sarve
śarīradoṣā bhavanti grāmyāhārād amlatvalavaṇakaṭukakṣāraśukraśākamāṃsatilapalalapiṣṭānnabhojināṃ virūḍhanavaśūkaśamīdhānyaviruddhāsātmyarūkṣakṣārābhiṣyandibhojināṃ klinnagurupūtiparyuṣitabhojināṃ viṣamādhyaśanaprāyāṇāṃ divāsvapnastrīmadyanityānāṃ viṣamātimātravyāyāmasaṃkṣobhitaśarīrāṇāṃ bhayakrodhaśokalobhamohāyāsabahulānām atonimittaṃ hi śithilībhavanti māṃsāni vimucyante saṃdhayaḥ vidahyate raktaṃ viṣyandate cānalpaṃ medaḥ na saṃdhīyate 'sthiṣu majjā śukraṃ na pravartate kṣayamupaityojaḥ sa evaṃbhūte glāyati sīdati nidrātandrālasyasamanvito nirutsāhaḥ śvasiti asamarthaśceṣṭānāṃ śārīramānasīnāṃ naṣṭasmṛtibuddhicchāyo rogāṇām adhiṣṭhānabhūto na sarvamāyuravāpnoti /
Ca, Cik., 2, 3.3 sarve śarīradoṣā bhavanti grāmyāhārād amlatvalavaṇakaṭukakṣāraśukraśākamāṃsatilapalalapiṣṭānnabhojināṃ virūḍhanavaśūkaśamīdhānyaviruddhāsātmyarūkṣakṣārābhiṣyandibhojināṃ klinnagurupūtiparyuṣitabhojināṃ viṣamādhyaśanaprāyāṇāṃ divāsvapnastrīmadyanityānāṃ
viṣamātimātravyāyāmasaṃkṣobhitaśarīrāṇāṃ bhayakrodhaśokalobhamohāyāsabahulānām atonimittaṃ hi śithilībhavanti māṃsāni vimucyante saṃdhayaḥ vidahyate raktaṃ viṣyandate cānalpaṃ medaḥ na saṃdhīyate 'sthiṣu majjā śukraṃ na pravartate kṣayamupaityojaḥ sa evaṃbhūte glāyati sīdati nidrātandrālasyasamanvito nirutsāhaḥ śvasiti asamarthaśceṣṭānāṃ śārīramānasīnāṃ naṣṭasmṛtibuddhicchāyo rogāṇām adhiṣṭhānabhūto na sarvamāyuravāpnoti /
Ca, Cik., 2, 13.1 bhallātakāny anupahatāny anāmayāny āpūrṇarasapramāṇavīryāṇi pakvajāmbavaprakāśāni śucau śukre vā māse saṃgṛhya yavapalle māṣapalle vā nidhāpayet tāni caturmāsasthitāni sahasi sahasye vā māse prayoktum ārabheta
śītasnigdhamadhuropaskṛtaśarīraḥ /
Ca, Cik., 1, 4, 4.2 asti nanu vo glānir aprabhāvatvaṃ vaisvaryaṃ vaivarṇyaṃ ca grāmyavāsakṛtam asukham asukhānubandhaṃ ca grāmyo hi vāso mūlam aśastānāṃ tat kṛtaḥ puṇyakṛdbhir anugrahaḥ prajānāṃ
svaśarīramavekṣituṃ kālaḥ kālaścāyamāyurvedopadeśasya brahmarṣīṇām ātmanaḥ prajānāṃ cānugrahārtham āyurvedamaśvinau mahyaṃ prāyacchatāṃ prajāpatiraśvibhyāṃ prajāpataye brahmā prajānām alpam āyur jarāvyādhibahulam asukham asukhānubandham alpatvād alpatapodamaniyamadānādhyayanasaṃcayaṃ matvā puṇyatamam āyuḥprakarṣakaraṃ jarāvyādhipraśamanam ūrjaskaram amṛtaṃ śivaṃ śaraṇyamudāraṃ bhavanto mattaḥ śrotumarhatāthopadhārayituṃ prakāśayituṃ ca prajānugrahārthamārṣaṃ brahma ca prati maitrīṃ kāruṇyam ātmanaś cānuttamaṃ puṇyamudāraṃ brāhmamakṣayaṃ karmeti //
Garbhopaniṣat
GarbhOp, 1, 1.2 taṃ saptadhātuṃ trimalaṃ dviyoniṃ caturvidhāhāramayaṃ
śarīram //
GarbhOp, 1, 2.1 pañcātmakam iti kasmāt pṛthivy āpas tejo vāyur ākāśam ity asmin pañcātmake
śarīre kā pṛthivī kā āpaḥ kiṃ tejaḥ ko vāyuḥ kim ākāśam /
GarbhOp, 1, 2.2 tatra pañcātmake
śarīre yat kaṭhinaṃ sā pṛthivī yad dravaṃ tā āpaḥ yad uṣṇaṃ tat tejaḥ yat saṃcarati sa vāyuḥ yacchuṣiraṃ tad ākāśam /
GarbhOp, 1, 4.4 pañcātmakaḥ samarthaḥ pañcātmikā cetasā buddhir gandharasādijñānākṣarākṣaram oṃkāraṃ cintayatīti tad ekākṣaraṃ jñātvāṣṭau prakṛtayaḥ ṣoḍaśa vikārāḥ
śarīre tasyaiva dehinaḥ /
GarbhOp, 1, 12.1 śarīram iti kasmāt agnayo hy atra śriyante jñānāgnir darśanāgniḥ koṣṭhāgnir iti tatra koṣṭhāgnir nāmāśitapītalehyacoṣyaṃ pacati /
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 6, 5.1 atha sa rājā śuddhodanastadvacanaṃ śrutvā praharṣitamanā
ākampitaśarīro bhadrāsanādutthāya amātyanaigamapārṣadyabandhujanaparivṛto yenāśokavanikā tenopasaṃkrāmad upasaṃkrāntaśca na śaknoti sma aśokavanikāṃ praveṣṭum /
LalVis, 7, 98.8 siṃhavikrāntagatiśca ṛṣabhavikrāntagatiśca haṃsavikrāntagatiśca abhipradakṣiṇāvartagatiśca vṛttakukṣiśca mṛṣṭakukṣiśca ajihmakukṣiśca cāpodaraśca
vyapagatachandadoṣanīlakālakāduṣṭaśarīraśca vṛttadaṃṣṭraśca mahārāja sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāraḥ /
LalVis, 13, 15.1 bodhisattvasya khalu punarbhikṣavastasmin gṛhavarapradhāne sarvopakaraṇasamṛddhisamudite yathābhiprāyasukhavihārānukūle amarapurabhavanaprakāśe vitardiniryūhatoraṇagavākṣaharmyakūṭāgāraprāsādavarapravare sarvaratnavicitrālaṃkāravividhabhaktisuvibhakte ucchritachatradhvajapatākānekaratnakiṅkiṇījālasamalaṃkṛte anekapaṭṭadāmaśatasahasrābhipralambite nānāratnapratyupte muktāhārābhipralambite vicitrapaṭṭaratnasaṃkramopaśobhite avasaktapaṭṭamālyadāmakalāpe gandhaghaṭikānirdhūpite avaśyāyapaṭavitatavitāne sarvartukapuṣpaparamasugandhisurucirābhiprakīrṇapuṣkariṇīpuṇḍarīkanavanalinījālasaṃsthānaparibhogabahule patraguptaśukasārikakokilahaṃsamayūracakravākakunālakalaviṅkajīvajīvakādinānāvidhadvijagaṇamadhurasvaranikūjite nīlavaiḍūryamaye dharaṇītalasaṃsthānaparibhoge sarvarūpapratibhāsasaṃdarśane atṛptanayanābhiramye paramaprītiprāmodyasaṃjanane tasmin gṛhavarapradhāne 'dhyāvasato bodhisattvasyodāravaraśaraṇabhavananivāsino 'malavimalanirmalāṅgasyāmuktamālyābharaṇasya pravarasurabhigandhānulepanānuliptagātrasya
śuklaśubhavimalaviśuddhanirmalavastraprāvṛtaśarīrasya anekadivyadūṣyasūkṣmasuvinyastamṛdukācilindikasukhasaṃsparśavarāṅgaracitaśayanatalābhirūḍhasya amaravadhūbhiriva sarvato 'navadyāpratikūladarśanaśubhopacāracaritasya abhirūpāntaḥpuramadhyagatasya śaṅkhabherīmṛdaṅgapaṇavatuṇavavīṇāvallakisaṃpatāḍakipalanakulasughoṣakamadhuraveṇunirnāditaghoṣarutanānātūryasaṃgītisaṃprayogapratibodhitasya ye ca nārīgaṇāḥ snigdhamadhuramanojñasvaraveṇunirnāditanirghoṣarutena bodhisattvaṃ pratisaṃbodhayanti sma teṣāṃ daśadigavasthitānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāmadhisthānena tebhyo veṇutūryaninādanirghoṣarutebhya imā bodhisattvasya saṃcodanā gāthā niścaranti sma //
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 1, 125.2 kṛṣṇaṃ lokān darśayānaṃ
śarīre tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya saṃjaya //
MBh, 1, 85, 13.1 śarīradehādisamucchrayaṃ ca cakṣuḥśrotre labhate kena saṃjñām /
MBh, 3, 191, 3.2 na vayaṃ rāsāyanikāḥ
śarīropatāpenātmanaḥ samārabhāmahe 'rthānām anuṣṭhānam //
MBh, 3, 253, 4.2 buddhiṃ samācchādya ca me samanyur uddhūyate prāṇapatiḥ
śarīre //
MBh, 4, 6, 7.1 śarīraliṅgair upasūcito hyayaṃ mūrdhābhiṣikto 'yam itīva mānasam /
MBh, 5, 26, 4.3 kāmābhidhyā
svaśarīraṃ dunoti yayā prayukto 'nukaroti duḥkham //
MBh, 5, 26, 7.2 atraiva ca syād avadhūya eṣa kāmaḥ
śarīre hṛdayaṃ dunoti //
MBh, 5, 34, 57.1 rathaḥ
śarīraṃ puruṣasya rājannātmā niyantendriyāṇyasya cāśvāḥ /
MBh, 5, 40, 15.1 anyo dhanaṃ pretagatasya bhuṅkte vayāṃsi cāgniśca
śarīradhātūn /
MBh, 5, 42, 13.2 krodhāllobhānmohamayāntarātmā sa vai
mṛtyustvaccharīre ya eṣaḥ //
MBh, 5, 55, 11.1 yathāgnidhūmo divam eti ruddhvā varṇān bibhrat taijasaṃ
taccharīram /
MBh, 7, 7, 26.2 bhittvā
śarīrāṇi gajāśvayūnāṃ jagmur mahīṃ śoṇitadigdhavājāḥ //
MBh, 8, 60, 31.1 śaraiḥ
śarīrāntakaraiḥ sutejanair nijaghnatus tāv itaretaraṃ bhṛśam /
MBh, 8, 62, 44.2 tavātmajaṃ tasya tavātmajaḥ śaraiḥ śitaiḥ
śarīraṃ bibhide dvipaṃ ca tam //
MBh, 8, 64, 14.2 mahārathāḥ pañca dhanaṃjayācyutau śaraiḥ
śarīrāntakarair atāḍayan //
MBh, 8, 65, 40.2 sa karṇam ākarṇavikṛṣṭasṛṣṭaiḥ śaraiḥ
śarīrāntakarair jvaladbhiḥ /
MBh, 8, 66, 39.1 śaraiḥ
śarīre bahudhā samarpitair vibhāti karṇaḥ samare viśāṃ pate /
MBh, 8, 67, 19.2 ayaṃ mahāstro 'pratimo dhṛtaḥ śaraḥ
śarīrabhic cāsuharaś ca durhṛdaḥ //
MBh, 8, 67, 25.2 pareṇa kṛcchreṇa
śarīram atyajad gṛhaṃ maharddhīva sasaṅgam īśvaraḥ //
MBh, 8, 67, 26.1 śarair vibhugnaṃ vyasu tad vivarmaṇaḥ papāta karṇasya
śarīram ucchritam /
MBh, 12, 65, 3.1 tyāgaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ munayo vai vadanti sarvaśreṣṭho yaḥ
śarīraṃ tyajeta /
MBh, 12, 325, 4.16 sarvadarśin agrāhya acala mahāvibhūte
māhātmyaśarīra pavitra mahāpavitra hiraṇmaya bṛhat apratarkya /
MBh, 12, 329, 26.5 te tam abruvañ
śarīraparityāgaṃ lokahitārthaṃ bhagavān kartum arhatīti /
MBh, 12, 329, 26.6 atha dadhīcastathaivāvimanāḥ sukhaduḥkhasamo mahāyogī ātmānaṃ samādhāya
śarīraparityāgaṃ cakāra //
MBh, 12, 329, 47.2 tasya tapastapyamānasya sarvagandhavahaḥ śucir vāyur vivāyamānaḥ
śarīram aspṛśat /
MBh, 12, 329, 47.3 sa tapasā
tāpitaśarīraḥ kṛśo vāyunopavījyamāno hṛdayaparitoṣam agamat /
MBh, 13, 27, 81.2 gaṅgāṃ gatvā yaiḥ
śarīraṃ visṛṣṭaṃ gatā dhīrāste vibudhaiḥ samatvam //
MBh, 14, 15, 32.1 idaṃ
śarīraṃ vasu yacca me gṛhe niveditaṃ pārtha sadā yudhiṣṭhire /
MBh, 14, 23, 7.2 yasmin pralīne pralayaṃ vrajanti sarve prāṇāḥ prāṇabhṛtāṃ
śarīre /
MBh, 14, 23, 8.2 mayi pralīne pralayaṃ vrajanti sarve prāṇāḥ prāṇabhṛtāṃ
śarīre /
MBh, 14, 28, 3.1 tebhyaścānyāṃsteṣvanityāṃśca bhāvān bhūtātmānaṃ lakṣayeyaṃ
śarīre /
Manusmṛti
ManuS, 1, 8.1 so 'bhidhyāya
śarīrāt svāt sisṛkṣur vividhāḥ prajāḥ /
Nyāyasūtra
NyāSū, 1, 1, 9.0 ātmaśarīrendriyārthabuddhimanaḥpravṛttidoṣapretyabhāvaphaladuḥkhāpavargāḥ tu prameyam //
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 8, 62.1 tadvijñāya
manaḥśarīraniyatānnārīṣu doṣānimān matvā kāmasukhaṃ nadījalacalaṃ kleśāya śokāya ca /
SaundĀ, 9, 7.2 śarīramāsannavipatti dṛśyate bale 'bhimānastava kena hetunā //
SaundĀ, 9, 9.1 tvagasthimāṃsakṣatajātmakaṃ yadā
śarīramāhāravaśena tiṣṭhati /
SaundĀ, 9, 11.1 śarīramāmādapi mṛnmayād ghaṭādidaṃ tu niḥsāratamaṃ mataṃ mama /
SaundĀ, 9, 12.2 bhavantyanarthāya
śarīramāśritāḥ kathaṃ balaṃ rogavidho vyavasyasi //
SaundĀ, 9, 14.1 idaṃ hi śayyāsanapānabhojanairguṇaiḥ
śarīraṃ ciramapyavekṣitam /
SaundĀ, 9, 16.1 tadevamājñāya
śarīramāturaṃ balānvito 'smīti na mantumarhasi /
SaundĀ, 9, 25.2 śarīrasaṃskāraguṇādṛte tathā bibharti rūpaṃ yadi rūpavānasi //
SaundĀ, 9, 35.1 ahaṃ mametyeva ca raktacetasāṃ
śarīrasaṃjñā tava yaḥ kalau grahaḥ /
SaundĀ, 9, 36.1 yadā
śarīre na vaśo 'sti kasyacinnirasyamāne vividhairupaplavaiḥ /
SaundĀ, 9, 36.2 kathaṃ kṣamaṃ vettumahaṃ mameti vā
śarīrasaṃjñaṃ gṛhamāpadāmidam //
SaundĀ, 9, 40.1 śarīramārtaṃ parikarṣataścalaṃ na cāsti kiṃcit paramārthataḥ sukham /
SaundĀ, 9, 42.1 śarīramīdṛg bahuduḥkhādhruvaṃ phalānurodhādatha nāvagacchasi /
SaundĀ, 9, 45.2 tathā
śarīre bahuduḥkhabhājane rameta mohād viṣayābhikāṅkṣayā //
SaundĀ, 16, 12.2 yathā svabhāvo hi tathā svabhāvo duḥkhaṃ
śarīrasya ca cetasaśca //
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Yogasūtra
YS, 3, 38.1 bandhakāraṇaśaithilyāt pracārasaṃvedanāc ca cittasya
paraśarīrāveśaḥ //
Śira'upaniṣad
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.7 atha kasmād ucyate sūkṣmaṃ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva sūkṣmo bhūtvā
śarīrāṇy adhitiṣṭhati sarvāṇi cāṅgāny abhimṛśati tasmād ucyate sūkṣmam /
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 2, 8.1 trirunnataṃ sthāpya samaṃ
śarīraṃ hṛdīndriyāṇi manasā saṃniveśya /
ŚvetU, 2, 12.2 na tasya rogo na jarā na duḥkhaṃ prāptasya yogāgnimayaṃ
śarīram //
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
ASaṃ, 1, 22, 2.12 tatra rogotpatti pratyutpannaṃ karma yadanenaiva
śarīreṇa dṛṣṭamadṛṣṭaṃ coddiśyāptopadiṣṭānāṃ vihitānāṃ pratiṣiddhānāmananuṣṭhānamanuṣṭhānaṃ vā /
ASaṃ, 1, 22, 11.7 ābhyantaro mahāsrotaḥ
śarīramadhyaṃ mahānimnamāmapakvāśayāśrayaḥ koṣṭho'ntariti paryāyāḥ /
ASaṃ, 1, 22, 13.6 anumānatastu yūkāpasarpaṇena
śarīrasya vairasyaṃ makṣikopasarpaṇena mādhuryaṃ tathāgniṃ jaraṇaśaktyā balaṃ vyāyāmaśaktyā gūḍhaliṅgaṃ vyādhimupaśayānupaśayato doṣapramāṇam upacāraviśeṣeṇāyuṣaḥ kṣayaṃ riṣṭaiḥ /
Bhallaṭaśataka
BhallŚ, 1, 50.2 nanv evam eva sumaṇe luṭa yāvadāyus tvaṃ me jagatprasahane 'tra
kathāśarīram //
Bodhicaryāvatāra
BoCA, 1, 36.1 teṣāṃ
śarīrāṇi namaskaromi yatroditaṃ tadvaracittaratnam /
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
BKŚS, 11, 107.1 iti
saśarīrayā kṣaṇam iva kṣaṇadāḥ kṣapayan saha viśarīrayā dayitayā virasān divasān /
Daśakumāracarita
DKCar, 1, 1, 49.1 tatastrikālajñastapodhano rājānam avocat sakhe
śarīrakārśyakāriṇā tapasālam /
DKCar, 1, 1, 64.1 janapatirekasmin puṇyadivase tīrthasnānāya pakkaṇanikaṭamārgeṇa gacchannabalayā
kayācidupalālitamanupamaśarīraṃ kumāraṃ kaṃcid avalokya kutūhalākulastām apṛcchad bhāmini ruciramūrtiḥ sarājaguṇasaṃpūrtir asāvarbhako bhavadanvayasaṃbhavo na bhavati kasya nayanānandaḥ nimittena kena bhavadadhīno jātaḥ kathyatāṃ yāthātathyena tvayeti //
DKCar, 1, 2, 8.5 pāpiṣṭhairanubhūyamānamatra yātanāviśeṣaṃ vilokya punarapi
pūrvaśarīramanena gamyatām iti //
DKCar, 1, 2, 9.2 tadeva
pūrvaśarīramahaṃ prāpto mahāṭavīmadhye śītalopacāraṃ racayatā mahīsureṇa parīkṣyamāṇaḥ śilāyāṃ śayitaḥ kṣaṇamatiṣṭham //
DKCar, 1, 4, 7.2 mama tu mandabhāgyatayā bāle vanamātaṅgena gṛhīte maddvitīyā paribhramantī ṣoḍaśavarṣānantaraṃ bhartṛputrasaṅgamo bhaviṣyati iti siddhavākyaviśvāsādekasminpuṇyāśrame tāvantaṃ samayaṃ nītvā śokamapāraṃ soḍhumakṣamā samujjvalite vaiśvānare
śarīram āhutīkartum udyuktāsīd iti //
DKCar, 1, 5, 13.4 madvacanasyāmoghatayā bhāvini janane
śarīrāntaraṃ gatāyāḥ asyāḥ sarasijākṣyā rasena ramaṇo bhūtvā muhūrtadvayaṃ maccaraṇayugalabandhakāritayā māsadvayaṃ śṛṅkhalānigaḍitacaraṇo ramaṇīviyogaviṣādamanubhūya paścādanekakālaṃ vallabhayā saha rājyasukhaṃ labhasveti //
DKCar, 1, 5, 17.1 tatra tathāvidhāvasthāmanubhavantīṃ manmathānalasaṃtaptāṃ sukumārīṃ kumārīṃ nirīkṣya khinno vayasyagaṇaḥ kāñcanakalaśasaṃcitāni haricandanośīraghanasāramilitāni tadabhiṣekakalpitāni salilāni bisatantumayāni vāsāṃsi ca nalinīdalamayāni tālavṛntāni ca santāpaharaṇāni bahūni sampādya tasyāḥ
śarīram aśiśirayat /
DKCar, 1, 5, 18.3 haricandanamapi purā nijayaṣṭisaṃśleṣavaduragaradanaliptolvaṇagaralasaṃkalitam iva tāpayati
śarīram /
DKCar, 1, 5, 21.9 madudantamevamākhyāya śirīṣakusumasukumārāyā yathā
śarīrabādhā na jāyeta tathāvidhamupāyamācara iti //
DKCar, 2, 2, 13.1 eṣa hi gaṇikāmāturadhikāro yadduhiturjanmanaḥ prabhṛtyevāṅgakriyā tejobalavarṇamedhāsaṃvardhanena doṣāgnidhātusāmyakṛtā mitenāhāreṇa
śarīrapoṣaṇam ā pañcamād varṣāt pitur apyanatidarśanam janmadine puṇyadine cotsavottaro maṅgalavidhiḥ adhyāpanamanaṅgavidyānāṃ sāṅgānām nṛtyagītavādyanāṭyacitrāsvādyagandhapuṣpakalāsu lipijñānavacanakauśalādiṣu ca samyagvinayanam śabdahetusamayavidyāsu vārtāmātrāvabodhanam ājīvajñāne krīḍākauśale sajīvanirjīvāsu ca dyūtakalāsvabhyantarīkaraṇam abhyantarakalāsu vaiśvāsikajanātprayatnena prayogagrahaṇam yātrotsavādiṣvādaraprasādhitāyāḥ sphītaparibarhāyāḥ prakāśanam prasaṅgavatyāṃ saṃgītādipriyāyāṃ pūrvasaṃgṛhītairgrāhyavāgbhiḥ siddhilambhanam diṅmukheṣu tattacchilpavittakair yaśaḥprakhyāpanam kārtāntikādibhiḥ kalyāṇalakṣaṇodghoṣaṇam pīṭhamardaviṭavidūṣakairbhikṣukyādibhiśca nāgarikapuruṣasamavāyeṣu rūpaśīlaśilpasaundaryamādhuryaprastāvanā yuvajanamanorathalakṣyabhūtāyāḥ prabhūtatamena śulkenāvasthāpanam svato rāgāndhāya tadbhāvadarśanonmāditāya vā jātirūpavayo'rthaśaktiśaucatyāgadākṣiṇyaśilpaśīlamādhuryopapannāya svatantrāya pradānam adhikaguṇāyāsvatantrāya prājñatamāyālpenāpi bahuvyapadeśenārpaṇam asvatantreṇa vā gandharvasamāgamena tadgurubhyaḥ śulkāpaharaṇam alābhe 'rthasya kāmasvīkṛte svāminyadhikaraṇe ca sādhanam raktasya duhitraikacāriṇīvratānuṣṭhāpanam nityanaimittikaprītidāyakatayā hṛtaśiṣṭānāṃ gamyadhanānāṃ citrairupāyairapaharaṇam adadatā lubdhaprāyeṇa ca vigṛhyāsanam pratihastiprotsāhanena lubdhasya rāgiṇastyāgaśaktisaṃdhukṣaṇam asārasya vāksaṃtakṣaṇair lokopakrośanair duhitṛnirodhanair vrīḍotpādanair anyābhiyogair avamānaiścāpavāhanam arthadair anarthapratighātibhiścānindyair ibhyair anubaddhārthānarthasaṃśayān vicārya bhūyobhūyaḥ saṃyojanamiti //
DKCar, 2, 2, 26.1 tathā iti tasyāḥ pratiyāte svajane sā gaṇikā tam ṛṣim alaghubhaktir dhautodgamanīyavāsinī
nātyādṛtaśarīrasaṃskārā vanatarupotālavālapūraṇair devatārcanakusumoccayāvacayaprayāsair naikavikalpopahārakarmabhiḥ kāmaśāsanārthe ca gandhamālyadhūpadīpanṛtyagītavādyādibhiḥ kriyābhir ekānte ca trivargasambandhanībhiḥ kathābhiradhyātmavādaiścānurūpairalpīyasaiva kālenānvarañjayat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 139.1 priyādānasya pratidānamidaṃ
śarīramiti tadalābhe nidhanonmukhamidamapi tvayaiva dattam //
DKCar, 2, 6, 149.1 tathākṛte tayā tāṃstaṇḍulān anatinimnottānavistīrṇakukṣau kakubholūkhale lohapatraveṣṭitamukhena
samaśarīreṇa vibhāvyamānamadhyatānavena vyāyatena guruṇā khādireṇa musalena caturalalitakṣepaṇotkṣepaṇāyāsitabhujam asakṛdaṅgulībhir uddhṛtyoddhṛtyāvahatya śūrpaśodhitakaṇakiṃśārukāṃs taṇḍulān asakṛd adbhiḥ prakṣālya kvathitapañcaguṇe jale dattacullīpūjā prākṣipat //
DKCar, 2, 6, 173.1 tadguṇavaśīkṛtaśca bhartā sarvameva kuṭumbaṃ tadāyattameva kṛtvā
tadekādhīnajīvitaśarīrastrivargaṃ nirviveśa //
DKCar, 2, 7, 39.0 tasyāṃ ca tādṛśīṃ daśāṃ gatāyāṃ janasyāsyānanyajena hanyeta
śarīradhāraṇā //
DKCar, 2, 7, 63.0 acalarājakanyakākadarthanayāntarikṣākhyena
śaṅkaraśarīreṇa saṃsṛṣṭāyāḥ saṃdhyāṅganāyāḥ raktacandanacarcitaikastanakalaśadarśanīye dinādhināthe janādhināthaḥ sa āgatya janasyāsya dharaṇinyastacaraṇanakhakiraṇacchāditakirīṭaḥ kṛtāñjaliratiṣṭhat //
DKCar, 2, 8, 25.0 tebhyo 'pi ghoratarāḥ pāṣaṇḍinaḥ
putradāraśarīrajīvitānyapi mocayanti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 92.0 kiṃ bahunā rājyabhāraṃ bhārakṣameṣvantaraṅgeṣu bhaktimatsu samarpya apsaraḥpratirūpābhirantaḥpurikābhī ramamāṇo gītasaṃgītapānagoṣṭhīśca yathartu badhnanyathārhaṃ kuru
śarīralābham iti pañcāṅgīspṛṣṭabhūmirañjalicumbitacūḍaściramaśeta //
DKCar, 2, 8, 116.0 dyūte 'pi dravyarāśes tṛṇavattyāgād anupamānam āśayaudāryam jayaparājayānavasthānāddharṣavivādayor avidheyatvam pauruṣaikanimittasyāmarṣasya vṛddhiḥ akṣahastabhūmyādigocarāṇāmatyantadurupalakṣyāṇāṃ kūṭakarmaṇāmupalakṣaṇādanantabuddhinaipuṇyam ekaviṣayopasaṃhārāccittasyāticitramaikāgryam adhyavasāyasahacareṣu sāhaseṣvatiratiḥ atikarkaśapuruṣapratisaṃsargād ananyadharṣaṇīyatā mānāvadhāraṇam akṛpaṇaṃ ca
śarīrayāpanamiti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 117.0 uttamāṅganopabhoge 'pyarthadharmayoḥ saphalīkaraṇam puṣkalaḥ puruṣābhimānaḥ bhāvajñānakauśalam alobhakliṣṭam āceṣṭitam akhilāsu kalāsu vaicakṣaṇyam alabdhopalabdhilabdhānurakṣaṇarakṣitopabhogabhuktānusaṃdhānaruṣṭānunayādiṣv ajasram abhyupāyaracanayā buddhivācoḥ pāṭavam
utkṛṣṭaśarīrasaṃskārātsubhagaveṣatayā lokasaṃbhāvanīyatā paraṃ suhṛtpriyatvam garīyasī parijanavyapekṣā smitapūrvābhibhāṣitvam udriktasattvatā dākṣiṇyānuvartanam //
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 2, 670.0 yadi vijñātamabhaviṣyat tilaśo 'pi me
saṃcūrṇitaśarīreṇānuttarāyāḥ samyaksambodheścittaṃ vyāvartitamabhaviṣyat //
Divyāv, 3, 2.0 nāgāḥ saṃlakṣayanti vayaṃ
vinipatitaśarīrā yannu vayaṃ phaṇasaṃkrameṇa bhagavantaṃ nadīm gaṅgāmuttārayema iti //
Divyāv, 6, 14.0 api tu na tvayā śrutaṃ sasurāsurajagadanavalokitamūrdhāno buddhā bhagavanta iti api tu yadīpsasi tathāgatasya
śarīrapramāṇaṃ draṣṭum tava gṛhe 'gnihotrakuṇḍaṃ tasyādhastādgośīrṣacandanamayī yaṣṭirupatiṣṭhate tāmuddhṛtya māpaya //
Divyāv, 6, 50.0 niṣadya bhikṣūnāmantrayate sma icchatha yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasya
śarīrasaṃghātam avikopitaṃ draṣṭum etasya bhagavan kālaḥ etasya sugata samayaḥ yaṃ bhagavān bhikṣūṇāṃ kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasyāvikopitaṃ śarīrasaṃghātamupadarśayet //
Divyāv, 6, 50.0 niṣadya bhikṣūnāmantrayate sma icchatha yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasya śarīrasaṃghātam avikopitaṃ draṣṭum etasya bhagavan kālaḥ etasya sugata samayaḥ yaṃ bhagavān bhikṣūṇāṃ kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasyāvikopitaṃ
śarīrasaṃghātamupadarśayet //
Divyāv, 6, 54.0 nāgāḥ saṃlakṣayanti kiṃ kāraṇaṃ bhagavatā laukikacittamutpāditamiti paśyanti kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasya
śarīrasaṃghātamavikopitaṃ draṣṭukāma iti //
Divyāv, 6, 55.0 tatastaiḥ kāśyapasya
samyaksambuddhasyāvikopitaśarīrasaṃghāta ucchrāpitaḥ //
Divyāv, 6, 59.0 rājñā prasenajitā śrutaṃ bhagavatā śrāvakāṇāṃ darśanāyāvikopitaṃ kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasya
śarīrasaṃghātaṃ samucchritamiti //
Divyāv, 6, 63.0 taiḥ śrutam antarhito 'sau bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasya
śarīrasaṃghātadhātur avikopita iti //
Divyāv, 8, 117.0 dārako jāto 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaśchatrākāraśirāḥ pralambabāhurvistīrṇalalāṭaḥ saṃgatabhrūstuṅganāso
dṛḍhakaṭhinaśarīro mahānagrabalaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 200.0 tatra tena puruṣeṇa divā sukhasuptasya nāgasya ātmānaṃ samanurakṣatā
nāgaśarīramaviheṭhayatā auṣadhibalena mantrabalena puṇyabalena śaṅkhanābhī auṣadhī grahītavyā //
Divyāv, 8, 221.0 tatra tena puruṣeṇa śiraḥsnātenopoṣitena maitrāyatā karuṇāyatā avyāpannena cittenātmānaṃ samanurakṣatā
nāgaśarīram aviheṭhayatā auṣadhī grahītavyā //
Divyāv, 8, 369.0 etattvaṃ maṅgalapotaṃ tīramupanīya vetrapāśaṃ baddhvā
maccharīre śarīrapūjāṃ kuruṣva //
Divyāv, 8, 369.0 etattvaṃ maṅgalapotaṃ tīramupanīya vetrapāśaṃ baddhvā maccharīre
śarīrapūjāṃ kuruṣva //
Divyāv, 8, 372.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāho maghaṃ sārthavāhaṃ kālagataṃ viditvā sthale utthāpya
śarīre śarīrapūjaṃ kṛtvā cintayati maṅgalapotamāruhya yāsyāmīti //
Divyāv, 8, 372.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāho maghaṃ sārthavāhaṃ kālagataṃ viditvā sthale utthāpya śarīre
śarīrapūjaṃ kṛtvā cintayati maṅgalapotamāruhya yāsyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 201.1 sahābhidhānāt kālasya rājakumārasya
śarīram yathāpaurāṇaṃ saṃvṛttam yathāpi tatra buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena //
Divyāv, 12, 205.1 yatrāsya
śarīraṃ gaṇḍagaṇḍaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya gaṇḍaka ārāmika iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā //
Divyāv, 12, 380.1 yaduta antavāṃllokaḥ anantaḥ antavāṃścānantavāṃśca naivāntavānnānantavān sa
jīvastaccharīramanyo jīvo 'nyaccharīramiti //
Divyāv, 12, 380.1 yaduta antavāṃllokaḥ anantaḥ antavāṃścānantavāṃśca naivāntavānnānantavān sa jīvastaccharīramanyo jīvo
'nyaccharīramiti //
Divyāv, 15, 6.0 adrākṣīdbhagavāṃstaṃ bhikṣuṃ keśanakhastūpe
sarvaśarīreṇa praṇipatya cittamabhiprasādayantam //
Divyāv, 15, 7.0 dṛṣṭvā ca punarbhikṣūnāmantrayate sma paśyata yūyaṃ bhikṣava etaṃ bhikṣuṃ keśanakhastūpe
sarvaśarīreṇa praṇipatya cittamabhiprasādayantam evaṃ bhadanta //
Divyāv, 18, 384.1 sā tatra gatvā tadātmīyamalaṃkāraṃ
śarīrādavatārya mālākārāyānuprayacchaty asyālaṃkārasya mūlyaṃ me pratidivasaṃ devasyārthe nīlotpalāni dadasva //
Divyāv, 18, 601.1 tatastena dārakeṇainaṃ antargṛhaviśrabdhacārakramam avekṣya nirgacchantaṃ parāpṛṣṭhībhūtvā
śarīre 'sya śastraṃ nipātya jīvitād vyaparopayati //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 13, 32.1 yaiḥ kriyante hi karmāṇi
śarīrair divi daivataiḥ /
HV, 18, 1.3 vāyvambubhakṣāḥ satataṃ
śarīrāṇy upaśoṣayan //
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 1, 30.1 sarveṣu ca teṣu śāpabhayapratipannamauneṣu muniṣvanyālāpalīlayā cāvadhīrayati kamalasambhave bhagavatī kumārī kiṃcidunmuktabālabhāve bhūṣitanavayauvane vayasi vartamānā gṛhītacāmarapracaladbhujalatā pitāmahamupavījayantī nirbhartsanatāḍanajātarāgābhyām iva svabhāvāruṇābhyāṃ pādapallavābhyāṃ samudbhāsamānā śiṣyadvayeneva padakramamukhareṇa nūpurayugalena vācālitacaraṇayugalā dharmanagaratoraṇastambhavibhramaṃ bibhrāṇā jaṅghādvitayam salīlam utkalahaṃsakulakalālāpapralāpini mekhalādāmni vinyastavāmahastakisalayā vidvanmānasanivāsalagnena guṇakalāpenevāṃsāvalambinā brahmasūtreṇa pavitrīkṛtakāyā bhāsvanmadhyanāyakam anekamuktānuyātam apavargamārgam iva hāramudvahantī vadanapraviṣṭasarvavidyālaktakaraseneva pāṭalena sphuratā daśanacchadena virājamānā saṃkrāntakamalāsanakṛṣṇājinapratimāṃ madhuragītākarṇanāvatīrṇaśaśihariṇāmiva kapolasthalīṃ dadhānā tiryaksāvajñam unnamitaikabhrūlatā śrotramekaṃ visvaraśravaṇakaluṣitaṃ prakṣālayantīvāpāṅganirgatena locanāśrujalapravāheṇetaraśravaṇena ca vikasitasitasindhuvāramañjarījuṣā hasateva prakaṭitavidyāmadā śrutipraṇayibhiḥ praṇavairiva karṇāvataṃsakusumamadhukarakulair apāsyamānā sūkṣmavimalena
prajñāpratānenevāṃśukenāchāditaśarīrā vāṅmayamiva nirmalaṃ dikṣu daśanajyotsnālokaṃ vikirantī devī sarasvatī śrutvā jahāsa //
Harṣacarita, 1, 99.1 ayatnopanatena phalamūlenāmṛtarasam apy atiśiśayiṣamāṇena ca svādimnā śiśireṇa śoṇavāriṇā
śarīrasthitim akarot //
Harṣacarita, 1, 104.1 krameṇa ca sāmīpyopajāyamānābhivyakti tasminmahati śapharodaradhūsare rajasi payasīva makaracakraṃ plavamānaṃ puraḥ pradhāvamānena pralambakuṭilakacapallavaghaṭitalalāṭajūṭakena dhavaladantapattrikādyutihasitakapolabhittinā pinaddhakṛṣṇāgurupaṅkakalkacchuraṇakṛṣṇaśabalakaṣāyakañcukena uttarīyakṛtaśiroveṣṭanena vāmaprakoṣṭhaniviṣṭaspaṣṭahāṭakakaṭakena dviguṇapaṭṭapaṭṭikāgāḍhagranthigrathitāsidhenunā
anavaratavyāyāmakṛtakarkaśaśarīreṇa vātahariṇayūtheneva muhurmuhuḥ kham uḍḍīyamānena laṅghitasamaviṣamāvaṭaviṭapena koṇadhāriṇā kṛpāṇapāṇinā sevāgṛhītavividhavanakusumaphalamūlaparṇena cala cala yāhi yāhi apasarpāpasarpa puraḥ prayaccha panthānam ity anavaratakṛtakalakalena yuvaprāyeṇa sahasramātreṇa padātijanena sanātham aśvavṛndaṃ saṃdadarśa //
Harṣacarita, 1, 210.1 upāṃśu kathayeti kapolatalanatibimbitāṃ lajjayā karṇamūlamiva mālatīṃ praveśayantī madhurayā girā sudhīramuvāca sakhi mālati kimarthamevamabhidadhāsi kāhamavadhānadānasya
śarīrasya prāṇānāṃ vā sarvasyāprārthito 'pi prabhavatyevātivelaṃ cakṣuṣyo janaḥ //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 2, 41.1 śrutam apy adhigamya ye ripūn vinayante sma na
śarīrajanmanaḥ /
Kir, 2, 42.1 atipātitakālasādhanā
svaśarīrendriyavargatāpanī /
Kir, 5, 40.2 kathayati śivayoḥ
śarīrayogaṃ viṣamapadā padavī vivartaneṣu //
Kir, 14, 53.2 sakṛd vikṛṣṭād atha kārmukān muneḥ śarāḥ
śarīrād iti te 'bhimenire //
Kir, 18, 31.1 na rāgi cetaḥ paramā vilāsitā vadhūḥ
śarīre 'sti na cāsti manmathaḥ /
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 1, 50.2 samādideśaikavadhūṃ bhavitrīṃ premṇā
śarīrārdhaharāṃ harasya //
KumSaṃ, 1, 53.1 yadaiva pūrve janane
śarīraṃ sā dakṣaroṣāt sudatī sasarja /
KumSaṃ, 3, 8.2 yasyāḥ kariṣyāmi dṛḍhānutāpaṃ pravālaśayyāśaraṇaṃ
śarīram //
KumSaṃ, 5, 18.2 tadānapekṣya
svaśarīramārdavaṃ tapo mahat sā carituṃ pracakrame //
KumSaṃ, 5, 29.2 tapaḥ
śarīraiḥ kaṭhinair upārjitaṃ tapasvināṃ dūram adhaś cakāra sā //
KumSaṃ, 5, 30.2 viveśa kaścij jaṭilas tapovanaṃ
śarīrabaddhaḥ prathamāśramo yathā //
KumSaṃ, 5, 33.2 api svaśaktyā tapasi pravartase
śarīram ādyaṃ khalu dharmasādhanam //
KumSaṃ, 7, 6.2 tasyāḥ
śarīre pratikarma cakrur bandhustriyo yāḥ patiputravatyaḥ //
KumSaṃ, 7, 28.2 tayā tu
tasyārdhaśarīrabhājā paścātkṛtāḥ snigdhajanāśiṣo 'pi //
KumSaṃ, 7, 34.2 śarīramātraṃ vikṛtiṃ prapede tathaiva tasthuḥ phaṇaratnaśobhāḥ //
Kāmasūtra
KāSū, 1, 4, 15.1 avibhavastu
śarīramātro mallikāphenakakaṣāyamātraparicchadaḥ pūjyād deśād āgataḥ kalāsu vicakṣaṇastadupadeśena goṣṭhyāṃ veśocite ca vṛtte sādhayed ātmānam iti pīṭhamardaḥ //
KāSū, 3, 1, 2.1 tasmāt kanyām abhijanopetāṃ mātāpitṛmatīṃ trivarṣāt prabhṛti nyūnavayasaṃ ślāghyācāre dhanavati pakṣavati kule saṃbandhipriye saṃbandhibhir ākule prasūtāṃ prabhūtamātṛpitṛpakṣāṃ rūpaśīlalakṣaṇasampannām anyūnādhikāvinaṣṭadantanakhakarṇakeśākṣistanīm
arogiprakṛtiśarīrāṃ tathāvidha eva śrutavāñ śīlayet //
KāSū, 5, 1, 3.1 yadā tu sthānāt sthānāntaraṃ kāmaṃ pratipadyamānaṃ paśyet
tadātmaśarīropaghātatrāṇārthaṃ paraparigrahān abhyupagacchet //
KāSū, 6, 1, 5.1 mahākulīno viddhān sarvasamayajñaḥ kavir ākhyānakuśalo vāgmī pragalbho vividhaśilpajño vṛddhadarśī sthūlalakṣo mahotsāho dṛḍhabhaktir anasūyakastyāgī mitravatsalo ghaṭāgoṣṭhīprekṣaṇakasamājasamasyākrīḍanaśīlo nīrujo
'vyaṅgaśarīraḥ prāṇavānamadyapo vṛṣo maitraḥ strīṇāṃ praṇetā lālayitā ca /
KāSū, 6, 2, 4.19 tasyārthādhigame abhipretasiddhau
śarīropacaye vā pūrvasaṃbhāṣita iṣṭadevatopahāraḥ /
KāSū, 6, 6, 3.1 teṣāṃ phalaṃ kṛtasya vyayasya niṣphalatvam anāyatirāgam iṣyato 'rthasya nivartanam āptasya niṣkramaṇaṃ pāruṣyasya prāptir gamyatā
śarīrasya praghātaḥ keśānāṃ chedanaṃ pātanam aṅgavaikalyāpattiḥ /
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kūrmapurāṇa
KūPur, 2, 5, 23.2 dhyātvātmasthamacalaṃ sve
śarīre kaviṃ parebhyaḥ paramaṃ tatparaṃ ca //
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 44.77 svacittadṛśyadharmatābhiniveśānna santi ghaṭādayo dharmā bālaparikalpitā
alabdhaśarīrāḥ /
LAS, 2, 101.44 saha taireva mahāmate pañcabhirvijñānakāyair hetuviṣayaparicchedalakṣaṇāvadhārakaṃ nāma manovijñānaṃ
taddhetujaśarīraṃ pravartate /
LAS, 2, 132.12 tadyathā tṛṇakāṣṭhagulmalatāśrayānmāyāvidyāpuruṣasaṃyogāt sarvasattvarūpadhāriṇaṃ māyāpuruṣavigraham
abhiniṣpannaikasattvaśarīraṃ vividhakalpavikalpitaṃ khyāyate tathā khyāyannapi mahāmate tadātmako na bhavati evameva mahāmate paratantrasvabhāve parikalpitasvabhāve vividhavikalpacittavicitralakṣaṇaṃ khyāyate /
LAS, 2, 143.11 tadyathā mahāmate mano'pratihataṃ girikuḍyanadīvṛkṣādiṣvanekāni yojanaśatasahasrāṇi pūrvadṛṣṭānubhūtān viṣayānanusmaran
svacittaprabandhāvicchinnaśarīramapratihatagati pravartate evameva mahāmate manomayakāyasahapratilambhena māyopamasamena samādhinā balavaśitābhijñānalakṣaṇakusumitam āryagatinikāyasahajo mana iva pravartate'pratihatagatiḥ pūrvapraṇidhānaviṣayān anusmaran sattvaparipākārtham /
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 39, 13.1 śarīradehādisamucchrayaṃ ca cakṣuḥśrotre labhate kena saṃjñām /
MPur, 39, 16.2 ityaṣṭakehopacitaṃ hi viddhi mahātmanaḥ prāṇabhṛtaḥ
śarīre //
MPur, 40, 7.2 araṇyavāsī sukṛtaṃ dadhāti muktvā tv araṇye
svaśarīradhātūn //
MPur, 54, 15.1 bhujaṃganakṣatradine nakhāni
sampūjayenmatsyaśarīrabhājaḥ /
MPur, 55, 14.1 lalāṭamambhoruhavallabhāya puṣye'lakā
vedaśarīradhāriṇe /
MPur, 69, 61.1 snātaḥ purā maṇḍalameṣa tadvattejomayaṃ
vedaśarīramāpa /
MPur, 136, 67.2 puraṃ parāvṛtya nu te śarārditā yathā
śarīraṃ pavanodaye gatāḥ //
MPur, 138, 31.2 śarīrasadmakṣapaṇaṃ sughoraṃ yuddhaṃ pravṛttaṃ dṛḍhavairabaddham //
MPur, 154, 38.1 ditijasya
śarīramavāpya gataṃ śatadhā matibhedamivālpamanāḥ /
MPur, 154, 398.1 tvadīyamaṃśaṃ pravilokya kalmaṣātsvakaṃ
śarīraṃ parimokṣyate hi yaḥ /
MPur, 163, 100.1 paraṃ
śarīraṃ paramaṃ ca brahma paraṃ ca yogaṃ paramāṃ ca vāṇīm /
Nyāyabhāṣya
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 3, 2, 29, 1.1 āśugati manaḥ tasya
bahiḥśarīrātmapradeśena jñānasaṃskṛtena sannikarṣaḥ pratyāgatasya ca prayatnotpādanam ubhayaṃ yujyata iti //
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 3, 2, 38, 3.1 akṛtābhyāgamācca pravṛttir
vāgbuddhiśarīrārambha iti caitanye bhūtendriyamanasāṃ parakṛtaṃ karma puruṣeṇopabhujyata iti syād acaitanye tu tatsādhanasya svakṛtakarmaphalopabhogaḥ puruṣasyetyupapadyata iti //
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 4, 1, 11, 1.1 kena prakāreṇa kiṃdharmakāt kāraṇād vyaktaṃ
śarīrādyutpadyata iti vyaktād bhūtasamākhyātāt pṛthivyāditaḥ paramasūkṣmān nityād vyaktaṃ śarīrendriyaviṣayopakaraṇādhāraṃ prajñātaṃ dravyam utpadyate //
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 4, 1, 11, 1.1 kena prakāreṇa kiṃdharmakāt kāraṇād vyaktaṃ śarīrādyutpadyata iti vyaktād bhūtasamākhyātāt pṛthivyāditaḥ paramasūkṣmān nityād vyaktaṃ
śarīrendriyaviṣayopakaraṇādhāraṃ prajñātaṃ dravyam utpadyate //
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 6, 6.0 evam ihāpi yad etat pāśupatayogādhikaraṇaṃ liṅgam ity āśramaprativibhāgakaraṃ bhasmasnānaśayanānusnānanirmālyaikavāsādiniṣpannaṃ
svaśarīralīnaṃ pāśupatam iti laukikādijñānajanakaṃ tat //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 9, 179.0 ihādhyātmikādhibhautikādhidaivikānāṃ sarvadvaṃdvānāṃ manasi
śarīre ca upanipatitānāṃ sahiṣṇutvam apratīkāraśceti yasmāt kṛto 'trākrodhas tantre siddhaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 12, 18.0 taducyate kāryakaraṇaviśuddhilakṣaṇāḥ tatra kāryaviśuddhis tāvad yadaitad
devaśarīraṃ jvalantaṃ bhāsā dīpyantaṃ divi bhuvyantarikṣe ca rukmadaṇḍavad ucchritamātmānaṃ paśyati tadā divi aṇimā laghimā mahimā iti trayaḥ kāryaguṇā bhavanti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 24, 10.0 vikaraṇatvaṃ nāma
sthānaśarīrendriyaviṣayādisaṃniveśena vistaravibhāgaviśeṣataśca kāryakaraṇākhyābhiḥ kalābhir dharmajñānavairāgyaiśvaryādharmājñānāvairāgyānaiśvaryādibhiśca kṣetrajñasaṃyojanamityetad bhagavaty abhyadhikatvaṃ śeṣeṣu ca puruṣeṣu nyūnatvaṃ jñātvā yuktaṃ vaktuṃ kalavikaraṇāya namaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 26, 6.0 devamanuṣyādīnāṃ
sthānaśarīrendriyaviṣayādiṣu yā ratiḥ rañjanādhivāsanā tatsarvam antaradṛṣṭyā sarvamīśvarakṛtameva draṣṭavyamityetad bhagavatyabhyadhikatvaṃ śeṣeṣu ca puruṣeṣu nyūnatvaṃ jñātvā yuktaṃ vaktuṃ sarvabhūtadamanāya namaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 20, 19.0 atra pāpākhyena pātakena
vāniṣṭasthānaśarīrendriyaviṣayagato 'śubhaṃ bhuṅkte tenāpyaśubhena karmaṇā na lipyate na yujyata ityarthaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 39, 48.0 yadāyaṃ puruṣo jarājarjaritaḥ
kṛśaśarīraḥ śithilīkṛtanayanakapolanāsikābhrūdaśanāvaraṇaḥ krauñcajānuriva nirviṇṇo 'kṣidūṣikādiṣvapakarṣaṇādiṣv asamartho vihaṃga iva lūnapakṣo laṅghanaplavanadhāvanādiṣv asamarthaḥ pūrvātītāni bhogavyāyāmaśilpakarmāṇy anusmaramāṇaḥ smṛtivaikalyam āpanno 'vaśyaṃ kleśamanubhavati //
Ratnaṭīkā
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.1, 47.1 niratiśayadṛkkriyāśaktiḥ patitvaṃ tenaiśvaryeṇa nityasambandhitvaṃ sattvam anāgantukaiśvaryatvam ādyatvaṃ samastajanmarahitatvam ajātatvaṃ mahāsṛṣṭisaṃhārakartṛtvaṃ bhavodbhavatvaṃ paramotkṛṣṭaṃ guṇadharmanimittanāmābhidheyatvaṃ vāmatvaṃ duḥkhāntanimittadharmotpādakanāmābhidheyatvaṃ vā svecchayaivāśeṣakāryotpattyādikāraṇasvabhāvaḥ krīḍā taddharmitvaṃ devatvaṃ siddhasādhakapaśubhyaḥ paratvaṃ jyeṣṭhatvaṃ sargādāv api rutabhayasaṃyojakatvaṃ rudratvam karmādinirapekṣasya svecchayaivāśeṣakāryakartṛtvaṃ kāmitvaṃ śamasukhanirvāṇakaratvaṃ śaṃkaratvam antarasṛṣṭyām api saṃhārakartṛtvaṃ kālatvaṃ kāryakāraṇākhyānāṃ kalānāṃ
sthānaśarīrādibhāvena saṃyojakatvaṃ kalavikaraṇatvaṃ dharmādibalānāṃ yatheṣṭaṃ vṛttilābhalopākṣepakartṛtvaṃ balapramathanatvaṃ sarvadevamānuṣatiraścāṃ ratirañjanādhivāsanākartṛtvaṃ sarvabhūtadamanatvaṃ sakalaniṣkalāvasthāyās tulyaśaktitvaṃ manomanastvaṃ sukhakarānantaśarīrādhiṣṭātṛtvam aghoratvaṃ duḥkhakarānantaśarīrādhiṣṭātṛtvaṃ ghorataratvaṃ sarvavidyādikāryāṇāṃ vyāptādhiṣṭhātṛtvaṃ pūraṇaṃ yathepsitānantaśarīrādikaraṇaśaktiḥ pauruṣyam //
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.1, 47.1 niratiśayadṛkkriyāśaktiḥ patitvaṃ tenaiśvaryeṇa nityasambandhitvaṃ sattvam anāgantukaiśvaryatvam ādyatvaṃ samastajanmarahitatvam ajātatvaṃ mahāsṛṣṭisaṃhārakartṛtvaṃ bhavodbhavatvaṃ paramotkṛṣṭaṃ guṇadharmanimittanāmābhidheyatvaṃ vāmatvaṃ duḥkhāntanimittadharmotpādakanāmābhidheyatvaṃ vā svecchayaivāśeṣakāryotpattyādikāraṇasvabhāvaḥ krīḍā taddharmitvaṃ devatvaṃ siddhasādhakapaśubhyaḥ paratvaṃ jyeṣṭhatvaṃ sargādāv api rutabhayasaṃyojakatvaṃ rudratvam karmādinirapekṣasya svecchayaivāśeṣakāryakartṛtvaṃ kāmitvaṃ śamasukhanirvāṇakaratvaṃ śaṃkaratvam antarasṛṣṭyām api saṃhārakartṛtvaṃ kālatvaṃ kāryakāraṇākhyānāṃ kalānāṃ sthānaśarīrādibhāvena saṃyojakatvaṃ kalavikaraṇatvaṃ dharmādibalānāṃ yatheṣṭaṃ vṛttilābhalopākṣepakartṛtvaṃ balapramathanatvaṃ sarvadevamānuṣatiraścāṃ ratirañjanādhivāsanākartṛtvaṃ sarvabhūtadamanatvaṃ sakalaniṣkalāvasthāyās tulyaśaktitvaṃ manomanastvaṃ sukhakarānantaśarīrādhiṣṭātṛtvam aghoratvaṃ duḥkhakarānantaśarīrādhiṣṭātṛtvaṃ ghorataratvaṃ sarvavidyādikāryāṇāṃ vyāptādhiṣṭhātṛtvaṃ pūraṇaṃ
yathepsitānantaśarīrādikaraṇaśaktiḥ pauruṣyam //
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.2, 16.0 prāgapi rudrāyattatvāt sādhakasya rudro'styeva deśastathāpi prāganyavyapadeśo 'pyasti sāmprataṃ punaḥ
śarīrādirahitasya sarvadeśavikalatvād avadhāraṇaṃ karoti rudra eveti //
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 7.2, 58.0 tatrāsuptasyeva suptaliṅgapradarśanaṃ krāthanaṃ vāyvabhibhūtasyeva
śarīrāvayavānāṃ kampanaṃ spandanam upahatapādendriyasyeva gamanaṃ mandanam //
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 7, 4.1 tatra
manaḥśarīrābādhakarāṇi śalyāni teṣāmāharaṇopāyo yantrāṇi //
Su, Sū., 10, 5.1 tatra śrotrendriyavijñeyā viśeṣā rogeṣu vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyādiṣu vakṣyante tatra saphenaṃ raktamīrayannanilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchati ity evamādayaḥ sparśanendriyavijñeyāḥ śītoṣṇaślakṣṇakarkaśamṛdukaṭhinatvādayaḥ sparśaviśeṣā jvaraśophādiṣu cakṣurindriyavijñeyāḥ
śarīropacayāpacayāyurlakṣaṇabalavarṇavikārādayaḥ rasanendriyavijñeyāḥ pramehādiṣu rasaviśeṣāḥ ghrāṇendriyavijñeyā ariṣṭaliṅgādiṣu vraṇānāmavraṇānāṃ ca gandhaviśeṣāḥ praśnena ca vijānīyāddeśaṃ kālaṃ jātiṃ sātmyamātaṅkasamutpattiṃ vedanāsamucchrāyaṃ balamantaragniṃ vātamūtrapurīṣāṇāṃ pravṛttyapravṛttī kālaprakarṣādīṃś ca viśeṣān /
Su, Sū., 13, 13.0 tāsāṃ yavanapāṇḍyasahyapautanādīni kṣetrāṇi teṣu
mahāśarīrā balavatyaḥ śīghrapāyinyo mahāśanā nirviṣāś ca viśeṣeṇa bhavanti //
Su, Sū., 14, 3.1 tatra pāñcabhautikasya caturvidhasya ṣaḍrasasya dvividhavīryasyāṣṭavidhavīryasya vānekaguṇasyopayuktasyāhārasya samyakpariṇatasya yastejobhūtaḥ sāraḥ paramasūkṣmaḥ sa rasa ity ucyate tasya ca hṛdayaṃ sthānaṃ sa hṛdayāc caturviṃśatidhamanīr anupraviśyordhvagā daśa daśa cādhogāminyaś catasraś ca tiryaggāḥ kṛtsnaṃ
śarīramaharahastarpayati vardhayati dhārayati yāpayati cādṛṣṭahetukena karmaṇā /
Su, Sū., 14, 3.2 tasya
śarīram anusarato 'numānād gatir upalakṣayitavyā kṣayavṛddhivaikṛtaiḥ /
Su, Sū., 14, 3.3 tasmin
sarvaśarīrāvayavadoṣadhātumalāśayānusāriṇi rase jijñāsā kimayaṃ saumyastaijasa iti /
Su, Sū., 14, 16.1 sa śabdārcirjalasaṃtānavad aṇunā viśeṣeṇānudhāvatyevaṃ
śarīraṃ kevalam //
Su, Sū., 14, 19.1 sa evānnaraso vṛddhānāṃ
jarāparipakvaśarīratvād aprīṇano bhavati //
Su, Sū., 15, 3.1 doṣadhātumalamūlaṃ hi
śarīraṃ tasmād eteṣāṃ lakṣaṇamucyamānam upadhāraya //
Su, Sū., 15, 4.1 tatra praspandanodvahanapūraṇavivekadhāraṇalakṣaṇo vāyuḥ pañcadhā pravibhaktaḥ
śarīraṃ dhārayati /
Su, Sū., 15, 5.1 rasastuṣṭiṃ prīṇanaṃ raktapuṣṭiṃ ca karoti raktaṃ varṇaprasādaṃ māṃsapuṣṭiṃ jīvayati ca māṃsaṃ
śarīrapuṣṭiṃ medasaś ca medaḥ snehasvedau dṛḍhatvaṃ puṣṭimasthnāṃ ca asthīni dehadhāraṇaṃ majjñaḥ puṣṭiṃ ca majjā prītiṃ snehaṃ balaṃ śukrapuṣṭiṃ pūraṇamasthnāṃ ca karoti śukraṃ dhairyaṃ cyavanaṃ prītiṃ dehabalaṃ harṣaṃ bījārthaṃ ca /
Su, Sū., 15, 32.2 tatra śleṣmalāhārasevino 'dhyaśanaśīlasyāvyāyāmino divāsvapnaratasya cāma evānnaraso madhurataraś ca
śarīramanukrāmannatisnehānmedo janayati tadatisthaulyamāpādayati tamatisthūlaṃ kṣudraśvāsapipāsākṣutsvapnasvedagātradaurgandhyakrathanagātrasādagadgadatvāni kṣipramevāviśanti saukumāryānmedasaḥ sarvakriyāsvasamarthaḥ kaphamedoniruddhamārgatvāccālpavyavāyo bhavati āvṛtamārgatvādeva śeṣā dhātavo nāpyāyante 'tyarthamato 'lpaprāṇo bhavati pramehapiḍakājvarabhagaṃdaravidradhivātavikārāṇām anyatamaṃ prāpya pañcatvam upayāti /
Su, Sū., 15, 33.1 tatra punarvātalāhārasevino 'tivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanabhayaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇapipāsākṣutkaṣāyālpāśanaprabhṛtibhir upaśoṣito rasadhātuḥ
śarīram ananukrāmann alpatvānna prīṇāti tasmād atikārśyaṃ bhavati so 'tikṛśaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavātavarṣabhārādāneṣv asahiṣṇur vātarogaprāyo 'lpaprāṇaś ca kriyāsu bhavati śvāsakāsaśoṣaplīhodarāgnisādagulmaraktapittānām anyatamam āsādya maraṇam upayāti sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto bhavantyalpaprāṇatvāt atastasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet /
Su, Sū., 15, 34.1 yaḥ punarubhayasādhāraṇānyāseveta tasyānnarasaḥ
śarīramanukrāman samān dhātūnupacinoti samadhātutvānmadhyaśarīro bhavati sarvakriyāsu samarthaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavarṣātapasaho balavāṃś ca sa satatam anupālayitavya iti //
Su, Sū., 15, 34.1 yaḥ punarubhayasādhāraṇānyāseveta tasyānnarasaḥ śarīramanukrāman samān dhātūnupacinoti
samadhātutvānmadhyaśarīro bhavati sarvakriyāsu samarthaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavarṣātapasaho balavāṃś ca sa satatam anupālayitavya iti //
Su, Sū., 17, 3.1 śophasamutthānā granthividradhyalajīprabhṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyādhayo 'bhihitā anekākṛtayaḥ tair vilakṣaṇaḥ pṛthurgrathitaḥ samo viṣamo vā tvaṅmāṃsasthāyī doṣasaṃghātaḥ
śarīraikadeśotthitaḥ śopha ityucyate //
Su, Sū., 18, 18.1 tatra kośam aṅguṣṭhāṅguliparvasu vidadhyāt dāma saṃbādhe 'ṅge sandhikūrcakabhrūstanāntaratalakarṇeṣu svastikam anuvellitaṃ tu śākhāsu grīvāmeḍhrayoḥ pratolīṃ vṛtte 'ṅge maṇḍalam aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimeḍhrāgreṣu sthagikāṃ yamalavraṇayor yamakaṃ hanuśaṅkhagaṇḍeṣu khaṭvām apāṅgayoścīnaṃ pṛṣṭhodaroraḥsu vibandhaṃ mūrdhani vitānaṃ cibukanāsauṣṭhāṃsabastiṣu gophaṇāṃ jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ pañcāṅgīmiti yo vā yasmin
śarīrapradeśe suniviṣṭo bhavati taṃ tasmin vidadhyāt //
Su, Sū., 21, 3.2 tair evāvyāpannair adhomadhyordhvasaṃniviṣṭaiḥ
śarīramidaṃ dhāryate 'gāram iva sthūṇābhis tisṛbhir ataś ca tristhūṇamāhureke /
Su, Sū., 21, 3.4 tadebhir eva śoṇitacaturthaiḥ sambhavasthitipralayeṣvapy avirahitaṃ
śarīraṃ bhavati //
Su, Sū., 21, 10.1 taccādṛṣṭahetukena viśeṣeṇa pakvāmāśayamadhyasthaṃ pittaṃ caturvidhamannapānaṃ pacati vivecayati ca doṣarasamūtrapurīṣāṇi tatrastham eva cātmaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ pittasthānānāṃ
śarīrasya cāgnikarmaṇānugrahaṃ karoti tasmin pitte pācako 'gniriti saṃjñā yattu yakṛtplīhnoḥ pittaṃ tasmin rañjako 'gniriti saṃjñā sa rasasya rāgakṛduktaḥ yat pittaṃ hṛdayasaṃsthaṃ tasmin sādhako 'gniriti saṃjñā so 'bhiprārthitamanorathasādhanakṛd uktaḥ yaddṛṣṭyāṃ pittaṃ tasminnālocako 'gniriti saṃjñā sa rūpagrahaṇādhikṛtaḥ yattu tvaci pittaṃ tasmin bhrājako 'gniriti saṃjñā so 'bhyaṅgapariṣekāvagāhāvalepanādīnāṃ kriyādravyāṇāṃ paktā chāyānāṃ ca prakāśakaḥ //
Su, Sū., 21, 14.1 sa tatrastha eva svaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ śleṣmasthānānāṃ
śarīrasya codakakarmaṇānugrahaṃ karoti uraḥsthas trikasaṃdhāraṇam ātmavīryeṇānnarasasahitena hṛdayāvalambanaṃ karoti jihvāmūlakaṇṭhastho jihvendriyasya saumyatvāt samyagrasajñāne vartate śiraḥsthaḥ snehasaṃtarpaṇādhikṛtatvād indriyāṇām ātmavīryeṇānugrahaṃ karoti saṃdhisthastu śleṣmā sarvasaṃdhisaṃśleṣāt sarvasaṃdhyanugrahaṃ karoti //
Su, Sū., 21, 33.2 evaṃ prakupitāḥ tāṃstān
śarīrapradeśānāgamya tāṃstān vyādhīn janayanti /
Su, Sū., 26, 5.1 sarvaśarīrābādhakaraṃ śalyaṃ tadihopadiśyata ityataḥ śalyaśāstram //
Su, Sū., 26, 9.1 tāni vegakṣayāt pratighātādvā tvagādiṣu vraṇavastuṣvavatiṣṭhante dhamanīsroto'sthivivarapeśīprabhṛtiṣu vā
śarīrapradeśeṣu //
Su, Sū., 32, 4.1 svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ
śarīraikadeśānām avasrastotkṣiptabhrāntāvakṣiptapatitavimuktanirgatāntargatagurulaghutvāni pravālavarṇavyaṅgaprādurbhāvo vāpyakasmāt sirāṇāṃ ca darśanaṃ lalāṭe nāsāvaṃśe vā piḍakotpattiḥ lalāṭe prabhātakāle svedaḥ netrarogādvinā vāśrupravṛttiḥ gomayacūrṇaprakāśasya vā rajaso darśanamuttamāṅge nilayanaṃ vā kapotakaṅkakākaprabhṛtīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣavṛddhir abhuñjānānāṃ tatpraṇāśo bhuñjānānāṃ vā stanamūlahṛdayoraḥsu ca śūlotpattayaḥ madhye śūnatvamanteṣu parimlāyitvaṃ viparyayo vā tathārdhāṅge śvayathuḥ śoṣo 'ṅgapakṣayor vā naṣṭahīnavikalavikṛtasvaratā vā vivarṇapuṣpaprādurbhāvo vā dantamukhanakhaśarīreṣu yasya vāpsu kaphapurīṣaretāṃsi nimajjanti yasya vā dṛṣṭimaṇḍale bhinnavikṛtāni rūpāṇyālokyante snehābhyaktakeśāṅga iva yo bhāti yaś ca durbalo bhaktadveṣātisārābhyāṃ pīḍyate kāsamānaś ca tṛṣṇābhibhūtaḥ kṣīṇaś chardibhaktadveṣayuktaḥ saphenapūyarudhirodvāmī hatasvaraḥ śūlābhipannaś ca manuṣyaḥ śūnakaracaraṇavadanaḥ kṣīṇo 'nnadveṣī srastapiṇḍikāṃsapāṇipādo jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ yastu pūrvāhṇe bhuktam aparāhṇe chardayatyavidagdhamatisāryate vā jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ sa śvāsānmriyate bastavadvilapan yaś ca bhūmau patati srastamuṣkaḥ stabdhameḍhro bhagnagrīvaḥ pranaṣṭamehanaś ca manuṣyaḥ prāgviśuṣyamāṇahṛdaya ārdraśarīraḥ yaś ca loṣṭaṃ loṣṭenābhihanti kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhena tṛṇāni vā chinatti adharoṣṭhaṃ daśati uttaroṣṭhaṃ vā leḍhi āluñcati vā karṇau keśāṃś ca devadvijagurusuhṛdvaidyāṃś ca dveṣṭi yasya vakrānuvakragā grahā garhitasthānagatāḥ pīḍayanti janmarkṣaṃ vā yasyolkāśanibhyāmabhihanyate horā vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvo veti //
Su, Sū., 32, 4.1 svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ śarīraikadeśānām avasrastotkṣiptabhrāntāvakṣiptapatitavimuktanirgatāntargatagurulaghutvāni pravālavarṇavyaṅgaprādurbhāvo vāpyakasmāt sirāṇāṃ ca darśanaṃ lalāṭe nāsāvaṃśe vā piḍakotpattiḥ lalāṭe prabhātakāle svedaḥ netrarogādvinā vāśrupravṛttiḥ gomayacūrṇaprakāśasya vā rajaso darśanamuttamāṅge nilayanaṃ vā kapotakaṅkakākaprabhṛtīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣavṛddhir abhuñjānānāṃ tatpraṇāśo bhuñjānānāṃ vā stanamūlahṛdayoraḥsu ca śūlotpattayaḥ madhye śūnatvamanteṣu parimlāyitvaṃ viparyayo vā tathārdhāṅge śvayathuḥ śoṣo 'ṅgapakṣayor vā naṣṭahīnavikalavikṛtasvaratā vā vivarṇapuṣpaprādurbhāvo vā
dantamukhanakhaśarīreṣu yasya vāpsu kaphapurīṣaretāṃsi nimajjanti yasya vā dṛṣṭimaṇḍale bhinnavikṛtāni rūpāṇyālokyante snehābhyaktakeśāṅga iva yo bhāti yaś ca durbalo bhaktadveṣātisārābhyāṃ pīḍyate kāsamānaś ca tṛṣṇābhibhūtaḥ kṣīṇaś chardibhaktadveṣayuktaḥ saphenapūyarudhirodvāmī hatasvaraḥ śūlābhipannaś ca manuṣyaḥ śūnakaracaraṇavadanaḥ kṣīṇo 'nnadveṣī srastapiṇḍikāṃsapāṇipādo jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ yastu pūrvāhṇe bhuktam aparāhṇe chardayatyavidagdhamatisāryate vā jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ sa śvāsānmriyate bastavadvilapan yaś ca bhūmau patati srastamuṣkaḥ stabdhameḍhro bhagnagrīvaḥ pranaṣṭamehanaś ca manuṣyaḥ prāgviśuṣyamāṇahṛdaya ārdraśarīraḥ yaś ca loṣṭaṃ loṣṭenābhihanti kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhena tṛṇāni vā chinatti adharoṣṭhaṃ daśati uttaroṣṭhaṃ vā leḍhi āluñcati vā karṇau keśāṃś ca devadvijagurusuhṛdvaidyāṃś ca dveṣṭi yasya vakrānuvakragā grahā garhitasthānagatāḥ pīḍayanti janmarkṣaṃ vā yasyolkāśanibhyāmabhihanyate horā vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvo veti //
Su, Sū., 32, 4.1 svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ śarīraikadeśānām avasrastotkṣiptabhrāntāvakṣiptapatitavimuktanirgatāntargatagurulaghutvāni pravālavarṇavyaṅgaprādurbhāvo vāpyakasmāt sirāṇāṃ ca darśanaṃ lalāṭe nāsāvaṃśe vā piḍakotpattiḥ lalāṭe prabhātakāle svedaḥ netrarogādvinā vāśrupravṛttiḥ gomayacūrṇaprakāśasya vā rajaso darśanamuttamāṅge nilayanaṃ vā kapotakaṅkakākaprabhṛtīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣavṛddhir abhuñjānānāṃ tatpraṇāśo bhuñjānānāṃ vā stanamūlahṛdayoraḥsu ca śūlotpattayaḥ madhye śūnatvamanteṣu parimlāyitvaṃ viparyayo vā tathārdhāṅge śvayathuḥ śoṣo 'ṅgapakṣayor vā naṣṭahīnavikalavikṛtasvaratā vā vivarṇapuṣpaprādurbhāvo vā dantamukhanakhaśarīreṣu yasya vāpsu kaphapurīṣaretāṃsi nimajjanti yasya vā dṛṣṭimaṇḍale bhinnavikṛtāni rūpāṇyālokyante snehābhyaktakeśāṅga iva yo bhāti yaś ca durbalo bhaktadveṣātisārābhyāṃ pīḍyate kāsamānaś ca tṛṣṇābhibhūtaḥ kṣīṇaś chardibhaktadveṣayuktaḥ saphenapūyarudhirodvāmī hatasvaraḥ śūlābhipannaś ca manuṣyaḥ śūnakaracaraṇavadanaḥ kṣīṇo 'nnadveṣī srastapiṇḍikāṃsapāṇipādo jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ yastu pūrvāhṇe bhuktam aparāhṇe chardayatyavidagdhamatisāryate vā jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ sa śvāsānmriyate bastavadvilapan yaś ca bhūmau patati srastamuṣkaḥ stabdhameḍhro bhagnagrīvaḥ pranaṣṭamehanaś ca manuṣyaḥ prāgviśuṣyamāṇahṛdaya
ārdraśarīraḥ yaś ca loṣṭaṃ loṣṭenābhihanti kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhena tṛṇāni vā chinatti adharoṣṭhaṃ daśati uttaroṣṭhaṃ vā leḍhi āluñcati vā karṇau keśāṃś ca devadvijagurusuhṛdvaidyāṃś ca dveṣṭi yasya vakrānuvakragā grahā garhitasthānagatāḥ pīḍayanti janmarkṣaṃ vā yasyolkāśanibhyāmabhihanyate horā vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvo veti //
Su, Sū., 35, 4.1 tatra mahāpāṇipādapārśvapṛṣṭhastanāgradaśanavadanaskandhalalāṭaṃ dīrghāṅguliparvocchvāsaprekṣaṇabāhuṃ vistīrṇabhrūstanāntaroraskaṃ hrasvajaṅghāmeḍhragrīvaṃ gambhīrasattvasvaranābhim anuccair baddhastanam upacitamahāromaśakarṇaṃ paścānmastiṣkaṃ snātānuliptaṃ mūrdhānupūrvyā
viśuṣyamāṇaśarīraṃ paścācca viśuṣyamāṇahṛdayaṃ puruṣaṃ jānīyāddīrghāyuḥ khalvayam iti /
Su, Sū., 35, 16.1 atha sārān vakṣyāmaḥ smṛtibhaktiprajñāśauryaśaucopetaṃ kalyāṇābhiniveśaṃ sattvasāraṃ vidyāt snigdhasaṃhataśvetāsthidantanakhaṃ bahulakāmaprajaṃ śukreṇa akṛśamuttamabalaṃ snigdhagambhīrasvaraṃ saubhāgyopapannaṃ mahānetraṃ ca majjñā mahāśiraḥskandhaṃ dṛḍhadantahanvasthinakhamasthibhiḥ snigdhamūtrasvedasvaraṃ
bṛhaccharīram āyāsāsahiṣṇuṃ medasā acchidragātraṃ gūḍhāsthisandhiṃ māṃsopacitaṃ ca māṃsena snigdhatāmranakhanayanatālujihvauṣṭhapāṇipādatalaṃ raktena suprasannamṛdutvagromāṇaṃ tvaksāraṃ vidyād iti /
Su, Sū., 35, 42.2 tatra bahūdakanimnonnatanadīvarṣagahano mṛduśītānilo bahumahāparvatavṛkṣo
mṛdusukumāropacitaśarīramanuṣyaprāyaḥ kaphavātarogabhūyiṣṭhaś cānūpaḥ ākāśasamaḥ praviralālpakaṇṭakivṛkṣaprāyo 'lpavarṣaprasravaṇodapānodakaprāya uṣṇadāruṇavātaḥ praviralālpaśailaḥ sthirakṛśaśarīramanuṣyaprāyo vātapittarogabhūyiṣṭhaś ca jāṅgalaḥ ubhayadeśalakṣaṇaḥ sādhāraṇa iti //
Su, Sū., 35, 42.2 tatra bahūdakanimnonnatanadīvarṣagahano mṛduśītānilo bahumahāparvatavṛkṣo mṛdusukumāropacitaśarīramanuṣyaprāyaḥ kaphavātarogabhūyiṣṭhaś cānūpaḥ ākāśasamaḥ praviralālpakaṇṭakivṛkṣaprāyo 'lpavarṣaprasravaṇodapānodakaprāya uṣṇadāruṇavātaḥ praviralālpaśailaḥ
sthirakṛśaśarīramanuṣyaprāyo vātapittarogabhūyiṣṭhaś ca jāṅgalaḥ ubhayadeśalakṣaṇaḥ sādhāraṇa iti //
Su, Sū., 42, 10.2 amlo jaraṇaḥ pācano dīpanaḥ pavananigrahaṇo 'nulomanaḥ koṣṭhavidāhī bahiḥśītaḥ kledanaḥ prāyaśo hṛdyaś ceti sa evaṃguṇo 'pyeka evātyartham upasevyamāno
dantaharṣanayanasammīlanaromasaṃvejanakaphavilayanaśarīraśaithilyāny āpādayati tathā kṣatābhihatadagdhadaṣṭabhagnaśūnarugṇapracyutāvamūtritavisarpitacchinnabhinnaviddhotpiṣṭādīni pācayatyāgneyasvabhāvāt paridahati kaṇṭhamuro hṛdayaṃ ceti /
Su, Sū., 42, 10.3 lavaṇaḥ saṃśodhanaḥ pācano viśleṣaṇaḥ kledanaḥ śaithilyakṛduṣṇaḥ sarvarasapratyanīko mārgaviśodhanaḥ
sarvaśarīrāvayavamārdavakaraś ceti sa evaṃguṇo 'pyeka evātyartham āsevyamāno gātrakaṇḍūkoṭhaśophavaivarṇyapuṃstvopaghātendriyopatāpamukhākṣipākaraktapittavātaśoṇitāmlīkāprabhṛtīn āpādayati /
Su, Sū., 46, 129.1 striyaś catuṣpātsu pumāṃso vihaṅgeṣu
mahāśarīreṣvalpaśarīrā alpaśarīreṣu mahāśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ evamekajātīyānāṃ mahāśarīrebhyaḥ kṛśaśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ //
Su, Sū., 46, 129.1 striyaś catuṣpātsu pumāṃso vihaṅgeṣu
mahāśarīreṣvalpaśarīrā alpaśarīreṣu mahāśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ evamekajātīyānāṃ mahāśarīrebhyaḥ kṛśaśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ //
Su, Sū., 46, 129.1 striyaś catuṣpātsu pumāṃso vihaṅgeṣu mahāśarīreṣvalpaśarīrā
alpaśarīreṣu mahāśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ evamekajātīyānāṃ mahāśarīrebhyaḥ kṛśaśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ //
Su, Sū., 46, 129.1 striyaś catuṣpātsu pumāṃso vihaṅgeṣu mahāśarīreṣvalpaśarīrā alpaśarīreṣu
mahāśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ evamekajātīyānāṃ mahāśarīrebhyaḥ kṛśaśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ //
Su, Sū., 46, 129.1 striyaś catuṣpātsu pumāṃso vihaṅgeṣu mahāśarīreṣvalpaśarīrā alpaśarīreṣu mahāśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ evamekajātīyānāṃ
mahāśarīrebhyaḥ kṛśaśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ //
Su, Sū., 46, 129.1 striyaś catuṣpātsu pumāṃso vihaṅgeṣu mahāśarīreṣvalpaśarīrā alpaśarīreṣu mahāśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ evamekajātīyānāṃ mahāśarīrebhyaḥ
kṛśaśarīrāḥ pradhānatamāḥ //
Su, Sū., 46, 137.2 sarvaprāṇināṃ
sarvaśarīreṣu ye pradhānatamā bhavanti yakṛtpradeśavartinastānādadīta pradhānālābhe madhyamavayaskaṃ sadyaskamakliṣṭamupādeyaṃ māṃsam iti //
Su, Nid., 6, 14.1 tatra
vasāmedobhyāmabhipannaśarīrasya tribhir doṣaiścānugatadhātoḥ pramehiṇo daśa piḍakā jāyante /
Su, Nid., 8, 5.1 tatra kaściddvābhyāṃ sakthibhyāṃ yonimukhaṃ pratipadyate kaścidābhugnaikasakthirekena
kaścidābhugnasakthiśarīraḥ sphigdeśena tiryagāgataḥ kaściduraḥpārśvapṛṣṭhānām anyatamena yonidvāraṃ pidhāyāvatiṣṭhate antaḥpārśvāpavṛttaśirāḥ kaścidekena bāhunā kaścidābhugnaśirā bāhudvayena kaścidābhugnamadhyo hastapādaśirobhiḥ kaścidekena sakthnā yonimukhaṃ pratipadyate 'pareṇa pāyum ityaṣṭavidhā mūḍhagarbhagatiruddiṣṭā samāsena //
Su, Śār., 1, 19.1 āntarikṣās tu śabdaḥ śabdendriyaṃ sarvacchidrasamūho viviktatā ca vāyavyāstu sparśaḥ sparśendriyaṃ sarvaceṣṭāsamūhaḥ
sarvaśarīraspandanaṃ laghutā ca taijasās tu rūpaṃ rūpendriyaṃ varṇaḥ saṃtāpo bhrājiṣṇutā paktiramarṣastaikṣṇyaṃ śauryaṃ ca āpyāstu raso rasanendriyaṃ sarvadravasamūho gurutā śaityaṃ sneho retaśca pārthivāstu gandho gandhendriyaṃ sarvamūrtasamūho gurutā ceti //
Su, Śār., 3, 4.1 tatra strīpuṃsayoḥ saṃyoge tejaḥ
śarīrādvāyurudīrayati tatas tejo'nilasaṃnipātācchukraṃ cyutaṃ yonim abhipratipadyate saṃsṛjyate cārtavena tato 'gnīṣomasaṃyogāt saṃsṛjyamāno garbhāśayamanupratipadyate kṣetrajño vedayitā spraṣṭā ghrātā draṣṭā śrotā rasayitā puruṣaḥ sraṣṭā gantā sākṣī dhātā vaktā yaḥ ko 'sāv ityevamādibhiḥ paryāyavācakair nāmabhir abhidhīyate daivasaṃyogādakṣayo 'cintyo bhūtātmanā sahānvakṣaṃ sattvarajastamobhir daivāsurair aparaiś ca bhāvair vāyunābhipreryamāṇo garbhāśayam anupraviśyāvatiṣṭhate //
Su, Śār., 3, 31.3 asaṃjātāṅgapratyaṅgapravibhāgam ā niṣekāt prabhṛti
sarvaśarīrāvayavānusāriṇīnāṃ rasavahānāṃ tiryaggatānāṃ dhamanīnām upasneho jīvayati //
Su, Śār., 3, 32.1 garbhasya khalu sambhavataḥ pūrvaṃ śiraḥ sambhavatītyāha śaunakaḥ śiromūlatvāt pradhānendriyāṇāṃ hṛdayamiti kṛtavīryo buddhermanasaś ca sthānatvāt nābhir iti pārāśaryas tato hi vardhate deho dehinaḥ pāṇipādamiti mārkaṇḍeyas tanmūlatvācceṣṭāyā garbhasya
madhyaśarīramiti subhūtir gautamas tannibaddhatvāt sarvagātrasambhavasya tattu na samyak sarvāṇyaṅgapratyaṅgāni yugapat sambhavantītyāha dhanvantarir garbhasya sūkṣmatvānnopalabhyante vaṃśāṅkuravac cūtaphalavacca tadyathā cūtaphale paripakve kesaramāṃsāsthimajjānaḥ pṛthak pṛthag dṛśyante kālaprakarṣāt tānyeva taruṇe nopalabhyante sūkṣmatvāt teṣāṃ sūkṣmāṇāṃ kesarādīnāṃ kālaḥ pravyaktatāṃ karoti etenaiva vaṃśāṅkuro 'pi vyākhyātaḥ /
Su, Śār., 3, 33.1 tatra garbhasya pitṛjamātṛjarasajātmajasattvajasātmyajāni
śarīralakṣaṇāni vyākhyāsyāmaḥ /
Su, Śār., 3, 33.2 garbhasya keśaśmaśrulomāsthinakhadantasirāsnāyudhamanīretaḥprabhṛtīni sthirāṇi pitṛjāni māṃsaśoṇitamedomajjahṛnnābhiyakṛtplīhāntragudaprabhṛtīni mṛdūni mātṛjāni
śarīropacayo balaṃ varṇaḥ sthitirhāniś ca rasajāni indriyāṇi jñānaṃ vijñānamāyuḥ sukhaduḥkhādikaṃ cātmajāni sattvajānyuttaratra vakṣyāmo vīryamārogyaṃ balavarṇau medhā ca sātmyajāni //
Su, Śār., 4, 33.2 tatra yadā saṃjñāvahāni srotāṃsi tamobhūyiṣṭhaḥ śleṣmā pratipadyate tadā tāmasī nāma nidrā bhavatyanavabodhinī sā pralayakāle tamobhūyiṣṭhānām ahaḥsu niśāsu ca bhavati rajobhūyiṣṭhānāmanimittaṃ sattvabhūyiṣṭhānāmardharātre kṣīṇaśleṣmaṇām anilabahulānāṃ
manaḥśarīrābhitāpavatāṃ ca naiva sā vaikārikī bhavati //
Su, Śār., 4, 80.2 sthiravipulaśarīraḥ pārthivaś ca kṣamāvān śuciratha cirajīvī nābhasaḥ khair mahadbhiḥ //
Su, Śār., 5, 3.2 taṃ cetanāvasthitaṃ vāyurvibhajati teja enaṃ pacati āpaḥ kledayanti pṛthivī saṃhanti ākāśaṃ vivardhayati evaṃ vivardhitaḥ sa yadā hastapādajihvāghrāṇakarṇanitambādibhir aṅgair upetas tadā
śarīram iti saṃjñāṃ labhate /
Su, Śār., 5, 12.1 māṃsasirāsnāyvasthijālāni pratyekaṃ catvāri catvāri tāni maṇibandhagulphasaṃśritāni parasparanibaddhāni parasparasaṃśliṣṭāni parasparagavākṣitāni ceti yair gavākṣitamidaṃ
śarīram //
Su, Śār., 6, 34.2 saṃbhinnajarjaritakoṣṭhaśiraḥkapālā jīvanti śastravihataiś ca
śarīradeśaiḥ //
Su, Śār., 7, 3.1 sapta sirāśatāni bhavanti yābhir idaṃ
śarīramārāma iva jalahāriṇībhiḥ kedāra iva ca kulyābhir upasnihyate 'nugṛhyate cākuñcanaprasāraṇādibhir viśeṣaiḥ drumapatrasevanīnām iva ca tāsāṃ pratānāḥ tāsāṃ nābhir mūlaṃ tataś ca prasarantyūrdhvamadhastiryak ca //
Su, Śār., 8, 6.1 tatra snigdhasvinnamāturaṃ yathādoṣapratyanīkaṃ dravaprāyamannaṃ bhuktavantaṃ yavāgūṃ pītavantaṃ vā yathākālam upasthāpyāsīnaṃ sthitaṃ vā prāṇānabādhamāno vastrapaṭṭacarmāntarvalkalalatānāmanyatamena yantrayitvā nātigāḍhaṃ nātiśithilaṃ
śarīrapradeśamāsādya prāptaṃ śastramādāya sirāṃ vidhyet //
Su, Śār., 8, 8.11 evaṃ yantropāyānanyāṃśca sirotthāpanahetūn buddhyāvekṣya
śarīravaśena vyādhivaśena ca vidadhyāt //
Su, Śār., 9, 5.1 ūrdhvagāḥ śabdasparśarūparasagandhapraśvāsocchvāsajṛmbhitakṣuddhasitakathitaruditādīn viśeṣān abhivahantyaḥ
śarīraṃ dhārayanti tāstu hṛdayam abhiprapannāstridhā jāyante tāstriṃśat /
Su, Śār., 9, 7.2 tāstu pittāśayam abhiprapannāstatrastham evānnapānarasaṃ vipakvam auṣṇyād vivecayantyo 'bhivahantyaḥ
śarīraṃ tarpayanti arpayanti cordhvagānāṃ tiryaggāṇāṃ ca rasasthānaṃ cābhipūrayanti mūtrapurīṣasvedāṃś ca vivecayanti āmapakvāśayāntare ca tridhā jāyante tāstriṃśat tāsāṃ tu vātapittakaphaśoṇitarasān dve dve vahatastā daśa dve 'nnavāhinyāvantrāśrite toyavahe dve mūtrabastimabhiprapanne mūtravahe dve śukravahe dve śukraprādurbhāvāya dve visargāya te eva raktamabhivahato nārīṇāmārtavasaṃjñaṃ dve varconirasanyau sthūlāntrapratibaddhe aṣṭāvanyāstiryaggāṇāṃ dhamanīnāṃ svedamarpayanti tāstvetāstriṃśat savibhāgā vyākhyātāḥ /
Su, Śār., 9, 9.1 tiryaggāṇāṃ tu catasṛṇāṃ dhamanīnāmekaikā śatadhā sahasradhā cottarottaraṃ vibhajyante tāstvasaṃkhyeyās tābhir idaṃ
śarīraṃ gavākṣitaṃ vibaddhamātataṃ ca tāsāṃ mukhāni romakūpapratibaddhāni yaiḥ svedamabhivahanti rasaṃ cābhitarpayantyantarbahiśca tair eva cābhyaṅgapariṣekāvagāhālepanavīryāṇy antaḥśarīram abhipratipadyante tvaci vipakvāni tair eva ca sparśaṃ sukhamasukhaṃ vā gṛhṇāti tāstvetāścatasro dhamanyaḥ sarvāṅgagatāḥ savibhāgā vyākhyātāḥ //
Su, Śār., 9, 9.1 tiryaggāṇāṃ tu catasṛṇāṃ dhamanīnāmekaikā śatadhā sahasradhā cottarottaraṃ vibhajyante tāstvasaṃkhyeyās tābhir idaṃ śarīraṃ gavākṣitaṃ vibaddhamātataṃ ca tāsāṃ mukhāni romakūpapratibaddhāni yaiḥ svedamabhivahanti rasaṃ cābhitarpayantyantarbahiśca tair eva cābhyaṅgapariṣekāvagāhālepanavīryāṇy
antaḥśarīram abhipratipadyante tvaci vipakvāni tair eva ca sparśaṃ sukhamasukhaṃ vā gṛhṇāti tāstvetāścatasro dhamanyaḥ sarvāṅgagatāḥ savibhāgā vyākhyātāḥ //
Su, Śār., 10, 3.1 garbhiṇī prathamadivasāt prabhṛti nityaṃ prahṛṣṭā śucyalaṃkṛtā śuklavasanā śāntimaṅgaladevatābrāhmaṇaguruparā ca bhavet malinavikṛtahīnagātrāṇi na spṛśet durgandhadurdarśanāni pariharet udvejanīyāśca kathāḥ śuṣkaṃ paryuṣitaṃ kuthitaṃ klinnaṃ cānnaṃ nopabhuñjīta bahirniṣkramaṇaṃ śūnyāgāracaityaśmaśānavṛkṣāśrayān krodhamayaśaskarāṃśca bhāvānuccair bhāṣyādikaṃ ca pariharedyāni ca garbhaṃ vyāpādayanti na cābhīkṣṇaṃ tailābhyaṅgotsādanādīni niṣeveta na
cāyāsayeccharīraṃ pūrvoktāni ca pariharet śayanāsanaṃ mṛdvāstaraṇaṃ nātyuccamapāśrayopetamasaṃbādhaṃ ca vidadhyāt hṛdyaṃ dravamadhuraprāyaṃ snigdhaṃ dīpanīyasaṃskṛtaṃ ca bhojanaṃ bhojayet sāmānyametad ā prasavāt //
Su, Śār., 10, 22.1 prajātāyāśca nāryā
rūkṣaśarīrāyāstīkṣṇair aviśodhitaṃ raktaṃ vāyunā taddeśagatenātisaṃruddhaṃ nābheradhaḥ pārśvayor bastau vastiśirasi vā granthiṃ karoti tataśca nābhibastyudaraśūlāni bhavanti sūcībhiriva nistudyate bhidyate dīryata iva ca pakvāśayaḥ samantādādhmānamudare mūtrasaṅgaśca bhavatīti makkallalakṣaṇam /
Su, Śār., 10, 31.1 athāsyāḥ stanyam apsu parīkṣeta taccecchītalam amalaṃ tanu śaṅkhāvabhāsam apsu nyastam ekībhāvaṃ gacchatyaphenilam atantumannotplavate 'vasīdati vā tacchuddhamiti vidyāt tena kumārasyārogyaṃ
śarīropacayo balavṛddhiśca bhavati /
Su, Cik., 5, 18.2 tatra prāgeva snehābhyaktaṃ
svinnaśarīramavapīḍanena tīkṣṇenopakrameta śiraḥśuddhyartham anantaraṃ vidārigandhādikvāthamāṃsarasakṣīradadhipakvaṃ sarpiracchaṃ pāyayet tathā hi nātimātraṃ vāyuḥ prasarati tato bhadradārvādivātaghnagaṇam āhṛtya sayavakolakulatthaṃ sānūpaudakamāṃsaṃ pañcavargamekataḥ prakvāthya tamādāya kaṣāyam amlakṣīraiḥ sahonmiśrya ca sarpistailavasāmajjabhiḥ saha vipacenmadhurakapratīvāpaṃ tadetattraivṛtam apatānakināṃ pariṣekāvagāhābhyaṅgapānabhojanānuvāsananasyeṣu vidadhyāt yathoktaiś ca svedavidhānaiḥ svedayet balīyasi vāte sukhoṣṇatuṣabusakarīṣapūrṇe kūpe nidadhyād ā mukhāt taptāyāṃ vā rathakāracullyāṃ taptāyāṃ vā śilāyāṃ surāpariṣiktāyāṃ palāśadalacchannāyāṃ śāyayet kṛśarāveśavārapāyasair vā svedayet /
Su, Cik., 6, 4.1 tatra balavantamāturamarśobhir upadrutam upasnigdhaṃ parisvinnam anilavedanābhivṛddhipraśamārthaṃ snigdhamuṣṇamalpamannaṃ dravaprāyaṃ bhuktavantam upaveśya saṃvṛte śucau deśe sādhāraṇe vyabhre kāle same phalake śayyāyāṃ vā pratyādityagudamanyasyotsaṅge niṣaṇṇapūrvakāyamuttānaṃ kiṃcid unnatakaṭikaṃ vastrakambalakopaviṣṭaṃ yantraṇaśāṭakena parikṣiptagrīvāsakthiṃ parikarmibhiḥ suparigṛhītam
aspandanaśarīraṃ kṛtvā tato 'smai ghṛtābhyaktagudāya ghṛtābhyaktaṃ yantram ṛjvanumukhaṃ pāyau śanaiḥ śanaiḥ pravāhamāṇasya praṇidhāya praviṣṭe cārśo vīkṣya śalākayotpīḍya picuvastrayor anyatareṇa pramṛjya kṣāraṃ pātayet pātayitvā ca pāṇinā yantradvāraṃ pidhāya vākchatamātram upekṣeta tataḥ pramṛjya kṣārabalaṃ vyādhibalaṃ cāvekṣya punarālepayet athārśaḥ pakvajāmbavapratīkāśam avasannam īṣannatam abhisamīkṣyopāvartayet kṣāraṃ prakṣālayeddhānyāmlena dadhimastuśuktaphalāmlair vā tato yaṣṭīmadhukamiśreṇa sarpiṣā nirvāpya yantram apanīyotthāpyāturam uṣṇodakopaviṣṭaṃ śītābhir adbhiḥ pariṣiñcet aśītābhir ityeke tato nirvātamāgāraṃ praveśyācārikamādiśet sāvaśeṣaṃ punardahet evaṃ saptarātrāt saptarātrādekaikam upakrameta tatra bahuṣu pūrvaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ sādhayet dakṣiṇādvāmaṃ vāmāt pṛṣṭhajaṃ tato 'grajam iti //
Su, Cik., 7, 30.1 atha rogānvitam upasnigdham apakṛṣṭadoṣam īṣatkarśitam
abhyaktasvinnaśarīraṃ bhuktavantaṃ kṛtabalimaṅgalasvastivācanamagropaharaṇīyoktena vidhānenopakalpitasambhāramāśvāsya tato balavantam aviklavam ā jānusame phalake prāgupaviṣṭānyapuruṣasyotsaṅge niṣaṇṇapūrvakāyam uttānam unnatakaṭīkaṃ vastrādhārakopaviṣṭaṃ saṃkucitajānukūrparam itareṇa sahāvabaddhaṃ sūtreṇa śāṭakairvā tataḥ svabhyaktanābhipradeśasya vāmapārśvaṃ vimṛdya muṣṭināvapīḍayedadhonābheryāvadaśmaryadhaḥ prapanneti tataḥ snehābhyakte kᄆptanakhe vāmahastapradeśinīmadhyame aṅgulyau pāyau praṇidhāyānusevanīmāsādya prayatnabalābhyāṃ pāyumeḍhrāntaram ānīya nirvyalīkamanāyatam aviṣamaṃ ca bastiṃ saṃniveśya bhṛśam utpīḍayedaṅgulibhyāṃ yathā granthir ivonnataṃ śalyaṃ bhavati //
Su, Cik., 10, 15.1 kṛṣṇatilabhallātakatailāmalakarasasarpiṣāṃ droṇaṃ sālasārādikaṣāyasya ca triphalātrikaṭukaparūṣaphalamajjaviḍaṅgaphalasāracitrārkāvalgujaharidrādvayatrivṛddantīdravantīndrayavayaṣṭīmadhukātiviṣārasāñjanapriyaṅgūṇāṃ pālikā bhāgāstān aikadhyaṃ snehapākavidhānena pacet tat sādhusiddhamavatārya parisrāvyānuguptaṃ nidadhyāt tata
upasaṃskṛtaśarīraḥ prātaḥ prātarutthāya pāṇiśuktimātraṃ kṣaudreṇa pratisaṃsṛjyopayuñjīta jīrṇe mudgāmalakayūṣeṇālavaṇena sarpiṣmantaṃ khadirodakasiddhaṃ mṛdvodanamaśnīyāt khadirodakasevī ityevaṃ droṇam upayujya sarvakuṣṭhair vimuktaḥ śuddhatanuḥ smṛtimān varṣaśatāyurarogo bhavati //
Su, Cik., 12, 6.1 durvirecyā hi madhumehino bhavanti
medo'bhivyāptaśarīratvāt tasmāt tīkṣṇameteṣāṃ śodhanaṃ kurvīta /
Su, Cik., 23, 4.1 tatrāpatarpitasyādhvagamanādatimātramabhyavaharato vā piṣṭānnaharitakaśākalavaṇāni kṣīṇasya vātimātramamlam upasevamānasya mṛtpakvaloṣṭakaṭaśarkarānūpaudakamāṃsasevanād ajīrṇino vā grāmyadharmasevanādviruddhāhārasevanāt vā hastyaśvoṣṭrarathapadātisaṃkṣobhaṇādayo sitasya doṣā dhātūn pradūṣya śvayathumāpādayantyakhile
śarīre //
Su, Cik., 27, 8.1 viḍaṅgataṇḍulānāṃ droṇaṃ piṣṭapacane piṣṭavad upasvedya vigatakaṣāyaṃ svinnamavatārya dṛṣadi piṣṭam āyase dṛḍhe kumbhe madhūdakottaraṃ prāvṛṣi bhasmarāśāv antargṛhe caturo māsānnidadhyāt varṣāvigame
coddhṛtyopasaṃskṛtaśarīraḥ sahasrasampātābhihutaṃ kṛtvā prātaḥprātar yathābalam upayuñjīta jīrṇe mudgāmalakayūṣeṇālavaṇena ghṛtavantamodanamaśnīyāt pāṃśuśayyāyāṃ śayīta tasya māsādūrdhvaṃ sarvāṅgebhyaḥ kṛmayo niṣkrāmanti tānaṇutailenābhyaktasya vaṃśavidalenāpaharet dvitīye pipīlikāstṛtīye yūkāstathaivāpaharet caturthe dantanakharomāṇyavaśīryante /
Su, Cik., 34, 10.1 snehasvedābhyām
avibhāvitaśarīreṇālpam auṣadham alpaguṇaṃ vā pītamūrdhvamadho vā nābhyeti doṣāṃścotkleśya taiḥ saha balakṣayamāpādayati tatrādhmānaṃ hṛdayagrahastṛṣṇā mūrcchā dāhaśca bhavati tamayogamityācakṣate tamāśu vāmayenmadanaphalalavaṇāmbubhir virecayettīkṣṇataraiḥ kaṣāyaiśca /
Su, Cik., 34, 10.2 durvāntasya tu samutkliṣṭā doṣā vyāpya
śarīraṃ kaṇḍūśvayathukuṣṭhapiḍakājvarāṅgamardanistodanāni kurvanti tatastān aśeṣān mahauṣadhenāpaharet /
Su, Cik., 35, 18.3 sa
doṣanirharaṇāccharīranīrohaṇādvā nirūho vayaḥsthāpanādāyuḥsthāpanādvā āsthāpanam /
Su, Cik., 38, 3.1 athānuvāsitamāsthāpayet
svabhyaktasvinnaśarīram utsṛṣṭabahirvegamavāte śucau veśmani madhyāhne pratatāyāṃ śayyāyām adhaḥsuparigrahāyāṃ śroṇipradeśaprativyūḍhāyām anupadhānāyāṃ vāmapārśvaśāyinam ākuñcitadakṣiṇasakthim itaraprasāritasakthiṃ sumanasaṃ jīrṇānnaṃ vāgyataṃ suniṣaṇṇadehaṃ viditvā tato vāmapādasyopari netraṃ kṛtvetarapādāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ karṇikām upari niṣpīḍya savyapāṇikaniṣṭhikānāmikābhyāṃ bastermukhārdhaṃ saṃkocya madhyamāpradeśinyaṅguṣṭhair ardhaṃ tu vivṛtāsyaṃ kṛtvā bastāvauṣadhaṃ prakṣipya dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhena pradeśinīmadhyamābhyāṃ cānusiktam anāyatam abudbudam asaṃkucitam avātam auṣadhāsannam upasaṃgṛhya punarupari taditareṇa gṛhītvā dakṣiṇenāvasiñcet tataḥ sūtreṇaivauṣadhānte dvistrirvāveṣṭya badhnīyāt atha dakṣiṇenottānena pāṇinā bastiṃ gṛhītvā vāmahastamadhyamāṅgulipradeśinībhyāṃ netram upasaṃgṛhyāṅguṣṭhena netradvāraṃ pidhāya ghṛtābhyaktāgranetraṃ ghṛtāktamupādāya prayacchedanupṛṣṭhavaṃśaṃ samam unmukham ākarṇikaṃ netraṃ praṇidhatsveti brūyāt //
Su, Ka., 4, 38.1 puruṣābhidaṣṭa ūrdhvaṃ prekṣate adhastāt striyā sirāścottiṣṭhanti lalāṭe napuṃsakābhidaṣṭas tiryakprekṣī bhavati garbhiṇyā pāṇḍumukho dhmātaśca sūtikayā kukṣiśūlārtaḥ sarudhiraṃ mehatyupajihvikā cāsya bhavati grāsārthinānnaṃ kāṅkṣati vṛddhena cirānmandāśca vegāḥ bālenāśu mṛdavaśca nirviṣeṇāviṣaliṅgam andhāhikenāndhatvamityeke grasanāt ajagaraḥ
śarīraprāṇaharo na viṣāt /
Su, Ka., 8, 79.2 tadvad durālakṣyatamaṃ hi tāsāṃ viṣaṃ
śarīre pravikīrṇamātram //
Su, Utt., 65, 26.2 yathā
śarīraṃ prapīḍya paścādadho gatvā vasāmedomajjānuviddhaṃ mūtraṃ visṛjati vāta evamasādhyā vātajā iti //
Sāṃkhyakārikā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 17.2, 21.0 yathā madhurāmlalavaṇakaṭutiktakaṣāyaṣaḍrasopabṛṃhitasya saṃyuktasyānnasya sādhyata evaṃ mahadādiliṅgasya bhoktṛtvābhāvād asti sa ātmā yasyedaṃ bhogyaṃ
śarīram iti //
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 17.2, 26.0 atha sa kim ekaḥ
sarvaśarīre 'dhiṣṭhātā maṇirasanātmakasūtravad āhosvid bahava ātmānaḥ pratiśarīram adhiṣṭhātāra ityatrocyate //
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 39.2, 1.5 tathā prārabdhaṃ
śarīraṃ sūkṣmair mātāpitṛjaiśca saha mahābhūtaistridhā viśeṣaiḥ pṛṣṭhodarajaṅghākaṭyuraḥśiraḥprabhṛti ṣaṭkauśikaṃ pañcabhautikaṃ rudhiramāṃsasnāyuśukrāsthimajjāsaṃbhṛtam /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 39.2, 1.13 tair ārabdhaṃ
śarīraṃ karmavaśāt paśumṛgapakṣisarīsṛpasthāvarajātiṣu saṃsarati dharmavaśād indrādilokeṣu /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 42.2, 1.12 liṅgaṃ sūkṣmaiḥ paramāṇubhistanmātrairupacitaṃ
śarīraṃ trayodaśavidhakaraṇopetaṃ mānuṣadevatiryagyoniṣu vyavatiṣṭhate /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 55.2, 1.4 yat tan mahadādi
liṅgaśarīreṇāviśya tatra vyaktībhavati tad yāvan na nivartate saṃsāraśarīram iti tāvat saṃkṣepeṇa triṣu sthāneṣu puruṣo jarāmaraṇakṛtaṃ duḥkhaṃ prāpnoti /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 55.2, 1.4 yat tan mahadādi liṅgaśarīreṇāviśya tatra vyaktībhavati tad yāvan na nivartate
saṃsāraśarīram iti tāvat saṃkṣepeṇa triṣu sthāneṣu puruṣo jarāmaraṇakṛtaṃ duḥkhaṃ prāpnoti /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 67.2, 1.1 yadyapi pañcaviṃśatitattvajñānaṃ samyagjñānaṃ bhavati tathāpi saṃskāravaśād
dhṛtaśarīro yogī tiṣṭhati /
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
STKau zu SāṃKār, 5.2, 3.50 yadā khalu sann ekatra nāsti tadānyatrāsti yadāvyāpaka ekatrāsti tadā nānyatreti sukaraḥ
svaśarīre vyāptigrahaḥ /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 9.2, 2.40 yathā kūrmasyāṅgāni
kūrmaśarīre niviśamānāni tirobhavanti niḥsaranti cāvirbhavanti na ca kūrmatas tadaṅgānyutpadyante dhvaṃsante vā evam ekasyā mṛdaḥ suvarṇasya vā kuṭakaṭakādayo niḥsaranta āvirbhavanta utpadyanta ityucyate niviśamānās tirobhavanto naśyantītyucyate /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 13.2, 1.14 dṛṣṭam eva tad yathā vartitaile analavirodhinī atha ca milite sahānalena rūpaprakāśalakṣaṇaṃ kāryaṃ kurutaḥ yathā ca vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ parasparaṃ virodhinaḥ
śarīradharaṇalakṣaṇakāryakāriṇaḥ /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 15.2, 1.5 tathā ca yathā
kūrmaśarīre santyevāṅgāni niścaranti vibhajyanta idaṃ kūrmasya śarīram etānyetasyāṅgānītyevaṃ niviśamānāni tasminn avyaktībhavantyevaṃ mṛtpiṇḍāddhemapiṇḍād vā kāryāṇi kuṭakaṭakādīni santyevāvirbhavanti vibhajyante santyeva pṛthivyādīni kāraṇāt tanmātrād āvirbhavanti vibhajyante santyeva tanmātrāṇyahaṃkārāt kāraṇāt sann evāhaṃkāraḥ kāraṇān mahataḥ sann eva ca mahān paramāvyaktād iti /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 15.2, 1.5 tathā ca yathā kūrmaśarīre santyevāṅgāni niścaranti vibhajyanta idaṃ kūrmasya
śarīram etānyetasyāṅgānītyevaṃ niviśamānāni tasminn avyaktībhavantyevaṃ mṛtpiṇḍāddhemapiṇḍād vā kāryāṇi kuṭakaṭakādīni santyevāvirbhavanti vibhajyante santyeva pṛthivyādīni kāraṇāt tanmātrād āvirbhavanti vibhajyante santyeva tanmātrāṇyahaṃkārāt kāraṇāt sann evāhaṃkāraḥ kāraṇān mahataḥ sann eva ca mahān paramāvyaktād iti /
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 1, 49.1 atha tasya bhāryā puṃścalī dūtikāsaṃcoditā
śarīrasaṃskāraṃ kṛtvā paricitasakāśaṃ gantum ārabdhā //
TAkhy, 1, 146.1 kulīrako 'pi
pūrvabhakṣitamatsyaśarīrāvayavarāśiṃ dṛṣṭvā evācintayat //
TAkhy, 1, 248.1 athāsya
taccharīraṃ nīlīrasarañjitaṃ dṛṣṭvā samīpavartinaḥ kroṣṭukagaṇāḥ ko 'yam iti bhayataraladṛśaḥ sarvā diśaḥ pradudruvuḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 269.1 evaṃ ca vartamāne kadācit siṃho
vanyagajayuddharadanakṣataśarīro guhāvāsī saṃvṛttaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 342.1 na
yuṣmaccharīropabhoge kṛte 'pyasmākaṃ kiṃcit tṛptikāraṇaṃ bhavati //
TAkhy, 1, 420.1 yadbhaviṣyas tv
anekalaguḍaprahārajarjaritaśarīraḥ pañcatvam upanīta iti //
TAkhy, 1, 464.1 bṛhatprasthena dviguṇayā tulayojjāsyaṃ
śarīraṃ samprayacchāmi iti //
TAkhy, 2, 58.1 sūkareṇāpi prahāramūrchitenottamaṃ javam āsthāyāvaskarapradeśe tathābhyāhataḥ yena gatāsus
tridhāgataśarīro nipatitaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 392.1 māṃ cāpanīyābhyajya prabhūtenāmbhasā
prakṣālitaśarīraṃ kṛtvārakṣipuruṣādhiṣṭhitaṃ tatraiva vane pratimuktavān //
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 1, 9.14 nivṛttir nāma lokānām anityatvaṃ jñātvā paramātmano 'nyan na kiṃcid astīti saṃsāram anādṛtya chittvā bhāryāmayaṃ pāśaṃ jitendriyo bhūtvā
śarīraṃ vihāya kṣetrajñaparamātmanor yogaṃ kṛtvātīndriyaṃ sarvajagadbījam aśeṣaviśeṣaṃ nityānandam amṛtarasapānavat sarvadā tṛptikaraṃ paraṃ jyotiḥpraveśakam iti vijñāyate //
VaikhDhS, 3, 5.0 vānaprastho nityasvādhyāyī kuśedhmādīn agnyarthaṃ śākamūlaphalāny aśanārthaṃ ca śucau jātāny āhared anyādhīnam anyotsṛṣṭam aśucau jātaṃ gorasaṃ ca varjayet dhānyadhanasaṃcayaṃ na kurvīta vastraṃ nācchādayet madhūkte toyaṃ māṃsokte paiṣṭikaṃ gṛhṇāti sarvabhūteṣu dayāluḥ samaḥ kṣāntaḥ śucir nirasūyakaḥ sukhe niḥspṛho maṅgalyavāṇīrṣyākārpaṇyavarjī matsyādīn daṃśakān sīrakṛṣṭajātāni kandamūlaphalaśākādīni ca tyajan jaṭāśmaśruromanakhāni dhārayaṃs trikālasnāyī dharā āśayo vanyair eva carupuroḍāśān nirvapet palāṇḍvādīn niryāsaṃ śvetavṛntākaṃ suniṣaṇṇakaṃ śleṣmātakaṃ vrajakaliṃ citrakaṃ śigruṃ bhūstṛṇaṃ kovidāraṃ mūlakaṃ ca varjayati muneḥ sarvaṃ māṃsaṃ gomāṃsatulyaṃ dhānyāmlaṃ surāsamaṃ bhavati pūrvasaṃcitāśanaṃ pūrvāṇi vasanāny āśvayuje māsi tyajati vedavedāntena dhyānayogī tapaḥ samācarati apatnīko 'nagnir adāro 'niketano vṛkṣamūle vasan vanasthāśrameṣu gṛhasthānāṃ gṛheṣu vā bhikṣāṃ bhikṣitvāmbupārśve śuddhe parṇe prāṇayātrāmātram annaṃ bhikṣuvad aśnāti
śarīraṃ śoṣayann uttaram uttaraṃ tīvraṃ tapaḥ kuryāt //
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 2, 1, 23.1, 1.0 bhittyādinā sparśavaddravyeṇa
śarīrādeḥ karmādhārasya saṃyogānniṣkramaṇaṃ nivartate na tvākāśābhāvāt tasya sarvagatatvāt tatrāpi bhāvaḥ tasmācchabdaliṅgam evākāśam //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 2.0 tiryakpavanasya vāyor dehasthitasya yat prāṇāpānakarma tatprayatnakāryam
śarīraparigṛhītavāyuviṣayatve sati vikṛtatvāt bhastrāparigṛhītavāyukarmavat //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 4.0 manasā saṃyoga ātmano 'dṛṣṭāpekṣo jīvanam
śarīravṛddhyādi tatkāryam api jīvanam śarīraṃ prayatnavatādhiṣṭhitaṃ vṛddhikṣatabhagnasaṃrohaṇanimittatvāt jīrṇagṛhavat //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 4.0 manasā saṃyoga ātmano 'dṛṣṭāpekṣo jīvanam śarīravṛddhyādi tatkāryam api jīvanam
śarīraṃ prayatnavatādhiṣṭhitaṃ vṛddhikṣatabhagnasaṃrohaṇanimittatvāt jīrṇagṛhavat //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 10, 1.0 yadi khalvahaṃ devadatto'haṃ yajñadatta ityātmani dṛṣṭapratyakṣamidaṃ bhavet evaṃ yujyeta ahaṃśabdasyātmavācakatvam yāvatā
śarīrābhidhāyakadevadattaśabdaikārthādhikaraṇatvād ahaṃśabdo'pi śarīravācakaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 10, 1.0 yadi khalvahaṃ devadatto'haṃ yajñadatta ityātmani dṛṣṭapratyakṣamidaṃ bhavet evaṃ yujyeta ahaṃśabdasyātmavācakatvam yāvatā śarīrābhidhāyakadevadattaśabdaikārthādhikaraṇatvād ahaṃśabdo'pi
śarīravācakaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 12.1, 1.0 devadattaśabdena ekārthādhikaraṇatvād yo'yamupacāro 'haṃśabdasya
śarīre sa saṃdigdhaḥ kiṃ śarīrasya ātmopakārakatvād ahaṃśabda ātmābhidhāyaka upacarita uta mukhyatayā śarīrasyābhidhāyakaḥ iti na śarīrātmanor ahaṃśabdasya niścayaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 12.1, 1.0 devadattaśabdena ekārthādhikaraṇatvād yo'yamupacāro 'haṃśabdasya śarīre sa saṃdigdhaḥ kiṃ
śarīrasya ātmopakārakatvād ahaṃśabda ātmābhidhāyaka upacarita uta mukhyatayā śarīrasyābhidhāyakaḥ iti na śarīrātmanor ahaṃśabdasya niścayaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 12.1, 1.0 devadattaśabdena ekārthādhikaraṇatvād yo'yamupacāro 'haṃśabdasya śarīre sa saṃdigdhaḥ kiṃ śarīrasya ātmopakārakatvād ahaṃśabda ātmābhidhāyaka upacarita uta mukhyatayā
śarīrasyābhidhāyakaḥ iti na śarīrātmanor ahaṃśabdasya niścayaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 12.1, 1.0 devadattaśabdena ekārthādhikaraṇatvād yo'yamupacāro 'haṃśabdasya śarīre sa saṃdigdhaḥ kiṃ śarīrasya ātmopakārakatvād ahaṃśabda ātmābhidhāyaka upacarita uta mukhyatayā śarīrasyābhidhāyakaḥ iti na
śarīrātmanor ahaṃśabdasya niścayaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 14, 1.0 yajñadattaviṣṇumitrayoḥ sambandhinaḥ
śarīraviśeṣād yathā dṛṣṭānna tadīye sukhādāvasmadādīnāṃ jāyate jñānaṃ tathaiva na tadīyāhaṅkāro 'smābhiḥ saṃvedyate yato'haṃśabdaḥ prayujyeta //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 4, 2, 1, 1.0 kṣityādipañcakena
śarīrārambhe trayāṇāṃ pratyakṣatvād vāyorapratyakṣatvād yathā tadvatā saṃyogo'pyapratyakṣa evaṃ śarīramapratyakṣaṃ syāt pratyakṣāpratyakṣair ārabdhatvāt //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 4, 2, 1, 1.0 kṣityādipañcakena śarīrārambhe trayāṇāṃ pratyakṣatvād vāyorapratyakṣatvād yathā tadvatā saṃyogo'pyapratyakṣa evaṃ
śarīramapratyakṣaṃ syāt pratyakṣāpratyakṣair ārabdhatvāt //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 1, 6, 1.0 ātmeti
śarīraikadeśaḥ yathā caitadapratyayaṃ haste musale ca karma tathaiva hastāvayavasaṃyogāddhastagatavegāpekṣād hastotpatanakāle'vayave tasminnapratyayaṃ karma jāyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 1, 11.1, 1.0 yad garbhasya spandanādikarma
tadātmaśarīraikadeśasaṃyogāj jīvanapūrvakaprayatnāpekṣād bhavatīti sapratyayam mātuḥ kāryāvaskaropasarpaṇakarma garbhasyāpratyayamātmasaṃyogādadṛṣṭāpekṣād bhavatīti //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 14, 1.0 agneravasthāne tiryag vā gamane pacyamānasyābhasmībhāvaḥ syād apāṃ vā tathā vāyor atiryaggamane pūyamānadravyāṇāṃ pavanābhāvo 'gneścāprabodhaḥ
vinaṣṭaśarīrāṇāmātmanāṃ sargādau pṛthivyādiparamāṇuṣvādyaṃ parasparopasarpaṇakarma na syāt tathā labdhabhūmīnāṃ yogināṃ kalpānte 'bhisaṃdhāya prayatnena manaḥ śarīrād vyatiricyāvatiṣṭhamānānāṃ sargādau navaśarīrasaṃbandhāya manasa ādyaṃ karma na bhavet adṛṣṭādṛte //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 14, 1.0 agneravasthāne tiryag vā gamane pacyamānasyābhasmībhāvaḥ syād apāṃ vā tathā vāyor atiryaggamane pūyamānadravyāṇāṃ pavanābhāvo 'gneścāprabodhaḥ vinaṣṭaśarīrāṇāmātmanāṃ sargādau pṛthivyādiparamāṇuṣvādyaṃ parasparopasarpaṇakarma na syāt tathā labdhabhūmīnāṃ yogināṃ kalpānte 'bhisaṃdhāya prayatnena manaḥ
śarīrād vyatiricyāvatiṣṭhamānānāṃ sargādau navaśarīrasaṃbandhāya manasa ādyaṃ karma na bhavet adṛṣṭādṛte //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 14, 1.0 agneravasthāne tiryag vā gamane pacyamānasyābhasmībhāvaḥ syād apāṃ vā tathā vāyor atiryaggamane pūyamānadravyāṇāṃ pavanābhāvo 'gneścāprabodhaḥ vinaṣṭaśarīrāṇāmātmanāṃ sargādau pṛthivyādiparamāṇuṣvādyaṃ parasparopasarpaṇakarma na syāt tathā labdhabhūmīnāṃ yogināṃ kalpānte 'bhisaṃdhāya prayatnena manaḥ śarīrād vyatiricyāvatiṣṭhamānānāṃ sargādau
navaśarīrasaṃbandhāya manasa ādyaṃ karma na bhavet adṛṣṭādṛte //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 17.1, 1.0 yadā hi ātmani mano'vasthitaṃ nendriyeṣu tadā catuṣṭayasannikarṣasyānārambhāt tatkāryayoḥ sukhaduḥkhayor abhāvarūpo
vidyamānaśarīrasyātmano vāyunigrahāpekṣa ātmano manasā saṃyogo yogaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 19.1, 1.0 maraṇakāle
pūrvaśarīrānmanaso niḥsaraṇamapasarpaṇam śarīrāntareṇābhisambandho manasa upasarpaṇam śukraśoṇitāt prabhṛti garbhasthasya mātrā upayuktenānnapānena nāḍyanupraviṣṭena sambandho 'śitapītasaṃyogaḥ kalalārbudamāṃsapeśīghanaśarīrādibhir ekasminneva saṃsāre ye sambandhāste kāryāntarasaṃyogāḥ tānyapasarpaṇādīnyadṛṣṭenaiva kriyante na prayatnena //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 19.1, 1.0 maraṇakāle pūrvaśarīrānmanaso niḥsaraṇamapasarpaṇam
śarīrāntareṇābhisambandho manasa upasarpaṇam śukraśoṇitāt prabhṛti garbhasthasya mātrā upayuktenānnapānena nāḍyanupraviṣṭena sambandho 'śitapītasaṃyogaḥ kalalārbudamāṃsapeśīghanaśarīrādibhir ekasminneva saṃsāre ye sambandhāste kāryāntarasaṃyogāḥ tānyapasarpaṇādīnyadṛṣṭenaiva kriyante na prayatnena //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 19.1, 1.0 maraṇakāle pūrvaśarīrānmanaso niḥsaraṇamapasarpaṇam śarīrāntareṇābhisambandho manasa upasarpaṇam śukraśoṇitāt prabhṛti garbhasthasya mātrā upayuktenānnapānena nāḍyanupraviṣṭena sambandho 'śitapītasaṃyogaḥ
kalalārbudamāṃsapeśīghanaśarīrādibhir ekasminneva saṃsāre ye sambandhāste kāryāntarasaṃyogāḥ tānyapasarpaṇādīnyadṛṣṭenaiva kriyante na prayatnena //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 20.1, 1.0 evaṃrūpasyānādyapasarpaṇādinimittasyādṛṣṭasyābhāve jīvanākhyasyātmamanaḥsaṃyogasyābhāvo 'nyasya ca
śarīrasyāprādurbhāvo yaḥ sa mokṣaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 7, 2, 11.1, 3.0 vibhāgajastu aṅgulyoranyonyavibhāgād vinaṣṭamātre dvyaṅgule'ṅgulyākāśavibhāgaḥ kāraṇākāraṇayorvā hastākāśayor
vibhāgāccharīrākāśavibhāgaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 7, 2, 14.1, 2.0 yutasiddhir dvayor anyatarasya vā pṛthaggatimattvam sā ca nityayoḥ yutāśrayasamavetatvaṃ cānityayoḥ yathā ghaṭapaṭayoḥ
tvagindriyapārthivaśarīrayośca //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 10, 7, 2.0 yathā cotpattau evaṃ vināśe'pi prayatnānantarotpattīnāṃ ghaṭādidravyāṇāṃ vināśe abhūt iti pratyayasya bhūtapratyakṣābhāvāt ityādinā kathitatvād idānīṃ pāriṇāmike
śarīrādau kathyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 10, 8, 2.0 pāṇipādagrīvādīnavayavān vibhaktānupalabhya vinaṣṭād asamavāyikāraṇāt saṃyogādvinaṣṭe kārye abhūtkāryaṃ
śarīrākhyam iti jāyate buddhiḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 10, 9, 1.0 sati saṃyoge caśabdādasati ghātakādivināśakāraṇavyāpāre'pi keṣāṃcid grīvādyavayavānāmanivṛtte saṃyoge vibhāgācca pāṇyādīnāṃ vinivṛtte kāryasya
śarīrāderasamavāyād vināśakāraṇāghrātatvena pracalitatvād vinaṣṭāvinaṣṭasaṃyogālocanena kāryaṃ naśyati iti jñānamutpadyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 10, 10, 1.0 śarīrādau kvacidekasminnarthe yadā pāṇyādayo'vayavāḥ samavāyina upalabdhāḥ athāsya teṣu ekadeśabuddhirutpannā idānīṃ tān vibhajya vibhaktānupalabhya etasminnekadeśini abhūta kāryam iti jñānotpattiḥ //
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 4, 2, 16.3 puraṃjayo nāma śaśādasya ca rājarṣes tanayaḥ kṣatriyavaryas
taccharīre 'ham aṃśena svayam evāvatīrya tān aśeṣān asurān nihaniṣyāmi tad bhavadbhiḥ puraṃjayo 'suravadhārthāya kāryodyogaḥ kārya iti /
ViPur, 4, 4, 15.1 atyārtajagatparitrāṇāya ca bhagavato 'tra
śarīragrahaṇam ity ākarṇya bhagavān āhālpair eva dinair vinaṅkṣyantīti //
ViPur, 4, 4, 22.1 tatas tenāpi bhagavatā kiṃcidīṣatparivartitalocanenāvalokitāḥ
svaśarīrasamutthenāgninā dahyamānā vineśuḥ //
ViPur, 4, 4, 31.1 yan na kevalam abhisaṃdhipūrvakaṃ snānādyupabhogeṣūpakārakam anabhisaṃdhitam apy asyāṃ pretaprāṇasyāsthicarmasnāyukeśādyupaspṛṣṭaṃ
śarīrajam api patitaṃ sadyaḥ śarīriṇaṃ svargaṃ nayatīty uktaḥ praṇamya bhagavate 'śvam ādāya pitāmahayajñam ājagāma //
ViPur, 4, 5, 13.1 nimer api
taccharīram atimanoharagandhatailādibhir upasaṃskriyamāṇaṃ naiva kledādikaṃ doṣam avāpa sadyo mṛta iva tasthau //
ViPur, 4, 5, 18.1 tad aham icchāmi sakalalokalocaneṣu vastuṃ na punaḥ
śarīragrahaṇaṃ kartum ityevam uktair devair asāv aśeṣabhūtānāṃ netreṣv avatāritaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 5, 20.1 aputrasya ca tasya bhūbhujaḥ
śarīram arājakabhīravo munayo 'raṇyā mamanthuḥ //
ViPur, 4, 13, 98.1 taccharīrāmbarādiṣu ca bahuprakāram anvicchann api syamantakamaṇiṃ nāvāpa yadā tadopagamya balabhadram āha //
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 90, 3.1 pauṣī cet puṣyayuktā syāt tasyāṃ
gaurasarṣapakalkodvartitaśarīro gavyaghṛtapūrṇakumbhenābhiṣiktaḥ sarvauṣadhibhiḥ sarvagandhaiḥ sarvabījaiśca snāto ghṛtena bhagavantaṃ vāsudevaṃ snāpayitvā gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpanaivedyādibhir abhyarcya vaiṣṇavaiḥ śākrair bārhaspatyaiśca mantraiḥ pāvake hutvā sasuvarṇena ghṛtena brāhmaṇān svasti vācayet //
ViSmṛ, 96, 92.1 kanīnike akṣikūṭe śaṣkulī karṇau karṇapattrakau gaṇḍau bhruvau śaṅkhau dantaveṣṭau oṣṭhau kakundare vaṅkṣaṇau vṛṣaṇau vṛkkau śleṣmasaṃghātikau stanau upajihvā sphicau bāhū jaṅghe ūrū piṇḍike tālūdaraṃ bastiśīrṣau cibukaṃ galaśuṇḍike avaṭuścetyasmin
śarīre sthānāni //
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 5.1, 13.1 tathānātmany ātmakhyātir bāhyopakaraṇeṣu cetanācetaneṣu bhogādhiṣṭhāne vā
śarīre puruṣopakaraṇe vā manasy anātmany ātmakhyātir iti //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 38.1, 3.1 pracārasaṃvedanaṃ ca samādhijam eva karmabandhakṣayāt svacittasya pracārasaṃvedanāc ca yogī cittaṃ
svaśarīrān niṣkṛṣya śarīrāntareṣu nikṣipati //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 38.1, 3.1 pracārasaṃvedanaṃ ca samādhijam eva karmabandhakṣayāt svacittasya pracārasaṃvedanāc ca yogī cittaṃ svaśarīrān niṣkṛṣya
śarīrāntareṣu nikṣipati //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 38.1, 5.1 yathā madhukararājānaṃ makṣikā utpatantam anūtpatanti niviśamānam anuniviśante tathendriyāṇi
paraśarīrāveśe cittam anuvidhīyanta iti //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 45.1, 14.1 taddharmānabhighātaśca pṛthvī mūrtyā na niruṇaddhi yoginaḥ
śarīrādikriyāṃ śilām apy anuviśatīti nāpaḥ snigdhāḥ kledayanti nāgnir uṣṇo dahati na vāyuḥ praṇāmī vahati //
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 3, 76.2 dharā gacchaty antaṃ dharaṇidharapādair api dhṛtā
śarīre kā vārtā karikalabhakarṇāgracapale //
ŚTr, 3, 79.1 yāvat svastham idaṃ
śarīram arujaṃ yāvacca dūre jarā yāvaccendriyaśaktir apratihatā yāvat kṣayo nāyuṣaḥ /
Śivasūtra
Ṛtusaṃhāra
Amaraughaśāsana
AmarŚās, 1, 11.1 ayaṃ prakṛtibhedaḥ pṛthvī āpaḥ tejaḥ vāyuḥ ākāśaś ca iti
śarīre pañcaguṇāḥ mahābhūtāni bhavanti tatraiva tāni pañcavidhāni bhavanti //
AmarŚās, 1, 80.1 janmāvasthānād adho liṅgaḥ sa cādhārakandajātimadhyasthito guhya ūrdhve bhavati tasyordhve liṅgasthānaṃ svādhiṣṭhānaṃ nābhimaṇḍale maṇipūrakasyordhvabhāge 'nalakaḥ tenoddaṇḍakādyaṃ samāgacchati adhaḥpradeśe maṇipūrakasya dakṣiṇapaścimavarti amedhyasthānam madhye nābheḥ kandaḥ tatra padmākṛtiḥ tatra
śarīranāḍīnām ādhāraḥ kathyate hṛdaye pṛthivītattvaṃ pītavarṇaṃ madhye kadambagolakākṛti tatra cittaviśrāntisthānaṃ tad eva analacakram kaṇṭhe codakapravāhapūrṇam ātmatattvaṃ tad viśuddhisthānam tālumadhye dīpaśikhākāraḥ sadoddyotaḥ tat tejastattvam kapālakandarāṅkure vāyutattvam nāsāgre ākāśatattvam tasyordhve ājñāsthānam ājñāsthānāntare granthiṣoḍaśāntare amṛtā ṣoḍaśī kalā tadantare vālāgraśatadhāśrayā ante tasyordhve kalānte binduḥ bindubhedād anantaraṃ śṛṅgāṭakākṛtir mastakasyoddeśas tasmin cittalayasthānam cittasya śarīrabandhanādvayopetas trailokyavihāraḥ tasyāśritā jñānaśaktiḥ evaṃ śaktitrayālaṃkṛtaś ciddarpaṇapratibimbaḥ samo vividhabhāvakalākalitaḥ saṃsāraceṣṭāvalokanakuśalaḥ suptāvasthāyāṃ rūpī jalacandravat dṛśyate yaḥ sa paramātmā sarvavyāpī maheśvaraḥ caturdaśavidhabhūtagrāmakartā ca iti so 'yaṃ paramātmā //
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 3, 31, 14.1 yaḥ pañcabhūtaracite rahitaḥ
śarīre channo 'yathendriyaguṇārthacidātmako 'ham /
Bhāratamañjarī
BhāMañj, 6, 183.1 so 'pyacchakīrtiratha bhīṣmamukhānupetya prahvaḥ
śarīrapaṇasaṃśritadhārtarāṣṭrān /
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
GarPur, 1, 38, 7.1 oṃ namo bhagavati cāmuṇḍe śmaśānavāsini kapālahaste mahāpretasamārūḍhe mahāvimānamālākule kālarātri bahugaṇaparivṛte mahāmukhe bahubhuje sughaṇṭāḍamarukiṅkiṇīke aṭṭāṭṭahāse kilikili huṃ sarvanādaśabdabahule
gajacarmaprāvṛtaśarīre rudhiramāṃsadigdhe lolagrajihve mahārākṣasi raudradaṃṣṭrākarāle bhīmāṭṭāṭṭahāse sphuritavidyutsamaprabhe cala cala karālanetre hilihili lalajjihve hraiṃ hrīṃ bhṛkuṭimukhi oṃ kārabhadrāsane kapālamālāveṣṭite jaṭāmukuṭaśaśāṅkadhāriṇi aṭṭāṭṭahāse kilikili huṃhuṃ daṃṣṭrāghorāndhakāriṇi sarvavighnavināśini idaṃ karma sādhaya sādhaya śīghraṃ kuru kuru kaha kaha aṅkuśe samanupraveśaya vargaṃ vargaṃ kampaya kampaya cala cala cālaya cālaya rudhiramāṃsamadyapriye hana hana kuṭṭa kuṭṭa chinda chinda māraya māraya anubūma anubūma vajraśarīraṃ sādhaya sādhaya trailokyagatamapi duṣṭamaduṣṭaṃ vā gṛhītamagṛhītam āveśaya āveśaya krāmaya krāmaya nṛtya nṛtya bandha bandha valga valga koṭarākṣi ūrdhvakeśi ulūkavadane karakiṅkiṇi karaṅkamālādhāriṇi daha daha paca paca gṛhṇa gṛhṇa maṇḍalamadhye praveśaya praveśaya kiṃ vilambasi brahmasatyena viṣṇusatyena ṛṣisatyena rudrasatyena āveśaya āveśaya kilikili khili khili mili mili cili cili vikṛtarūpadhāriṇi kṛṣṇabhujaṅga veṣṭitaśarīra sarvagrahāveśini pralambhoṣṭhi bhrūmagnanāsike vikaṭamukhi kapilajaṭe brāhmi bhañja bhañja jvala jvala kālamukhi khala khala kharakharaḥ pātaya pātaya raktākṣi dhūrṇāpaya dhūrṇāpaya bhūmiṃ pātaya pātaya śiro gṛhṇa gṛhṇa cakṣur mīlaya mīlaya bhañja bhañja pādau gṛhṇa gṛhṇa mudrāṃ sphoṭaya sphoṭaya huṃ hūṃ phaṭ vidāraya vidāraya triśūlena bhedaya bhedaya vajreṇa /
GarPur, 1, 38, 7.1 oṃ namo bhagavati cāmuṇḍe śmaśānavāsini kapālahaste mahāpretasamārūḍhe mahāvimānamālākule kālarātri bahugaṇaparivṛte mahāmukhe bahubhuje sughaṇṭāḍamarukiṅkiṇīke aṭṭāṭṭahāse kilikili huṃ sarvanādaśabdabahule gajacarmaprāvṛtaśarīre rudhiramāṃsadigdhe lolagrajihve mahārākṣasi raudradaṃṣṭrākarāle bhīmāṭṭāṭṭahāse sphuritavidyutsamaprabhe cala cala karālanetre hilihili lalajjihve hraiṃ hrīṃ bhṛkuṭimukhi oṃ kārabhadrāsane kapālamālāveṣṭite jaṭāmukuṭaśaśāṅkadhāriṇi aṭṭāṭṭahāse kilikili huṃhuṃ daṃṣṭrāghorāndhakāriṇi sarvavighnavināśini idaṃ karma sādhaya sādhaya śīghraṃ kuru kuru kaha kaha aṅkuśe samanupraveśaya vargaṃ vargaṃ kampaya kampaya cala cala cālaya cālaya rudhiramāṃsamadyapriye hana hana kuṭṭa kuṭṭa chinda chinda māraya māraya anubūma anubūma
vajraśarīraṃ sādhaya sādhaya trailokyagatamapi duṣṭamaduṣṭaṃ vā gṛhītamagṛhītam āveśaya āveśaya krāmaya krāmaya nṛtya nṛtya bandha bandha valga valga koṭarākṣi ūrdhvakeśi ulūkavadane karakiṅkiṇi karaṅkamālādhāriṇi daha daha paca paca gṛhṇa gṛhṇa maṇḍalamadhye praveśaya praveśaya kiṃ vilambasi brahmasatyena viṣṇusatyena ṛṣisatyena rudrasatyena āveśaya āveśaya kilikili khili khili mili mili cili cili vikṛtarūpadhāriṇi kṛṣṇabhujaṅga veṣṭitaśarīra sarvagrahāveśini pralambhoṣṭhi bhrūmagnanāsike vikaṭamukhi kapilajaṭe brāhmi bhañja bhañja jvala jvala kālamukhi khala khala kharakharaḥ pātaya pātaya raktākṣi dhūrṇāpaya dhūrṇāpaya bhūmiṃ pātaya pātaya śiro gṛhṇa gṛhṇa cakṣur mīlaya mīlaya bhañja bhañja pādau gṛhṇa gṛhṇa mudrāṃ sphoṭaya sphoṭaya huṃ hūṃ phaṭ vidāraya vidāraya triśūlena bhedaya bhedaya vajreṇa /
GarPur, 1, 38, 7.1 oṃ namo bhagavati cāmuṇḍe śmaśānavāsini kapālahaste mahāpretasamārūḍhe mahāvimānamālākule kālarātri bahugaṇaparivṛte mahāmukhe bahubhuje sughaṇṭāḍamarukiṅkiṇīke aṭṭāṭṭahāse kilikili huṃ sarvanādaśabdabahule gajacarmaprāvṛtaśarīre rudhiramāṃsadigdhe lolagrajihve mahārākṣasi raudradaṃṣṭrākarāle bhīmāṭṭāṭṭahāse sphuritavidyutsamaprabhe cala cala karālanetre hilihili lalajjihve hraiṃ hrīṃ bhṛkuṭimukhi oṃ kārabhadrāsane kapālamālāveṣṭite jaṭāmukuṭaśaśāṅkadhāriṇi aṭṭāṭṭahāse kilikili huṃhuṃ daṃṣṭrāghorāndhakāriṇi sarvavighnavināśini idaṃ karma sādhaya sādhaya śīghraṃ kuru kuru kaha kaha aṅkuśe samanupraveśaya vargaṃ vargaṃ kampaya kampaya cala cala cālaya cālaya rudhiramāṃsamadyapriye hana hana kuṭṭa kuṭṭa chinda chinda māraya māraya anubūma anubūma vajraśarīraṃ sādhaya sādhaya trailokyagatamapi duṣṭamaduṣṭaṃ vā gṛhītamagṛhītam āveśaya āveśaya krāmaya krāmaya nṛtya nṛtya bandha bandha valga valga koṭarākṣi ūrdhvakeśi ulūkavadane karakiṅkiṇi karaṅkamālādhāriṇi daha daha paca paca gṛhṇa gṛhṇa maṇḍalamadhye praveśaya praveśaya kiṃ vilambasi brahmasatyena viṣṇusatyena ṛṣisatyena rudrasatyena āveśaya āveśaya kilikili khili khili mili mili cili cili vikṛtarūpadhāriṇi kṛṣṇabhujaṅga
veṣṭitaśarīra sarvagrahāveśini pralambhoṣṭhi bhrūmagnanāsike vikaṭamukhi kapilajaṭe brāhmi bhañja bhañja jvala jvala kālamukhi khala khala kharakharaḥ pātaya pātaya raktākṣi dhūrṇāpaya dhūrṇāpaya bhūmiṃ pātaya pātaya śiro gṛhṇa gṛhṇa cakṣur mīlaya mīlaya bhañja bhañja pādau gṛhṇa gṛhṇa mudrāṃ sphoṭaya sphoṭaya huṃ hūṃ phaṭ vidāraya vidāraya triśūlena bhedaya bhedaya vajreṇa /
Gītagovinda
Gṛhastharatnākara
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 3, 148.2 atha kukkuṭenāgatya rājahaṃsasya
śarīre kharataranakhāghātaḥ kṛtaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 61.10 atha kadācit siṃhasya
śarīravaikalyād bhūrivṛṣṭikāraṇāc cāhāram alabhamānās te vyagrā babhūvuḥ /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 1, 5, 141.1 dagdhvā
śarīramatha dhāraṇayā tayā taddivyāṃ gatiṃ vararuciḥ sa nijāṃ prapede /
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Mukundamālā
MukMā, 1, 21.1 idaṃ
śarīraṃ pariṇāmapeśalaṃ patatyavaśyaṃ ślathasaṃdhi jarjaram /
Mātṛkābhedatantra
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 11.2, 2.0 na hi kadācid
asmadādiśarīravat devatāmūrtiḥ kleśakarmavipākāśayayoginy avyāpikā vā icchāmātreṇāsmadādisṛṣṭisthitidhvaṃsakaraṇakṣamaviśiṣṭaiśvaryasampannatvāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 6.1, 20.0 tattadyoniśarīropabhogabhuktavicitrakarmakṣayatas tatsāmyād vā atyutkaṭamalaparipākavaśapravṛttaśaktipātāpasāritamalasyāvāptānugrahasya jantor nirastasamastapāśatvād āvirbhūtasarvārthatattvakartṛkasya muktātmanaḥ saṃsāryatāhetoḥ paśutvasyābhāvāc chivasvarūpa eva bhagavān bhavati na tu paśorivāsya kutsitabhavabhogopabhogahetur bhavatīti bhāvaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 8.1, 4.0 na hi parameśvarasya malakarmādi pāśajālaṃ sambhavati yannimittaṃ prākṛtaṃ vapuḥ kalpyate api tu śāktamiti śaktisvarūpaiḥ sadyojātādibhiḥ pañcabhirmantraiḥ svecchāvinirmitamaparimitasāmarthyam adigdeśakālākāravyavacchinnam anupamamahima
taccharīraṃ na tv asmadādiśarīrasadṛśam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 8.1, 4.0 na hi parameśvarasya malakarmādi pāśajālaṃ sambhavati yannimittaṃ prākṛtaṃ vapuḥ kalpyate api tu śāktamiti śaktisvarūpaiḥ sadyojātādibhiḥ pañcabhirmantraiḥ svecchāvinirmitamaparimitasāmarthyam adigdeśakālākāravyavacchinnam anupamamahima taccharīraṃ na tv
asmadādiśarīrasadṛśam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 4, 7.2, 1.0 teṣāṃ saptakoṭisaṃkhyātānāṃ mantrāṇāmardhaṃ prayoktṝṇām anugrahītṝṇāṃ dehaṃ
śarīram āśrayatvenāpekṣamāṇam īśvaramapekṣata iti tatsāpekṣam ācāryādhikaraṇeśvarāpekṣam akhile māyīye'dhvani svamadhikāram anugrāhyānugrahalakṣaṇaṃ nirvartya sthitikālasyānte māyīyasyādhvano'pyuparamasamaye seśvaramiti mantreśvaraiḥ sahitaṃ śivasāyujyaṃ gacchati //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 4, 9.2, 2.0 iti antarviśrāntāṇusaṃghātaṃ māyātattvaṃ vakṣyamāṇaṃ tasmād granthitattvatas tadgarbhādhikāriṇāṃ
kalādyārabdhaśarīrāṇāṃ maṇḍalyādīnāṃ patīnāmaṣṭādaśādhikaṃ śatam ananteśādyabhivyaktaḥ parameśvaraḥ karoti kalādyārabdhadehatvam eṣāṃ karotītyarthaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 4.1, 5.0 tathāhi kṛśo'haṃ sthūlo'hamiti
śarīra evāhaṃpratyayo dṛṣṭaḥ na ca tadvyatirikta ātmā upalabhyate dehe'styātmā ityasya aśve viṣāṇamityādivat pratyakṣanirākṛtatvāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 5.2, 5.0 nanu
mṛtaśarīre'pi prāṇādyātmakasya vāyorūṣmarūpasya ca tejaso'pagamān na jīvāvasthāyāmiva śarīrārambhakabhūtasadbhāvas tasmād atrācetanatvam yac ca tat sati sattvam anaikāntikīkartum aśaktam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 5.2, 5.0 nanu mṛtaśarīre'pi prāṇādyātmakasya vāyorūṣmarūpasya ca tejaso'pagamān na jīvāvasthāyāmiva
śarīrārambhakabhūtasadbhāvas tasmād atrācetanatvam yac ca tat sati sattvam anaikāntikīkartum aśaktam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 8, 1.2, 1.0 athetyāṇavarodhaśaktyākhyapāśadvayavicārānantaram indriyairantaḥkaraṇabahiṣkaraṇaiḥ
śarīreṇa ca sthūlasūkṣmarūpeṇa arthaiś cendriyārthair viṣayair yo 'yaṃ cidātmano yogaḥ tasyāgāmibhāvād utpattimattvāt kāraṇaṃ nimittam anumīyate na hy utpattimaccāhetukaṃ kiṃcid bhavati //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 8, 2.2, 5.0 yataśca tat saṃtatatvaṃ tattatprāṇisaṃtatatvena kila janmāntare 'pi
śarīrendriyādi sthitaṃ yathā jātyāyurbhogapradebhyaḥ karmabhyaḥ āyuḥpradasyopakṣīṇatvāt mṛtasyāpi tasyaiva jātibhogade karmaṇī saṃtatyā tv avatiṣṭhete na tv anyam upasarpataḥ tābhyāṃ ca tattajjātidehendriyayogaḥ kriyate //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 9, 9.2, 6.0 nanu yatas tāvanmātāpitṛsambandhibhyo dehendriyādibhyas
tattatsvasadṛśaśarīrakaraṇādi utpadyamānam upalabhyate tataḥ kim adṛṣṭena māyādinā kāraṇena kᄆptenetyāśaṅkyāha //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 9, 10.2, 1.0 mātāpitṛsaṃśleṣaśarīrendriyādikāraṇakaṃ jantūnāṃ śarīrendriyādi tadbhāve bhāvāttadabhāve cābhāvāditi yadyabhimataṃ tadastu kiṃtvetatpraṣṭavyo bhavān tannikhilātyaye sarvasaṃhāre dehendriyādyutpatteḥ kīdṛśī gatiḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 9, 10.2, 1.0 mātāpitṛsaṃśleṣaśarīrendriyādikāraṇakaṃ jantūnāṃ
śarīrendriyādi tadbhāve bhāvāttadabhāve cābhāvāditi yadyabhimataṃ tadastu kiṃtvetatpraṣṭavyo bhavān tannikhilātyaye sarvasaṃhāre dehendriyādyutpatteḥ kīdṛśī gatiḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 11, 20.2, 1.0 avyaktādvyaktaṃ guṇatattvaṃ vyaktāntaraṃ tatkāryaṃ buddhiḥ tasyāḥ sakāśādahaṅkāraḥ cita ātmanaḥ saṃrambhavṛttyantaḥkaraṇamupapadyate yadvyāpārācchārīrāḥ
śarīrāntaścarāḥ pañca vāyavaśceṣṭante svaṃ svaṃ vyāpāraṃ vidadhati //
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 2.1, 1.0 sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena
vedotpattimadhyāyaṃ uttaratantrasya dvaividhyam rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi pāñcabhautikatvaṃ ślokena saumyarasasambhūtayor matāntaram prakṛtiṃ svabhāvaṃ api niruktim niruktiṃ śoṇitamevādhikartumāha yadi nirdiṣṭasya māsena abhedaṃ darśayannāha srāvaṇaviṣayam śarīre ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 30.1, 1.0 punaḥ
athavā vyādhibhedaṃ śarīre sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ daurhṛdaviśeṣair bījasya saṃyogo ṛtumatyā gṛhītagarbhāyā garbhasya sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ īśvaram akālaśabda padyair aviśiṣṭakāraṇād śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 17.2, 1.0 āsthāpanānuvāsane vardhamānaśarīradhātūnāṃ tannirvṛttau vardhamānaśarīradhātūnāṃ vikāraparimāṇaṃ nirdiśannāha ityāha dṛśyata sthāpakamaprāptaprāpakaṃ
prāktanaślokābhihitaguṇāguṇopapattiṃ deye //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 15, 23.3, 2.0 atyuṣṇe durdina ṛju tatra vikāraparimāṇaṃ bhūyaḥśabdaḥ saṃghātabalapravṛttā krodhaḥ taccānnavaiṣamyaṃ vayaḥsthāpanaṃ abhighātanimittā yogairiti akhilam tasya nikhilena nanu atheti vājīkaraṇyastvoṣadhaya tatra sa khaluśabdo anyatreti saḥ yathāhītyavyayaṃ kṣīṇasya teṣāmiti avatiṣṭhate rajaḥsaṃjñam tuśabdo sa jīvaraktam yadyapi visratā indragopakaḥ śarīrasthena anyatamam mūlamiti dvividhaṃ kālaḥ annāśraddhā khavaiguṇyāt mahābhāgaṃ lakṣyante yonir dṛṣṭamārtavaṃ kalalaṃ prasannamukhavarṇā nanu māturgarbhiṇyā śramaḥ atra itthaṃbhūtasyāhārasya saumyaṃ kāle daivayogād anyatheti praklinnā bhoktum pratibuddhataraṃ tatreti pūrvamutpannatvādāgantoḥ ebhyo'bhighātādihetubhyaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 9.2, 2.0 yakṛtplīhānau prakṛtisthena api aśeṣadhātupoṣako
dravatā indravadhūḥ yaḥ tena pariṇāmaṃ vātātapikaṃ garbhanābhināḍī tathā sa garbhāśayastham saṃkocaṃ karmaṇi iti śrotum anye sa ūrdhvaromarājitvādīni samudāyasaṃkhyā kālavaiṣamyaṃ putrādiviyoge evākhilaṃ śrotṛvyākhyātroḥ yakṛtplīhānau strīyonipravṛttasya prakṛtisthena aśeṣadhātupoṣako dravatā śabdādibhiḥ garbhāśayastham ūrdhvaromarājitvādīni putrādiviyoge aśeṣadhātupoṣako strīyonipravṛttasya ūrdhvaromarājitvādīni lyuṭpratyayaḥ śarīrasya tathā śarādiprahāraḥ cittodvegaḥ kāyavāṅmanovihāravaiṣamyam dehaṃ sūtrāṇi abhidadhāmīti kriyāphalasiddhiṃ raktasya iti 'pi gacchanneva dehadhāraṇadhātuśabde dravabhāvaḥ so strīṣu prāpya rasāt saha itthaṃbhūtena ca pañcāśadvarṣāṇi janayed dṛṣṭārtavaḥ yāti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 8.4, 3.0 samudrasyeva
ityatrādiśabdenāptejovāyvākāśā ityāha svaśabdo śoṇitamadhikṛtaṃ kāraṇādityāha nātyacchaṃ pāṇḍurogyādīnāṃ jīvaccharīre vātādiliṅgatvāt //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 28.2, 3.0 mṛtaśarīre śītoṣṇavātavarṣātapaprabhṛtinimittāḥ peyalehyabhojyabhakṣyabhedena
āhārarasavīryam atyantaharṣavaśād sātiśayo'rthābhilāṣaḥ śītoṣṇavātavarṣātapaprabhṛtinimittāḥ peyalehyabhojyabhakṣyabhedena atyantaharṣavaśād āhārarasavīryam śītoṣṇavātavarṣātapaprabhṛtinimittāḥ peyalehyabhojyabhakṣyabhedena śītoṣṇavātavarṣātapaprabhṛtinimittāḥ peyalehyabhojyabhakṣyabhedena śītoṣṇavātavarṣātapaprabhṛtinimittāḥ dhātugrahaṇāni hyatra paṭhanti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 33.2, 6.0 tasmāt āndhyam bhuktamātra anavagāḍham tena nityaḥ mātṛjā tacca idaṃ āśramasthaṃ videhādhipakīrtitā paramasūkṣma tadvarṣād vājīkaraṇya ārtavaśoṇitaṃ aruṇam śarīraṃ teṣāṃ yuktimāha praśastadeśe āgamācca daivabalapravṛttā rasadoṣajā ghanaḥ tatas ayugmeṣu sphuraṇaṃ kuta sattvetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 3.1, 11.0 romarājyādayaś 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha sa aparā paṭhanti ceti 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha ceti 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha atha ca
vyutpattir kṛtsnaṃ cakāro ca pūrṇo vistarabhayānna narīṇāṃ śarīram vistarabhayānna na na likhitā //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 9.2, 12.0 amānuṣopasargādayaḥ copacīyamāne karotītyāha
ityanarthakaṃ tiryakpatantī bhautikaśarīreṇa sabhāpuruṣeṣūpamā amānuṣopasargādayaḥ karotītyāha sabhāpuruṣeṣūpamā abhivyāptau te ūcuḥ śanaiḥ māsena majjñaḥ adṛṣṭahetukena ityarthaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 5.5, 16.0 doṣabalapravṛttās ityarthaḥ doṣabalapravṛttās traya kampa paṭhanti tadyathā sa tadyathā
ādhyātmikāḥ śukraṃ ityādibhiḥ saptasvāyataneṣu cābhāvānna saptasvāyataneṣu cābhāvānna śarīrasthavātādirajaḥprabhṛtidoṣajanitatvāt //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 3.4, 17.0 sattvamaupapādukaṃ ityucyate tena vātādijvarās yajjīvaspṛk ityucyate
vātādijvarās yajjīvaspṛk vātādijvarās yajjīvaspṛk anye sarvaśarīratarpaṇādibhiścāvikṛtasya trayaḥ śarīreṇābhisaṃbadhnāti sarvaśarīratarpaṇādibhiścāvikṛtasya śarīreṇābhisaṃbadhnāti sarvaśarīratarpaṇādibhiścāvikṛtasya tu gatir sāṃnipātika ca jñānātiśayavān anumantavyetyarthaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 3.4, 17.0 sattvamaupapādukaṃ ityucyate tena vātādijvarās yajjīvaspṛk ityucyate
vātādijvarās yajjīvaspṛk vātādijvarās yajjīvaspṛk anye sarvaśarīratarpaṇādibhiścāvikṛtasya trayaḥ śarīreṇābhisaṃbadhnāti sarvaśarīratarpaṇādibhiścāvikṛtasya śarīreṇābhisaṃbadhnāti sarvaśarīratarpaṇādibhiścāvikṛtasya tu gatir sāṃnipātika ca jñānātiśayavān anumantavyetyarthaḥ //
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 59.0 taccharīraṃ tanniṣṭhaṃ pratiśīrṣakādi romāñcakagadgadikādibhujākṣepavalanaprabhṛti bhrūkṣepakaṭākṣādikaṃ ca na rateścittavṛttirūpatayānukāratvena kasyacitpratibhāti //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
RHT, 1, 7.1 ye
cātyaktaśarīrā haragaurīsṛṣṭijāṃ tanuṃ prāptāḥ /
RHT, 1, 9.2 bhogāḥ santi
śarīre tadanityamaho vṛthā sakalam //
RHT, 1, 10.1 iti
dhanaśarīrabhogān matvānityān sadaiva yatanīyam /
RHT, 1, 27.2 śreyaḥ paraṃ kimanyat
śarīramajarāmaraṃ vihāyaikam //
RHT, 1, 31.1 asminn eva
śarīre yeṣāṃ paramātmano na saṃvedaḥ /
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
RPSudh, 3, 26.1 sa ca
śarīrakaro'pyatha lohakṛt sakalasiddhikaraḥ paramo bhavet /
RPSudh, 6, 34.2 saṃsevanādvajrasamaṃ
śarīraṃ bhavetsukāntaṃ hi nirāmayaṃ ca //
Rasaratnasamuccaya
RRS, 1, 38.2 bhogāśca santi
śarīre tadanityamato vṛthā sakalam //
RRS, 1, 39.1 iti
dhanaśarīrabhogānmatvānityānsadaiva yatanīyam /
RRS, 1, 54.2 śreyaḥ paraṃ
kimanyaccharīramajarāmaraṃ vihāyaikam //
RRS, 1, 58.1 asminn eva
śarīre yeṣāṃ paramātmano na saṃvedaḥ /
RRS, 11, 16.2 saṃkrāmaṇaṃ vedhavidhiḥ
śarīre yogas tathāṣṭādaśadhātra karma //
RRS, 13, 47.2 āmāśayodbhavam imaṃ vidadhāty urasthaḥ śvāsaṃ ca vakragamano hi
śarīrabhājām //
Rasaratnākara
RRĀ, R.kh., 1, 23.2 anyo nāsti
śarīranāśakagadapradhvaṃsakārī tataḥ kāryaṃ nityamahotsavaiḥ prathamataḥ sūtād vapuḥsādhanam //
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rasārṇava
RArṇ, 6, 9.1 raktaṃ pītaṃ ca hemārthe kṛṣṇaṃ
hemaśarīrayoḥ /
Ratnadīpikā
Rājamārtaṇḍa
RājMār zu YS, 3, 43.1, 1.0 śarīrād bahir yā manasaḥ śarīranairapekṣyeṇa vṛttiḥ sā mahāvidehā nāma vigataśarīrāhaṃkāradārḍhyadvāreṇocyate //
RājMār zu YS, 3, 43.1, 1.0 śarīrād bahir yā manasaḥ
śarīranairapekṣyeṇa vṛttiḥ sā mahāvidehā nāma vigataśarīrāhaṃkāradārḍhyadvāreṇocyate //
RājMār zu YS, 3, 43.1, 1.0 śarīrād bahir yā manasaḥ śarīranairapekṣyeṇa vṛttiḥ sā mahāvidehā nāma
vigataśarīrāhaṃkāradārḍhyadvāreṇocyate //
RājMār zu YS, 3, 43.1, 5.0 yadā punaḥ
śarīrāhaṃkārabhāvaṃ parityajya svātantreṇa manaso vṛttiḥ sā akalpitā tasyāṃ saṃyamāt yoginaḥ sarve cittamalāḥ kṣīyante //
Rājanighaṇṭu
RājNigh, 2, 35.1 yadi striyaḥ strīṣu kṛtā guṇāḍhyāḥ klībāni tu
klībaśarīrabhājām /
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
SDS, Rāseśvaradarśana, 7.0 nanu vinaśvaratayā dṛśyamānasya dehasya kathaṃ nityatvam avamīyata iti cenmaivaṃ maṃsthāḥ ṣāṭkauśikasya
śarīrasyānityatve rasābhrakapadābhilapyaharagaurīsṛṣṭijātasya nityatvopapatteḥ //
SDS, Rāseśvaradarśana, 26.0 nanu saccidānandātmakaparatattvasphuraṇādeva muktisiddhau kim anena divyadehasampādanaprayāseneti cet tad etad avārttaṃ
vārttaśarīrālābhe tadvārttāyā ayogāt //
Sarvāṅgasundarā
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 16, 18.2, 6.0 doṣādīn
doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasattvasātmyaprakṛtīḥ vīkṣya ākalayya prāk pūrvameva ajñātakoṣṭhe puruṣa uttamamātrāviṣaye pūrvaṃ hrasīyasīṃ kalpayet //
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 16, 19.2, 3.0 yadi punarjīrṇamātra evānne sneho'yamabubhukṣitasyaivopayujyate tadānīṃ srotasāṃ kaphādyupalepānivartanāt tatsaṃpṛktaḥ sa sneho na sarvaṃ
śarīraṃ vyāpnute avyāpnuvaṃśca doṣaṃ na śamayet //
SarvSund zu AHS, Utt., 39, 110.2, 1.0 ye puruṣā vituṣīkṛtāyā indurājyāścūrṇair yuktāt kṣīrāt sujātāt sāraṃ navanītākhyam uddhṛtya mākṣikeṇa saha lihanti paścāt tadeva takraṃ ca ye pibanti te kuṣṭhavantaḥ
śīryamāṇaśarīrāḥ samudbhūtāṅgulighrāṇāḥ śobhante //
Skandapurāṇa
Smaradīpikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 5.2, 1.0 iha yatkiṃcidduḥkhasukhādyāntaraṃ nīlapītādikaṃ bāhyaṃ grāhyaṃ yac caitad grāhakaṃ
puryaṣṭakaśarīrendriyādi tattāvatsauṣuptavad asaṃcetyamānaṃ sphuṭameva nāstīti vaktuṃ śakyam //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 11.2, 9.0 atha ye śrutyantavidakṣapādamādhyamikādayaḥ kṣobhapralaye viśvocchedarūpam abhāvātmakameva tattvam avaśiṣyata ity upādikṣan tān pratibodhayituṃ tadupagatatattvaprātipakṣyeṇa lokottaratāṃ
prakaraṇaśarīrasya spandatattvasya nirūpayati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 16.2, 1.0 atra spandatattve kāryatvaṃ kartṛtvam iti ca śabditaṃ śabdavyavahāramātreṇa bheditamavasthāyugalamasti vastuto hi tadekameva svatantraprakāśaghanaśaṃkararūpaṃ tattvaṃ kartṛsattvāvyatiriktayā prakāśātmanā kriyayā vyāptaṃ tadabhedena prakāśamānaṃ
tattvabhuvanaśarīratadabhāvādirūpatvaṃ svīkurvatkāryam ityucyate tadanyasya kasyāpi kāraṇatvāyogāt //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 19.2, 6.0 iti śrīpratyabhijñoktadṛśā citiśaktireva pārameśvarī jñānakriyāmāyāśaktitritayatayā śrīsadāśivādipade sphuritvā saṃkocaprakarṣātsattvarajastamorūpaṃ
krīḍāśarīraṃ śrayati yato nijacicchaktisphāramayatvāt tadadhiṣṭhitameva sarvadā sarvaṃ jānan suprabuddho guṇādiviśeṣaspandān anucchindann api spandatattvāveśamaya eva //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 20.2, 8.0 bhūrūpādipañcakātmakaṃ meyapadaṃ tatra carantyo bhūcaryas tadā bhogamayyā āśyānībhāvatayā tanmayatvamāpannāḥ bhūcaryaḥ suprabuddhasya
citprakāśaśarīratayātmānaṃ darśayantya itareṣāṃ sarvato 'py avacchinnatāṃ prathayantyaḥ sthitāḥ ity evaṃ pramātrantaḥkaraṇabahiṣkaraṇaprameyarūpatayaiva tāni catvāri cakrāṇi guṇādispandamayāny aprabuddhabuddhīṃl laukikāṃs tathā bindunādādiprathāmātrasaṃtuṣṭān yoginas tattattvaprasararūpe saṃsāre pātayanti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 22.2, 3.0 tathāhi samanantaravihitadāruṇopaghātaśatrudarśanān marmasparśitattadvacanākarṇanād vā prathamam evonmiṣatsaṃjihīrṣādevatābalād antarmukhībhavadraśmicakro 'tikruddhaḥ ciraprārthitaprāṇeśīvadanendudarśanād eva tatkṣaṇam evonmajjatpūrṇābhilāṣadevatāvaśavikāsitānudhāvatsamastakaraṇacakraḥ prahṛṣṭo vā balavadātatāyibalena sarvato valitatvāt kāndiśīkaḥ kiṃ karomīti mṛśan vikalpayan saṃśayadhārādhirohātmani pade 'nupraviṣṭaḥ kṣīṇasakalālambanavikasatsaṃśayasaṃvinnirālambanīkṛtavṛttiprasaro vā mattavāraṇādyanubadhyamāno dhāvan
śarīranirapekṣam eva svātmapravaṇīkṛtetaravṛttiprasaradudyogadevīpreraṇayātitvaritapalāyanakriyāviṣṭo vā evam anyāsv apy evamprāyāsu siṃhājagarādyavalokanajanitamahātrāsādyavasthāsu yad vṛttikṣayātmakaṃ padaṃ gacched adhitiṣṭhet spandatattvaviviktaye satatam udyukto yo yogijanas tasya tatra vṛttikṣayātmake pade 'vasthāviśeṣe spandaḥ pratiṣṭhitaḥ spandatattvam abhimukhībhūtameva tiṣṭhati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Dvitīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 2.2, 16.0 tathā dīkṣādipravṛttānām ācāryādīnāṃ karaṇarūpāḥ sarve mantrās tatspandatattvarūpaṃ balam ākramya anuprāṇakatvena avaṣṭabhya ācāryādīnām eva sambandhinārādhakacittena saha mokṣabhogasādhanādyadhikārāya pravartante tatraiva
śāntavācakaśabdātmakaśarīrarūpā ata eva ca nirañjanāḥ śuddhāḥ samyak pralīyante viśrāmyanti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Dvitīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 7.2, 3.0 etad uktaṃ bhavati ahameva tatsaṃvedanarūpeṇa tādātmyapratipattito
viśvaśarīraś cidānandaghanaḥ śiva iti saṃkalpo yasyāvikalpaśeṣībhūtatvena phalati tasya dhyeyamantradevatādi kiṃ na nāma abhimukhībhavati sarvasyaitadadvayaprathālagnatvāt //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 18.2, 2.0 yata eva pratyayeṣu sukhādipratyayodbhavaḥ ata evāsau pratyayodbhavāt paśuḥ paravaśaḥ śabdānuvedhakrameṇa pade pade brāhmyādidevībhir ākṣipyamāṇaḥ na tu suprabuddhavat svatantraḥ tasya puryaṣṭakasya bhāvādeva punaḥpunarudbodhitavicitravāsanaḥ saṃsaret tattadbhogocitabhogāyatanāni
śarīrāṇyarjayitvā gṛhṇāti cotsṛjati ca //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
TantraS, 3, 33.0 māyāyāṃ punaḥ sphaṭībhūtabhedavibhāgā māyīyavarṇatāṃ bhajante ye paśyantīmadhyamāvaikharīṣu vyāvahārikatvam āsādya bahīrūpatattvasvabhāvatāpattiparyantāḥ te ca māyīyā api
śarīrakalpatvena yadā dṛśyante yadā ca teṣām uktanayair etaiḥ jīvitasthānīyaiḥ śuddhaiḥ parāmarśaiḥ pratyujjīvanaṃ kriyate tadā te savīryā bhavanti te ca tādṛśā bhogamokṣapradāḥ ity evaṃ sakalaparāmarśaviśrāntimātrarūpaṃ pratibimbitasamastatattvabhūtabhuvanabhedam ātmānaṃ paśyato nirvikalpatayā śāṃbhavena samāveśena jīvanmuktatā //
TantraS, 6, 1.1 sa eva sthānaprakalpanaśabdena uktaḥ tatra tridhā sthānaṃ prāṇavāyuḥ
śarīraṃ bāhyaṃ ca tatra prāṇe tāvat vidhiḥ sarvaḥ asau vakṣyamāṇaḥ adhvā prāṇasthaḥ kalyate tasya kramākramakalanaiva kālaḥ sa ca parameśvara eva antarbhāti tadbhāsanaṃ ca devasya kālī nāma śaktiḥ bhedena tu tadābhāsanaṃ kramākramayoḥ prāṇavṛttiḥ //
TantraS, 7, 1.0 tatra samasta eva ayaṃ mūrtivaicitryābhāsanaśaktijo deśādhvā saṃvidi viśrāntaḥ taddvāreṇa śūnye buddhau prāṇe nāḍīcakrānucakreṣu bahiḥ
śarīre yāvalliṅgasthaṇḍilapratimādau samasto 'dhvā pariniṣṭhitaḥ taṃ samastam adhvānaṃ dehe vilāpya dehaṃ ca prāṇe taṃ dhiyi tāṃ śūnye tatsaṃvedane nirbharaparipūrṇasaṃvit sampadyate ṣaṭtriṃśattattvasvarūpajñaḥ taduttīrṇāṃ saṃvidaṃ paramaśivarūpāṃ paśyan viśvamayīm api saṃvedayeta aparathā vedyabhāgam eva kaṃcit paratvena gṛhṇīyān māyāgarbhādhikāriṇaṃ viṣṇubrahmādikaṃ vā tasmād avaśyaṃ prakriyājñānapareṇa bhavitavyam //
TantraS, 8, 10.0 ity evaṃ saṃvedanasvātantryasvabhāvaḥ parameśvara eva
viśvabhāvaśarīro ghaṭāder nirmātā kumbhakārasaṃvidas tato 'nadhikatvāt kumbhakāraśarīrasya ca bhāvarāśimadhye nikṣepāt kathaṃ kumbhakāraśarīrasya kartṛtvābhimānaḥ iti cet parameśvarakṛta evāsau ghaṭādivat bhaviṣyati //
TantraS, 8, 10.0 ity evaṃ saṃvedanasvātantryasvabhāvaḥ parameśvara eva viśvabhāvaśarīro ghaṭāder nirmātā kumbhakārasaṃvidas tato 'nadhikatvāt
kumbhakāraśarīrasya ca bhāvarāśimadhye nikṣepāt kathaṃ kumbhakāraśarīrasya kartṛtvābhimānaḥ iti cet parameśvarakṛta evāsau ghaṭādivat bhaviṣyati //
TantraS, 8, 10.0 ity evaṃ saṃvedanasvātantryasvabhāvaḥ parameśvara eva viśvabhāvaśarīro ghaṭāder nirmātā kumbhakārasaṃvidas tato 'nadhikatvāt kumbhakāraśarīrasya ca bhāvarāśimadhye nikṣepāt kathaṃ
kumbhakāraśarīrasya kartṛtvābhimānaḥ iti cet parameśvarakṛta evāsau ghaṭādivat bhaviṣyati //
TantraS, 8, 11.0 tasmāt sāmagrīvādo 'pi
viśvaśarīrasya saṃvedanasyaiva kartṛtāyām upodbalakaḥ //
TantraS, 12, 6.0 sa ca aṣṭadhā kṣitijalapavanahutāśanākāśasomasūryātmarūpāsu aṣṭāsu mūrtiṣu mantranyāsamahimnā parameśvararūpatayā bhāvitāsu tādātmyena ca dehe parameśvarasamāviṣṭe
śarīrādivibhāgavṛtteḥ caitanyasyāpi parameśvarasamāveśaprāptiḥ kasyāpi tu snānavastrādituṣṭijanakatvāt parameśopāyatām etīti uktaṃ ca śrīmadānandādau dhṛtiḥ āpyāyo vīryaṃ maladāho vyāptiḥ sṛṣṭisāmarthyaṃ sthitisāmarthyam abhedaś ca ity etāni teṣu mukhyaphalāni teṣu teṣu upāhitasya mantrasya tattadrūpadhāritvāt //
TantraS, Trayodaśam āhnikam, 33.0 tatra
śarīre prāṇe dhiyi ca tadanusāreṇa śūlābjanyāsaṃ kuryāt tad yathā ādhāraśaktimūle mūlaṃ kanda āmūlasārakaṃ lambikānte kalātattvānto daṇḍaḥ māyātmako granthiḥ catuṣkikātmā śuddhavidyāpadmaṃ tatraiva sadāśivabhaṭṭārakaḥ sa eva mahāpretaḥ prakarṣeṇa līnatvāt bodhāt prādhānyena vedyātmakadehakṣayāt nādāmarśātmakatvāc ca iti //
TantraS, 19, 2.0 tatra yo mṛtoddhāre vidhiḥ uktaḥ sa sarva eva
śarīre kartavyaḥ pūrṇāhutyā śavaśarīradāhaḥ mūḍhānāṃ tu pratītirūḍhaye sapratyayām antyeṣṭiṃ kriyājñānayogabalāt kuryāt tatra śavaśarīre saṃhārakrameṇa mantrān nyasya jālakrameṇa ākṛṣya rodhanavedhanaghaṭṭanādi kuryāt prāṇasaṃcārakrameṇa hṛdi kaṇṭhe lalāṭe ca ity evaṃ śavaśarīraṃ kampate //
TantraS, 19, 2.0 tatra yo mṛtoddhāre vidhiḥ uktaḥ sa sarva eva śarīre kartavyaḥ pūrṇāhutyā
śavaśarīradāhaḥ mūḍhānāṃ tu pratītirūḍhaye sapratyayām antyeṣṭiṃ kriyājñānayogabalāt kuryāt tatra śavaśarīre saṃhārakrameṇa mantrān nyasya jālakrameṇa ākṛṣya rodhanavedhanaghaṭṭanādi kuryāt prāṇasaṃcārakrameṇa hṛdi kaṇṭhe lalāṭe ca ity evaṃ śavaśarīraṃ kampate //
TantraS, 19, 2.0 tatra yo mṛtoddhāre vidhiḥ uktaḥ sa sarva eva śarīre kartavyaḥ pūrṇāhutyā śavaśarīradāhaḥ mūḍhānāṃ tu pratītirūḍhaye sapratyayām antyeṣṭiṃ kriyājñānayogabalāt kuryāt tatra
śavaśarīre saṃhārakrameṇa mantrān nyasya jālakrameṇa ākṛṣya rodhanavedhanaghaṭṭanādi kuryāt prāṇasaṃcārakrameṇa hṛdi kaṇṭhe lalāṭe ca ity evaṃ śavaśarīraṃ kampate //
TantraS, 19, 2.0 tatra yo mṛtoddhāre vidhiḥ uktaḥ sa sarva eva śarīre kartavyaḥ pūrṇāhutyā śavaśarīradāhaḥ mūḍhānāṃ tu pratītirūḍhaye sapratyayām antyeṣṭiṃ kriyājñānayogabalāt kuryāt tatra śavaśarīre saṃhārakrameṇa mantrān nyasya jālakrameṇa ākṛṣya rodhanavedhanaghaṭṭanādi kuryāt prāṇasaṃcārakrameṇa hṛdi kaṇṭhe lalāṭe ca ity evaṃ
śavaśarīraṃ kampate //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 1, 3.1 naumi devīṃ
śarīrasthāṃ nṛtyato bhairavākṛte /
TĀ, 1, 43.2 tathāpi
taccharīrānte tajjñānaṃ vyajyate sphuṭam //
TĀ, 4, 91.1 prāṇāyāmo na kartavyaḥ
śarīraṃ yena pīḍyate /
TĀ, 5, 16.2 buddhiprāṇaśarīreṣu pāramaiśvaryam añjasā //
TĀ, 5, 19.1 śarīrasyākṣaviṣayaitatpiṇḍatvena saṃsthitiḥ /
TĀ, 8, 163.1 ye brahmaṇādisarge
svaśarīrānnirmitāḥ prabhūtākhyāḥ /
TĀ, 8, 270.1 yasyecchātaḥ
sattvādiguṇaśarīrā visṛjati rudrāṇī /
TĀ, 16, 60.2 dharmādharmaughavicchedāccharīraṃ cyavate kila //
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 2.1 atra itiśabdo vakṣyamāṇārthaparāmarśakaḥ haśabdo'vadhāraṇe yathā na ha vai
saśarīrasya priyāpriyayorapahatirastīti atra na heti naivetyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 44.2, 7.0 yato na sāmānyaṃ māṃsatvādijātirūpaṃ vṛddhau kāraṇaṃ bhavati tathāhi sati sāmānyaṃ bhāsatvarūpaṃ yathā vardhake bhojyarūpe māṃse'sti tathā
śarīradhāturūpe vardhanīye'pyasti tataśca nityaṃ māṃsatvasambandhād amāṃsādānām api māṃsena vardhitavyaṃ tasmādvṛddhikāraṇalakṣaṇatvena sāmānyaṃ vṛddhikāraṇamityuktam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 7.2, 1.7 etenaitaduktaṃ bhavati yadyapi vāyunā vātakāraṇānāṃ vātaśamanānāṃ vā tathā sambandho nāsti tathāpi
śarīrasambaddhais tair vātasya śarīracāriṇaḥ sambandho bhavati tataśca vātasya samānaguṇayogādvṛddhir viparītaguṇayogācca hrāsa upapanna eveti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 7.2, 1.7 etenaitaduktaṃ bhavati yadyapi vāyunā vātakāraṇānāṃ vātaśamanānāṃ vā tathā sambandho nāsti tathāpi śarīrasambaddhais tair vātasya
śarīracāriṇaḥ sambandho bhavati tataśca vātasya samānaguṇayogādvṛddhir viparītaguṇayogācca hrāsa upapanna eveti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 8.5, 5.0 tantraṃ
śarīraṃ yad uktaṃ tantrayantreṣu bhinneṣu tamo'ntyaṃ pravivikṣatām iti tadeva yantraṃ yadi vā tantrasya yantraṃ saṃdhayaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 11, 1.0 pittāntargata iti vacanena
śarīre jvālādiyuktavahniniṣedhena pittoṣmarūpasya vahneḥ sadbhāvaṃ darśayati na tu pittādabhedaṃ pitte nāgnimāndyasya grahaṇyadhyāye vakṣyamāṇatvāt tathā pittaharasya sarpiṣo'gnivardhanatvenoktatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.3 manaḥśarīraviśeṣāditi āgantorapi manaḥ śarīraṃ cādhiṣṭhānam evaṃ nijasyāpi āgantugrahaṇena ca mānaso'pi kāmādirgṛhyate /
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.3 manaḥśarīraviśeṣāditi āgantorapi manaḥ
śarīraṃ cādhiṣṭhānam evaṃ nijasyāpi āgantugrahaṇena ca mānaso'pi kāmādirgṛhyate /
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.7 atra doṣāḥ saṃsargāṃśāṃśavikalpādibhirasaṃkhyeyāḥ dūṣyāstu
śarīrāvayavā aṇuśaḥ parasparamelakena vibhajyamānā asaṃkhyeyāḥ liṅgāni kṛtsnavikāragatānyasaṃkhyeyānyeva āviṣkṛtāni tu tantre kathitāni hetavaścāvāntaraviśeṣādasaṃkhyeyāḥ pravyaktā eva /
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.8 kecit punaḥ eṣāṃ vikārāḥ iti paṭhanti sa tu pāṭho nānumatastāvat yadi ca syāttadā dehamanaḥpratyavamarśakam eṣām iti padaṃ bahuvacanaṃ tu
manaḥśarīrayorbahutvavivakṣayā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 12, 4.2 atrāpyapariṇāmīti sambadhyate apariṇāmīti pittaśleṣmasambandhanirapekṣaṃ na tu
śarīrāvayavānapekṣamiti yataḥ brūte taṃ taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ iti ata eva ca sraṃsādīnāṃ śarīrāvayavāpekṣatvena na sarvadā bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 12, 4.2 atrāpyapariṇāmīti sambadhyate apariṇāmīti pittaśleṣmasambandhanirapekṣaṃ na tu śarīrāvayavānapekṣamiti yataḥ brūte taṃ taṃ
śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ iti ata eva ca sraṃsādīnāṃ śarīrāvayavāpekṣatvena na sarvadā bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 12, 4.2 atrāpyapariṇāmīti sambadhyate apariṇāmīti pittaśleṣmasambandhanirapekṣaṃ na tu śarīrāvayavānapekṣamiti yataḥ brūte taṃ taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ iti ata eva ca sraṃsādīnāṃ
śarīrāvayavāpekṣatvena na sarvadā bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 11.0 tatra prakṛtivaśā yathā mudgāḥ kaṣāyā madhurāśca santaḥ prakṛtyā laghavaḥ etaddhi lāghavaṃ na rasavaśaṃ tathāhi sati kaṣāyamadhuratvād gurutvaṃ syāt vikṛtivaśaṃ ca vrīher lājānāṃ laghutvaṃ tathā saktusiddhapiṇḍakānāṃ ca gurutvaṃ vicāraṇā vicāro dravyāntarasaṃyoga ityarthaḥ tena vicāraṇāvaśaṃ yathā madhusarpiṣī saṃyukte viṣaṃ tathā viṣaṃ cāgadasaṃyuktaṃ svakāryavyatiriktakāryakāri deśo dvividho bhūmir āturaśca tatra bhūmau śvetakāpotī valmīkādhirūḍhā viṣaharī tathā himavati bheṣajāni mahāguṇāni bhavanti
śarīradeśe yathā sakthimāṃsād gurutaraṃ skandhakroḍaśiraspadām ityādi kālavaśaṃ tu yathā mūlakamadhikṛtyoktaṃ tadbālaṃ doṣaharaṃ vṛddhaṃ tridoṣaṃ tathā yathartupuṣpaphalam ādadīta ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 15.0 tatra
caraśarīrāvayavadhātūnāṃ deśena grahaṇaṃ mātrā vicāre praviśati śeṣaṃ svabhāve tathā rasavimāne vakṣyamāṇaṃ cātrāpraviṣṭam āhāraviśeṣāyatanam antarbhāvanīyaṃ yathāsambhavam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 35.2, 4.0 tatra deśo maruḥ paraḥ anūpo 'paraḥ kālo visargaḥ paraḥ ādānamaparaḥ vayastaruṇaṃ param aparam itaran mānaṃ ca
śarīrasya yathā vakṣyamāṇaṃ śarīre paraṃ tato'nyadaparaṃ pākavīryarasāstu ye yasya yoginaste taṃ prati parāḥ ayaugikās tv aparāḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 35.2, 4.0 tatra deśo maruḥ paraḥ anūpo 'paraḥ kālo visargaḥ paraḥ ādānamaparaḥ vayastaruṇaṃ param aparam itaran mānaṃ ca śarīrasya yathā vakṣyamāṇaṃ
śarīre paraṃ tato'nyadaparaṃ pākavīryarasāstu ye yasya yoginaste taṃ prati parāḥ ayaugikās tv aparāḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 66.2, 5.0 nipātācceti
śarīrasaṃyogamātrāt tena kiṃcid vīryam adhīvāsād upalabhyate yathānūpamāṃsāder uṣṇatvaṃ kiṃcic ca nipātādeva labhyate yathā marīcādīnāṃ tīkṣṇatvādi kiṃcic ca nipātādhīvāsābhyāṃ yathā marīcādīnāmeva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 80, 2.0 śarīradhātuvirodhaṃ kurvantīti vairodhikāḥ lakṣyate vairodhikamaneneti lakṣaṇaṃ vairodhikābhidhāyako grantha eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 81, 9.0 tatra bhūmiviruddhaṃ yathā tadeva bhasmapāṃśuparidhvastam kiṃvā yat kiṃcidagocarabhṛtaṃ taddeśaviruddhaṃ
śarīraviruddhaṃ yathā uṣṇārtasya madhu maraṇāya //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 4.2, 1.0 annapānaṃ vidhīyate yena taṃ vidhiṃ dravyaguṇakarmarūpaṃ tathā
caraśarīrāvayavādirūpaṃ cākhilena kārtsnyenopadekṣyāmaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 4.2, 2.0 yadyapi ceha dravyaṃ prati prati guṇakarmabhyāṃ na nirdekṣyati vakṣyati hi annapānaikadeśo'yamuktaḥ prāyopayogikaḥ iti tathāpyanuktānām api dravyāṇāṃ
caraśarīrāvayavādyupadeśena tathā pūrvādhyāyoktapārthivādidravyaguṇakarmakathanena ca tadvidhānamapyuktaṃ bhavatītyata uktamakhileneti vakṣyati hi yathā nānauṣadhaṃ kiṃcid deśajānāṃ vaco yathā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 4.2, 3.0 dravyaṃ tu tattathā vācyamanuktamiha yad bhavet tathā caraḥ
śarīrāvayavāḥ ityādi kiṃvā vidhiśabdo 'śitapītalīḍhakhāditaprakāravācī tena cāśitādayaḥ sarva evākhilena vācyaḥ tatkāraṇabhūtāni tu dravyāṇi raktaśālyādīnyekadeśenoktāni ato vakṣyati annapānaikadeśo'yamuktaḥ iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 88.1, 12.0 māṃsaṃ bṛṃhaṇānām ityanenaivāgryādhikāravacanena māṃsasya bṛṃhaṇatve labdhe
śarīrabṛṃhaṇe nānya ityādivacanaṃ prakaraṇaprāptatvena tathā tasyaivārthasya dārḍhyārthaṃ ca jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 8.0 kiṃvā yathāsvenoṣmaṇeti yasya rudhirāder ya ūṣmā dhātvagnirūpastena samyagvipacyamānamaśitādi rasatām āpannaṃ yadā raktādidhātūn pratipadyate tadā raktādyūṣmaṇaiva pacyate evaṃ vipacyamānamaśitādi
śarīramupacayādinā yojayatyūrjayati vardhayatīti yojanā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 10.0 yathā kālo nityagatvenānavasthitaḥ tathānavasthitaḥ aviśrāntaḥ sarvadhātūnāṃ pāko yasmin
śarīre tattathā etena sarvadā svāgnipākakṣīyamāṇadhātoḥ śarīrasyāśitādinopacayādiyojanam upapannamiti darśayati yadi hi pākakṣīyamāṇaṃ śarīraṃ na syāttadā svataḥ siddhe upacayādau kimaśitādi kuryād iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 10.0 yathā kālo nityagatvenānavasthitaḥ tathānavasthitaḥ aviśrāntaḥ sarvadhātūnāṃ pāko yasmin śarīre tattathā etena sarvadā svāgnipākakṣīyamāṇadhātoḥ
śarīrasyāśitādinopacayādiyojanam upapannamiti darśayati yadi hi pākakṣīyamāṇaṃ śarīraṃ na syāttadā svataḥ siddhe upacayādau kimaśitādi kuryād iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 10.0 yathā kālo nityagatvenānavasthitaḥ tathānavasthitaḥ aviśrāntaḥ sarvadhātūnāṃ pāko yasmin śarīre tattathā etena sarvadā svāgnipākakṣīyamāṇadhātoḥ śarīrasyāśitādinopacayādiyojanam upapannamiti darśayati yadi hi pākakṣīyamāṇaṃ
śarīraṃ na syāttadā svataḥ siddhe upacayādau kimaśitādi kuryād iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 13.0 etacca vyākhyānaṃ nātisundaram asyārthasya
anupahatetyādiśarīraviśeṣaṇenaiva labdhatvāt punaḥ śarīraviśeṣaṇam anupapannam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 13.0 etacca vyākhyānaṃ nātisundaram asyārthasya anupahatetyādiśarīraviśeṣaṇenaiva labdhatvāt punaḥ
śarīraviśeṣaṇam anupapannam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 27.0 eṣu ca pakṣeṣu sarvātmapariṇāmavādo viruddha eva yena sarvātmapariṇāme tricaturopavāsenaiva
nīrasatvāccharīrasya maraṇaṃ syāt māsopavāse kevalaṃ śukramayaṃ śarīraṃ syāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 27.0 eṣu ca pakṣeṣu sarvātmapariṇāmavādo viruddha eva yena sarvātmapariṇāme tricaturopavāsenaiva nīrasatvāccharīrasya maraṇaṃ syāt māsopavāse kevalaṃ śukramayaṃ
śarīraṃ syāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 37.0 yathāvayaḥśarīram iti yasmin vayasi bālyādau yādṛśaṃ mānaṃ dhātūnāṃ tādṛśaṃ puṣyantaḥ tathā yasmin śarīre prakṛtyā dīrghe hrasve kṛśe vā sthūle vā yādṛśaṃ mānaṃ dhātūnāṃ tādṛśaṃ puṣyanta iti yojanā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 37.0 yathāvayaḥśarīram iti yasmin vayasi bālyādau yādṛśaṃ mānaṃ dhātūnāṃ tādṛśaṃ puṣyantaḥ tathā yasmin
śarīre prakṛtyā dīrghe hrasve kṛśe vā sthūle vā yādṛśaṃ mānaṃ dhātūnāṃ tādṛśaṃ puṣyanta iti yojanā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 7.9, 31.0 etacca
śarīramadhikṛtya vaiparītyaṃ vyādhisahatve udāharaṇārtham upanyastaṃ tena yathoktāpathyabalavaiparītyaṃ doṣabalavaiparītyaṃ ca na sadyo vyādhikārakaṃ bhavatītyetad apyuktaṃ boddhavyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 7.9, 32.0 etad
evāpathyāhāradoṣaśarīrāṇām evābalavattvabalavattvābhyāṃ lakṣaṇaviśeṣaṃ yathāyogyatayā mṛdvādivyādhikāraṇatvenopasaṃharann āha ebhyaś caivetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 49, 2.0 sahatve cāsahatve cetyādinā
śarīrāṇi cātisthūlāni ityādi viparītāni punar vyādhisahāni ityantaṃ granthaṃ jñāpayati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 30, 12.1, 15.0 dvitīyāṃ niruktimāha bahudhā vā tāḥ phalantīti tā hṛdayāśritā daśadhamanyo bahudhā anekaprakāraṃ phalantīti niṣpadyante etena mūle hṛdaye daśarūpāḥ satyo mahāsaṃkhyāḥ
śarīre pratānabhedādbhavantītyuktam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 2.1, 1.0 nidānasthāne jñātahetvādinā tathā vimāne pratītarasadoṣādimānena kartavyacikitsāyā adhikaraṇaṃ
śarīraṃ jñātavyaṃ bhavati yato'pratipanne 'śeṣāviśeṣataḥ śarīre na śarīravijñānādhīnā cikitsā sādhvī bhavati ataḥ śarīraṃ kāraṇotpattisthitivṛddhyādiviśeṣaiḥ pratipādayituṃ śārīraṃ sthānamucyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 2.1, 1.0 nidānasthāne jñātahetvādinā tathā vimāne pratītarasadoṣādimānena kartavyacikitsāyā adhikaraṇaṃ śarīraṃ jñātavyaṃ bhavati yato'pratipanne 'śeṣāviśeṣataḥ
śarīre na śarīravijñānādhīnā cikitsā sādhvī bhavati ataḥ śarīraṃ kāraṇotpattisthitivṛddhyādiviśeṣaiḥ pratipādayituṃ śārīraṃ sthānamucyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 2.1, 1.0 nidānasthāne jñātahetvādinā tathā vimāne pratītarasadoṣādimānena kartavyacikitsāyā adhikaraṇaṃ śarīraṃ jñātavyaṃ bhavati yato'pratipanne 'śeṣāviśeṣataḥ śarīre na
śarīravijñānādhīnā cikitsā sādhvī bhavati ataḥ śarīraṃ kāraṇotpattisthitivṛddhyādiviśeṣaiḥ pratipādayituṃ śārīraṃ sthānamucyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 2.1, 1.0 nidānasthāne jñātahetvādinā tathā vimāne pratītarasadoṣādimānena kartavyacikitsāyā adhikaraṇaṃ śarīraṃ jñātavyaṃ bhavati yato'pratipanne 'śeṣāviśeṣataḥ śarīre na śarīravijñānādhīnā cikitsā sādhvī bhavati ataḥ
śarīraṃ kāraṇotpattisthitivṛddhyādiviśeṣaiḥ pratipādayituṃ śārīraṃ sthānamucyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 15.2, 2.0 puruṣa ityanena cāviśeṣeṇa puruṣaśabdābhidheyo 'rtho 'bhidhīyate yataḥ khādayaścetanāṣaṣṭhā ityādinā tathā caturviṃśatikabhedabhinnaśca karmapuruṣa eva śarīrī vācyaḥ tathā cetanādhāturapyekaḥ smṛtaḥ puruṣasaṃjñakaḥ ityanenātmaiva
śarīrarahitaḥ puruṣaśabdārthatvena vācyaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 42.2, 9.0 evaṃ manyate bhāstamasī dharmādharmajanye dharmādharmau cāsatyātmani nirāśrayau na bhavitumarhataḥ tathā satyaṃ dharmajanakatayā upādeyam anṛtaṃ cādharmajanakatayānupādeyam etaccātmani sthire'sati dharmādharmajanakatvaṃ nāsti tataśca satyāsatyabhedo 'pyakiṃcitkaratvānnāsti evaṃ śubhāśubhakarmaṇyapi vācyaṃ tathā kartā ca kāraṇapratisaṃdhātā na bhavati pratisaṃdhātur ātmano 'bhāvād ityarthaḥ tathā boddhā ca pūrvāparāvasthāpratisaṃdhātaiva bhavati
śarīraṃ cātmano bhogāyatanaṃ nātmānaṃ vinā bhavati evaṃ sukhādāvapyātmanaḥ kāraṇatvamunneyam vijñānaṃ śāstrārthajñānaṃ śāstrāṇi pratisaṃdhātrātmanaiva kṛtāni //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 47.2, 10.0 bauddhā hi nirātmakaṃ kṣaṇikajñānādisamudāyamātraṃ
śarīram icchanti pratisaṃdhānaṃ ca kṣaṇikānām api jñānādīnāṃ kāryakāraṇabhāvād ekaphalasaṃtatāvicchanti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 51.2, 7.0 kṛtaṃ karma yāgādi na phalarūpatayānyamupaiti evaṃ sati devadattakṛtena śubhakarmaṇā yajñadattādayo'pi sukhabhājaḥ syuḥ tasmāt
kṣaṇabhaṅgiśarīrād atiriktaḥ karmakartā tatphalabhoktā cāstīti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 74.2, 14.0 pañcatvaṃ tu yadyapi jīvato na bhavati kiṃtu mṛtasyaiva tathāpi pañcatvaṃ
mṛtaśarīre dṛśyamānaṃ viparyayāt pañcatvābhāvājjīvaccharīraliṅgaṃ bhavatīti jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 74.2, 14.0 pañcatvaṃ tu yadyapi jīvato na bhavati kiṃtu mṛtasyaiva tathāpi pañcatvaṃ mṛtaśarīre dṛśyamānaṃ viparyayāt
pañcatvābhāvājjīvaccharīraliṅgaṃ bhavatīti jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 79.2, 2.0 sarvagata iti sarvagato'pi san saṃsparśanendriya iti saṃsparśanayukte
śarīre vedanāḥ sukhaduḥkharūpā vetti sarvāśrayasthāstu na vettīti yojanā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 79.2, 3.0 yasmāt sarvagato'pyātmā svakīya eva sparśanavati
śarīre paraṃ vedanā vetti tena sarvāśrayasthāḥ sarvavedanā na vettīti vākyārthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 79.2, 6.0 sve sve
śarīra iti vaktavye yatra saṃsparśanendriye iti karoti tena svaśarīre'pi yatra keśanakhādau sparśanendriyaṃ nāsti tatra nātmā kiṃcidupalabhata iti darśayati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 79.2, 6.0 sve sve śarīra iti vaktavye yatra saṃsparśanendriye iti karoti tena
svaśarīre'pi yatra keśanakhādau sparśanendriyaṃ nāsti tatra nātmā kiṃcidupalabhata iti darśayati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 81.2, 12.0 etena yadyapyātmā kuḍyādibhir atirohitas tathāpi yad asyopalabdhisādhanaṃ manastasyaikasminneva
śarīre vyavasthitasya vyavadhānānna paśyatyayaṃ tiraskṛtam ityuktaṃ bhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 97.2, 3.0 bhogatṛṣṇayā hi pravartamāno dharmādharmān
duḥkhaśarīrotpādakān upādatte sarvopadhātyāgāttu na rāgadveṣābhyāṃ kvacit pravartate apravartamānaśca na dharmādharmānupādatte evam anāgatadharmādharmoparamaḥ upāttadharmādharmayostu rāgadveṣaśūnyasyopabhogād eva kṣayaḥ tena sarvathā karmakṣayād duḥkhaśarīrābhāva iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 97.2, 3.0 bhogatṛṣṇayā hi pravartamāno dharmādharmān duḥkhaśarīrotpādakān upādatte sarvopadhātyāgāttu na rāgadveṣābhyāṃ kvacit pravartate apravartamānaśca na dharmādharmānupādatte evam anāgatadharmādharmoparamaḥ upāttadharmādharmayostu rāgadveṣaśūnyasyopabhogād eva kṣayaḥ tena sarvathā karmakṣayād
duḥkhaśarīrābhāva iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 97.2, 8.0 asaṃyogāditi ārambhaśūnyatvena
dharmādharmocchedakṛtāccharīrāsaṃyogāt śarīrābhāve ca nirāśrayam akāraṇakaṃ duḥkhaṃ na bhavatīti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 97.2, 8.0 asaṃyogāditi ārambhaśūnyatvena dharmādharmocchedakṛtāccharīrāsaṃyogāt
śarīrābhāve ca nirāśrayam akāraṇakaṃ duḥkhaṃ na bhavatīti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 146.2, 10.0 tattvasmṛtiḥ ātmādīnāṃ yathā bhūtānusmaraṇaṃ sā ca nātmā
śarīrādyupakāryaḥ śarīrādayaścāmī ātmavyatiriktāḥ ityādismaraṇarūpasmṛtiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 146.2, 10.0 tattvasmṛtiḥ ātmādīnāṃ yathā bhūtānusmaraṇaṃ sā ca nātmā śarīrādyupakāryaḥ
śarīrādayaścāmī ātmavyatiriktāḥ ityādismaraṇarūpasmṛtiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 154.2, 2.0 prathamaṃ hi mokṣopayogitvena guruvacanāt kriyāsaṃnyāsaḥ kṛta eva paraṃ svānubhavaviraktena na kṛtaḥ abhyāsād udbhūtena jñānena sākṣāddṛṣṭaṃ bhāvasvabhāvena yaḥ sarvasaṃnyāsaḥ kriyate tatra samūlāḥ sarvavedanā jñānādayaśca
śarīroparamādevoparamante //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 2, 2, 1.0 pūrvādhyāye
śarīrasyādisarga ādhyātmiko naiṣṭhikamokṣarūpacikitsopayukta uktaḥ saṃprati garbhādirūpaṃ sargam abhidhātum atulyagotrīyo 'bhidhīyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Indr., 1, 7.6, 6.0 animittāmiti tadātve'nupalabhyamānanimittāṃ na tu punaḥ sarvathaivāhetukīṃ yata āyuṣaḥ kṣayanimittām ityanantaramasya viśeṣaṇaṃ kathayiṣyati riṣṭasya hi na raukṣyādinā
śarīrasaṃbandhādi nimittam upalabhyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 6.2, 5.0 anye tu bruvate yad vyādhimātraharaṃ na tad rasāyanaṃ kiṃtu
śarīrasaṃyogadārḍhyād dīrghāyuḥkartṛtvasādhāraṇadharmayogād upacaritavyādhiharaṃ rasāyanam ihocyata iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 7.2, 7.0 yā hi mānasī tṛṣṇā sā
śarīre icchādveṣātmikā tṛṣṇā sukhaduḥkhāt pravartate ityādāv uktā iyaṃ tu dehāśrayadoṣakāraṇā satī dehajaiveti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 14.2, 2.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāśarīre pittamāpyam uktaṃ yad dravasarasnigdhamandamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittasvedādi tad āpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca ityanena tathā tatraiva yat pittasya yo yā ca śarīre bhāḥ tat sarvam āgneyam ityanena dvayātmakatvaṃ pittasya yadyapyuktaṃ tathāpyāgneyākāratvād bāhulyāt pittam āgneyam eveti darśayannāha pittaṃ matam āgneyam iti dvayātmakatve 'pi ca pittasyāgneyāṃśaprādhānyād anyatrāpi saumyāgneyavāyavyavikārabhede paittikavikārā āgneyatvena gṛhītā eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 14.2, 2.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāśarīre pittamāpyam uktaṃ yad dravasarasnigdhamandamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittasvedādi tad āpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca ityanena tathā tatraiva yat pittasya yo yā ca śarīre bhāḥ tat sarvam āgneyam ityanena dvayātmakatvaṃ pittasya yadyapyuktaṃ tathāpyāgneyākāratvād bāhulyāt pittam āgneyam eveti darśayannāha pittaṃ matam āgneyam iti dvayātmakatve 'pi ca pittasyāgneyāṃśaprādhānyād anyatrāpi saumyāgneyavāyavyavikārabhede paittikavikārā āgneyatvena gṛhītā eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 14.2, 2.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāśarīre pittamāpyam uktaṃ yad dravasarasnigdhamandamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittasvedādi tad āpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca ityanena tathā tatraiva yat pittasya yo yā ca
śarīre bhāḥ tat sarvam āgneyam ityanena dvayātmakatvaṃ pittasya yadyapyuktaṃ tathāpyāgneyākāratvād bāhulyāt pittam āgneyam eveti darśayannāha pittaṃ matam āgneyam iti dvayātmakatve 'pi ca pittasyāgneyāṃśaprādhānyād anyatrāpi saumyāgneyavāyavyavikārabhede paittikavikārā āgneyatvena gṛhītā eva //
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 1, 8.1 atastvaṃ svapatim aprāpyamāṇā
nijaśarīrasya katiciddinasthāyiyauvanasya puruṣāntararamaṇād gṛhāṇa phalam /
Śusa, 5, 20.3 sattvasthite rāmajanārdanābhyām ādāya rājñaḥ kriyate
śarīram //
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 1, 3, 1.2, 2.0 jīvasākṣiṇī yā dhamanī sa karasyāṅguṣṭhe'stīti kriyāpadaṃ yojyaṃ tacceṣṭayā kṛtvā kāyasya
śarīrasya sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ ca jñeyaṃ paṇḍitairiti śeṣaḥ dhamanīti //
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhāvaprakāśa
BhPr, 6, 8, 21.1 tāraṃ
śarīrasya karoti tāpaṃ vidhvaṃsanaṃ yacchati śukranāśam /
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Hārāṇacandara on Suśr
Janmamaraṇavicāra
JanMVic, 1, 50.0 tathā coktaṃ sauśrute iha khalu pāñcabhautikasya caturvidhasya āhārasya ṣaḍrasopetasya dvividharasavīryasya aṣṭavidharasavīryasya anekaprakāropabhuktasya pariṇatasya yas tejorūpaḥ sāraḥ sūkṣmaḥ sa rasa ity ucyate tasya hṛdayaṃ sthānaṃ sa ca hṛdayāt caturviṃśatidhamanīr anupraviśya ūrdhvagā daśa daśa ca adhogāminīḥ catasraḥ tiryaggāḥ sakalaṃ
śarīram aharahas tarpayati jīvayati dhārayati vardhayati adṛṣṭanimittena karmaṇā sa khalu āpyo raso yakṛtplīhādiṃ prāpya rāgam upaiti bhavanti vā atra ślokāḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 101.0 evaṃ
śarīram uktvā śarīrisvarūpam ucyate dvāsaptatisahasrāṇi hṛdayād abhiniḥsṛtāḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 118.1 evam asau bhagavān svātantryaśaktimahimnā paśudaśām avalambamāno bhogopadānapravaṇaḥ sampūrṇadehaprāṇabalaḥ san uktena ṣaḍadhvajālakrameṇa prabuddhaḥ
śarīraparigraham āsādayati krameṇa bhukteṣu karmasu ṣaḍbhir bhāvavikārair jarārogādibhiḥ kāyayantre vighaṭamāne dehastambho vepathur nāḍīcakrasaṃkocaḥ kvacid viparyayeṇa tadvikāso marmabhaṅgaḥ śoṣa ityādi pūrvasaṃsthāpanopamardakaṃ sarvam upapadyate yāvat vinaśyati vināśaś ca kṣaṇiko 'sya yady api tathāpi sthūlayā vṛttyā daśabhir daśabhir abhivyaktaḥ proktaḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 122.0 tataś ca tasmin
śarīrayantre vighaṭite sā saṃvit prāṇanātmatām avalambya ātivāhikena dehena dehāntaraṃ nīyate tataś ca ātivāhikaṃ śarīrakaṃ bhūtabhaviṣyaddehāntarāle yugyasthānīyaṃ sambhavati yadārūḍho 'sau pudgalaḥ śarīrāntarāsaṅgam anubhavati uktaṃ ca kośabhāṣye mṛtyūpapattibhavayor antarā bhavatīha yaḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 122.0 tataś ca tasmin śarīrayantre vighaṭite sā saṃvit prāṇanātmatām avalambya ātivāhikena dehena dehāntaraṃ nīyate tataś ca ātivāhikaṃ śarīrakaṃ bhūtabhaviṣyaddehāntarāle yugyasthānīyaṃ sambhavati yadārūḍho 'sau pudgalaḥ
śarīrāntarāsaṅgam anubhavati uktaṃ ca kośabhāṣye mṛtyūpapattibhavayor antarā bhavatīha yaḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 127.0 iti ayam arthaḥ he sūrye bhagavati ātmaśakte brahmāṇaḥ brahmavādinaḥ ṛtuthā kāle kāle te tava sambandhinī dve cakre viduḥ cakram iva cakraṃ parivartasādharmyāt
śarīram ucyate tayor dvitvaṃ vartamānabhāvibhedāt atas tayor antare kathitayā yuktyā yad ekam ātivāhikākhyaṃ tat guhā guptam anupalakṣyam ity arthaḥ ata eva tad addhātayaḥ it viduḥ yogina eva jānanti iti tātparyam //
JanMVic, 1, 129.0 ayam atra saṃkṣepārthaḥ sambhavabhogaḥ janmabhogaḥ sthitibhogaś ca iti tisraḥ
śarīrasya prāgavasthā bhavanti hi tathā hi jaṭhare cetanāyāṃ saṃjātāyāṃ garbhabhogaḥ prasavasamaye janmabhogaḥ prasūtasya bālyādivayaḥparāvṛttyā vicitraḥ sthitibhogaḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 130.0 mṛtibhogaḥ yiyāsutā ca dve caramāvasthe tatra mṛtibhogaḥ vicitrā
śarīrapīḍā yiyāsutā ātivāhikaśarīrasambaddhā tām eva ca yiyāsutām uddiśya yaṃ yaṃ vāpi smaran bhāvam //
JanMVic, 1, 130.0 mṛtibhogaḥ yiyāsutā ca dve caramāvasthe tatra mṛtibhogaḥ vicitrā śarīrapīḍā yiyāsutā
ātivāhikaśarīrasambaddhā tām eva ca yiyāsutām uddiśya yaṃ yaṃ vāpi smaran bhāvam //
JanMVic, 1, 135.0 tā etāḥ
śarīrāvasthāḥ pañcāre cakre parivartamāne tasminn ātasthur bhuvanāni viśvā //
JanMVic, 1, 145.1 yad vā kvāpi parameśvarāyatane
śarīram ativāhya pūrve vidhau krameṇa parameśvarībhavati tad uktaṃ śrīsāttvatāyām /
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 3.2, 1.0 yaḥ pūrvaviśiṣṭo harajas tasmādanyaḥ karuṇāparo dayāvān kaḥ na ko 'pi yato rujaṃ
śarīravyathāṃ harati //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 7.2, 5.0 śarīraṃ dvividhaṃ sthūlasūkṣmabhedāt pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśātmakaṃ sthūlaṃ kośatrayātmakaṃ sūkṣmam //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 10.2, 1.0 sarvasādhanaṃ
śarīraṃ matvābhimataṃ diśati bho janāḥ sadā sarvasmin kāle aharniśaṃ yatanīyam kiṃ kṛtvā dhanaśarīrabhogān anityān naśvarān matvā yatanīyam iti //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 10.2, 1.0 sarvasādhanaṃ śarīraṃ matvābhimataṃ diśati bho janāḥ sadā sarvasmin kāle aharniśaṃ yatanīyam kiṃ kṛtvā
dhanaśarīrabhogān anityān naśvarān matvā yatanīyam iti //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 10.2, 3.0 tasya
śarīrasya nityasya jñānāt sarvotkṛṣṭenānenaiva śarīraṃ nityaṃ bhaved ityavabodhāt tasyaivābhyāsācca muktir bhavati //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 10.2, 3.0 tasya śarīrasya nityasya jñānāt sarvotkṛṣṭenānenaiva
śarīraṃ nityaṃ bhaved ityavabodhāt tasyaivābhyāsācca muktir bhavati //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 10.2, 5.0 manaso dharmaiḥ
śarīrāśritaiḥ ṣaṅkikāraś ca dehāsthiratvam etanniṣedhatvaṃ dehasthiratvaṃ mokṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 11.2, 8.0 taddehaṃ svayamasthiram asthirībhāvatvabhāvaṃ punar dāhyaṃ dagdhuṃ śakyaṃ punaḥ kledyam ārdrībhāvena śīrṇayituṃ śakyaṃ punaḥ śodhyaṃ śoṣayitum agnijalānilaiḥ dāhyaṃ kledyaṃ śoṣyaṃ ca
śarīramityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 14.2, 2.0 te svātmanā ātmanā saha yogakartṛkā yogino yathā haramūrtau
mahādevaśarīre līnāḥ santaḥ amṛtatvaṃ bhajante muktatvaṃ prāpnuvanti //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 18.2, 3.0 kena vinā
śarīreṇa śarīramantareṇa siddhirastu paraṃ tannāma kenāpi na gṛhyate śarīranāmagrahaṇamiti tātparyārthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 18.2, 3.0 kena vinā śarīreṇa
śarīramantareṇa siddhirastu paraṃ tannāma kenāpi na gṛhyate śarīranāmagrahaṇamiti tātparyārthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 18.2, 3.0 kena vinā śarīreṇa śarīramantareṇa siddhirastu paraṃ tannāma kenāpi na gṛhyate
śarīranāmagrahaṇamiti tātparyārthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 20.2, 6.0 īdṛk saḥ sphurito'pi prakāśamāno'pi asphuritatanorjantuvargasya
aprakāśaśarīrasya jīvasamūhasya kiṃ karoti pṛcchāṃ karoti //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 26.2, 4.0 punarvilasaddehāḥ
tejaḥprāyaśarīrāḥ punaḥ sadānandāḥ kena mudā harṣeṇa sadā sarvasminkāle ānando yeṣāṃ te tathoktāḥ paramānande magnatvāt //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 27.2, 2.0 ekam ajarāmaraṃ jarāmaraṇavarjitaṃ
śarīraṃ vihāya tyaktvā anyat paramutkṛṣṭaṃ śreyaḥ kalyāṇasvarūpaṃ kiṃ na kim apītyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 27.2, 3.0 kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ
śarīram āyatanaṃ vidyānāṃ vyākaraṇādicaturdaśasaṃkhyākāṅgānāṃ nivāsasthānaṃ punaḥ kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ mūlaṃ dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāṃ caturṇāṃ padārthānāṃ mūlaṃ hetuḥ dharmādayaś catvāraḥ pratītā eva //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 28.2, 3.0 kiṃviśiṣṭam anādivigraham ādiśca vigrahaṃ ca ādivigrahe te na vidyete yatra saḥ taṃ
utpattiśarīrayorabhāvāt sthūlajñānābhāva iti tātparyārthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 31.2, 2.0 asmin
śarīre vartamāne kṣetrarūpe yeṣāṃ puṃsām ātmasaṃvedo na jātaḥ brahmajñānaṃ na jātaṃ teṣāṃ puṃsāmeva dehatyāgād ūrdhvaṃ śarīrotsargataḥ paścāt tadbrahma dūrataraṃ dūrāddūrataram ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 31.2, 2.0 asmin śarīre vartamāne kṣetrarūpe yeṣāṃ puṃsām ātmasaṃvedo na jātaḥ brahmajñānaṃ na jātaṃ teṣāṃ puṃsāmeva dehatyāgād ūrdhvaṃ
śarīrotsargataḥ paścāt tadbrahma dūrataraṃ dūrāddūrataram ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 33.2, 2.0 yato brahmādayo jīvanmuktāś cānye divyāṃ tanuṃ vidhāya muktiṃ prāptās tasmāddhetor yoginā yogayuktena prathamaṃ divyā tanur vidheyā
dṛḍhaśarīraṃ kāryam ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 3, 9.2, 20.0 tannāgaṃ vaṅgaṃ ca rasāyane
śarīrasiddhinimittaṃ na yojyamiti yato nāgavaṅgaprabhavāv aupādhikau doṣau galabandhagulmadau kathitau etannāgaṃ vaṅgaṃ ca grāsārthe yojyamiti yuktaṃ yata etenāntargatenānyadapi grāhyaṃ dravyaṃ grasatīti bhāvaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 3, 24.1, 2.0 ādau prathamaṃ khalve lohārkāśmamaye gandhakaṃ truṭiśo dattvā alpamātraṃ vāraṃ vāraṃ gandharasau dattvā tāvanmardanīyaṃ yāvat sā piṣṭikā
ekaśarīratā bhavati kajjaliketi vyaktārthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 3, 24.1, 4.0 kayā kṛtvā drutabalivasayā drutā dravībhūtā yā balivasā bhekamatsyakarkaṭaśiśumārāṇāṃ tailarūpā
śarīrajātā tayā //
MuA zu RHT, 4, 17.2, 3.0 lohaṃ pūrvoktalakṣaṇaṃ muṇḍādikaṃ abhrasatvaṃ ca tālakasamabhāgasāritaṃ tālakasya samabhāgena pūrvavidhānena mukhādinā yatsāritaṃ
ekaśarīratāṃ nītaṃ sṛ gatāvityasya dhāto rūpaṃ sāritaṃ pramilitam ityarthaḥ evaṃvidhaṃ kāntābhrasatvālaṃ rasaścarati //
MuA zu RHT, 4, 18.2, 2.0 atha lohakathanānantaraṃ vaṅgaṃ khurasaṃjñakaṃ abhrakaṃ ca etaddvayaṃ tālakaṣaḍbhāgasāritaṃ tālakasya ṣaḍaṃśena
ekaśarīratāṃ nītaṃ tatsvarūpaṃ rasaścarati //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 58.2, 3.0 atra kimavadhistatkartavyo yāvat ślakṣṇā spaṣṭā piṣṭī
ekaśarīratā bhavet rasabījayoriti śeṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 10, 1.3, 4.0 vaikrāntaṃ vajrabhūmijaṃ rajaḥ kāntaṃ cumbakaṃ sasyakaścapalaḥ mākṣikaṃ tāpyaṃ vimalā raupyamākṣikam ityādayo gandhakādayaścoparasaṃjñakā na milanti
ekaśarīratāṃ nāpnuvanti //
MuA zu RHT, 12, 1.3, 4.0 lohāni hemādīni nāgāṅgatayā
bhujaṅgaśarīratayā na milanti sugamatvena ekaśarīratāṃ nāpnuvanti //
MuA zu RHT, 12, 1.3, 4.0 lohāni hemādīni nāgāṅgatayā bhujaṅgaśarīratayā na milanti sugamatvena
ekaśarīratāṃ nāpnuvanti //
MuA zu RHT, 15, 7.2, 2.0 indragopaśarīracūrṇaṃ suradālīphalaiḥ samāṃśakaiḥ suragopacūrṇatulyabhāgaiḥ kṛtvā vāpo deyaḥ drute satyuparikṣepa iti suvarṇe vāpe kṛte suvarṇaṃ drutamāste kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ rasaprakhyaṃ jalatulyam ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 18, 63.2, 10.0 tato'nantaraṃ tatpatitaṃ tailaṃ svāṅgaśītaṃ kāryaṃ aṅge tailadravarūpe
śarīre yathāsvaṃ svayameva śītaṃ yathā syāttathā kāryam //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 4.2, 3.0 anyasaṃyogamāha tadanu ghṛtasaindhavānantaraṃ ketakītanujaṃ kvāthaṃ ketakyāḥ tanuḥ
śarīraṃ tasmājjātaṃ ketakīmūlasaṃbhavam ityarthaḥ aṅge'pyanukte vihitaṃ tu mūlaṃ iti nyāyāt tridinaṃ prayuñjīyādityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 4.2, 5.0 tato vidhinā svedavidhānena dehaḥ
śarīraṃ vārtikendreṇa rasasaṃpradāyavidā svedyaḥ svinnaḥ kartavyaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 7.2, 2.0 punarapīti yāvakapathyayogānantaraṃ ca punaḥ pānayogaṃ vakṣyāmi kimarthaṃ sakalabhuvanahitakṛtaye samastasaṃsārahitakaraṇāya idaṃ vakṣyamāṇaṃ cūrṇaṃ pathyādyaṃ uṣṇodakasamaṃ taptajalena saha prathamayāme prathamapraharāntaḥ pītvā
śuddhaśarīro bhaved ityāgāmiślokasaṃbandhāt //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 7.2, 6.2 amunā vakṣyamāṇavirecanena yāvakādinā
śuddhaśarīraḥ san parihatasaṃsargadoṣabalī bhavati saṃsargeṇa ye doṣāḥ śarīrābhyantarāste saṃsargadoṣāḥ te parihatā jitā yena saḥ parihatasaṃsargadoṣaḥ tena balī balayuktaḥ doṣanivṛttau guṇapravṛttir ityavaśyam //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 7.2, 6.2 amunā vakṣyamāṇavirecanena yāvakādinā śuddhaśarīraḥ san parihatasaṃsargadoṣabalī bhavati saṃsargeṇa ye doṣāḥ
śarīrābhyantarāste saṃsargadoṣāḥ te parihatā jitā yena saḥ parihatasaṃsargadoṣaḥ tena balī balayuktaḥ doṣanivṛttau guṇapravṛttir ityavaśyam //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 9.2, 2.0 pūrvoktavidhānena śuddhaḥ san yo jātabalo bhavati sa kṣetrīkṛtanijadehaḥ akṣetraṃ kṣetraṃ kriyata iti kṣetrīkṛto nijadehaḥ
śarīraṃ yena saḥ matimān rasāyanaṃ vidhivatprakurvīta //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 11.2, 5.0 asya auṣadhasya māsena māsapramāṇena bhakṣaṇāt kāntir bhavati medhā ceti dvābhyāṃ dvimāsābhyāṃ doṣanikaraṃ gadasamudāyaṃ praśamayati śāntiṃ nayati punarmāsatritayena trimāsapramāṇena svāt
svasāmānyaśarīrāt amaravapurdevaśarīro mahātejāḥ dīptimān syādityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 11.2, 5.0 asya auṣadhasya māsena māsapramāṇena bhakṣaṇāt kāntir bhavati medhā ceti dvābhyāṃ dvimāsābhyāṃ doṣanikaraṃ gadasamudāyaṃ praśamayati śāntiṃ nayati punarmāsatritayena trimāsapramāṇena svāt svasāmānyaśarīrāt
amaravapurdevaśarīro mahātejāḥ dīptimān syādityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 22.2, 2.0 ghanaṃ niścandrikamapi śuddhaṃ candrikārahitamapi nirdoṣaṃ viḍaṅgatriphalājyamadhurasamāyuktaṃ kṛmighnaharītakīvibhītakāmalakaghṛtakṣaudramilitaṃ pratidivasaṃ pratidinaṃ ekapalapramāṇaṃ sarvaṃ bhuktvā vidhinā
śuddhaśarīravidhānena kṣīrāśano bhavet kṣīreṇa saha śālyodanāśanaṃ samācaredityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 66.2, 7.0 tat vadanagataṃ mukhāntaḥsthitaṃ śastravārakaṃ syāt asmiṃśca vadanaṃ gate sati
śarīre khaḍgādīnāṃ prahāro na lagati //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 72.2, 6.0 siddhayogīndraiḥ pūjyatamaḥ siddhā devaviśeṣāḥ yogīndrā nāgārjunādayaḥ tato'nantaraṃ mṛtajīvanī jalamadhye kṣiptvā prakṣālya ghaṭikādvayaṃ vadanagatā satī mṛtakasya puruṣasyotthāpanaṃ prabodhanaṃ kurute yaḥ pumān puruṣaḥ tadeva toyaṃ guṭikākṣālanaṃ svacchaṃ nirmalaṃ pibati kiṃviśiṣṭaḥ pathyānvito hitāvahadravyabhakṣaṇayuktaḥ sa puruṣo divyaṃ vapuḥ
devaśarīraṃ labhate kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ divyaṃ punaḥ mṛtyujarāvarjitaṃ vyādhipālityarahitaṃ punaḥ sudṛḍhaṃ vajravad guṭikāparimāṇaṃ pākavidhānaṃ ca pūrvavad ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 74.2, 2.0 kāntaṃ ca ghanaṃ ca anayoḥ sattvaṃ kāntaghanasattvaṃ kāntasattvaṃ cumbakasattvaṃ ghanasattvaṃ abhrakasāraṃ kamalaṃ ceti kamalaṃ tāmraṃ ca punarhema svarṇaṃ tāraṃ ca rūpyaṃ pūrvavat yathā yena vidhānena kṛtadvandvaṃ kṛtaṃ ca tat dvandvaṃ ceti bījavaraṃ samajīrṇaṃ kāryaṃ kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ bījavaraṃ vajrayutaṃ hīrakayutam iyaṃ guṭikā nāmato vajriṇī punareṣā vajriṇīguṭikā mukhakuharagatā satī mukhāntaḥprāptā satī navanāgatulyabalaṃ navasaṃkhyākā nāgāḥ hastinastaistulyaṃ tatsamaṃ yadbalaṃ tatkurute tadvapustasya mukhe guṭikādhāriṇo vapuḥ
śarīraṃ durbhedyaṃ duḥkhena bhettuṃ śakyaṃ punarmṛtyujarāvyādhibhir nirmuktam ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 79.2, 9.0 eṣā rasavidyā
śarīraṃ ajarāmaraṇaṃ ajarāmaraṃ kurute śarīraṃ ca dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāṃ mūlaṃ ataḥ sakalamaṅgalādhāreti yuktam //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 79.2, 9.0 eṣā rasavidyā śarīraṃ ajarāmaraṇaṃ ajarāmaraṃ kurute
śarīraṃ ca dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāṃ mūlaṃ ataḥ sakalamaṅgalādhāreti yuktam //
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra, 3, 14.3 iti vāmapādapārṣṇighātakarāsphoṭasamudañcitavaktras tālatrayaṃ dattvā devyahambhāvayuktaḥ
svaśarīre vajrakavacanyāsajālaṃ vidadhīta //
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 89.2, 5.0 yat sevitamātraṃ tatkṣaṇa eva
śarīrāntaḥsthasarvadhātuṣu sahasā sabāhyābhyantaraṃ vyāpnoti paścāt pākaṃ prāpnoti tadvyavāyi krāmaṇetyaparaparyāyaṃ ca bodhyam //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 10, 50.2, 17.0 yatra guṇāḥ sarve sambhūyotkaṭā nivasanti tasmāt pāradādapi jīrṇarasoparasamaṇilohāt susiddhānāṃ lohānāṃ guṇā yathāvidhisevino narasya
śarīre'dhikā eva //
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 5, 115.1 ārāgya ca kāṃciddantaiḥ kṣoditāṃ kṛtvā dadyāt kāṃcit peṣayitvā dadyāt kāṃcidanyadravyasaṃyojitāṃ pācayitvā dadyāt kāṃcidāmadravyasaṃyojitāṃ kṛtvā dadyāt kāṃcicchalākayā
śarīrasthānaṃ viddhvā dadyāt kāṃcidagninā paridāhya dadyāt kāṃcidanyonyadravyasaṃyuktāṃ yāvat pānabhojanādiṣvapi yojayitvā dadyāt //
SDhPS, 10, 55.1 na ca tasminnavaśyaṃ
tathāgataśarīrāṇi pratiṣṭhāpayitavyāni //
SDhPS, 10, 56.2 ekaghanameva
tasmiṃstathāgataśarīramupanikṣiptaṃ bhavati yasmin pṛthivīpradeśe 'yaṃ dharmaparyāyo bhāṣyeta vā deśyeta vā paṭhyeta vā saṃgāyeta vā likhyeta vā likhito vā pustakagatastiṣṭhet //
SDhPS, 11, 22.1 tadayaṃ mahāpratibhāna tasya bhagavataḥ prabhūtaratnasya tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya
śarīrastūpaḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 45.2 gantavyaṃ khalu punaḥ kulaputrā bhaviṣyati asmābhiḥ sahāṃ lokadhātuṃ bhagavataḥ śākyamunestathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikaṃ prabhūtaratnasya tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya
śarīrastūpavandanāya //
SDhPS, 11, 145.1 ṣaṇṇāṃ ca pāramitānāṃ paripūryā udyukto 'bhūvamaprameyadānapradaḥ suvarṇamaṇimuktāvaidūryaśaṅkhaśilāpravālajātarūparajatāśmagarbhamusāragalvalohitamuktāgrāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānībhāryāputraduhitṛdāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyahastyaśvarathaṃ
yāvadātmaśarīraparityāgī karacaraṇaśirottamāṅgapratyaṅgajīvitadātā //
SDhPS, 11, 181.1 ekaghanaṃ cāsya
śarīraṃ bhaviṣyati saptaratnastūpaṃ praviṣṭam //
SDhPS, 11, 221.1 trisāhasramahāsāhasrāyāṃ lokadhātau nāsti kaścidantaśaḥ sarṣapamātro 'pi pṛthivīpradeśaḥ yatrānena
śarīraṃ na nikṣiptaṃ sattvahitahetoḥ //
SDhPS, 16, 79.2 kṛtā me tena ajita kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā
śarīreṣu śarīrapūjā saptaratnamayāś ca stūpāḥ kāritā yāvad brahmalokamuccaistvena anupūrvapariṇāhena sacchatraparigrahāḥ savaijayantīkā ghaṇṭāsamudgānuratās teṣāṃ ca śarīrastūpānāṃ vividhāḥ satkārāḥ kṛtā nānāvidhairdivyairmānuṣyakaiḥ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajapatākāvaijayantībhir vividhamadhuramanojñapaṭupaṭahadundubhimahādundubhibhir vādyatālaninādanirghoṣaśabdair nānāvidhaiśca gītanṛtyalāsyaprakārair bahubhiraparimitair bahvaprameyāṇi kalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi satkāraḥ kṛto bhavati //
SDhPS, 16, 79.2 kṛtā me tena ajita kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā śarīreṣu
śarīrapūjā saptaratnamayāś ca stūpāḥ kāritā yāvad brahmalokamuccaistvena anupūrvapariṇāhena sacchatraparigrahāḥ savaijayantīkā ghaṇṭāsamudgānuratās teṣāṃ ca śarīrastūpānāṃ vividhāḥ satkārāḥ kṛtā nānāvidhairdivyairmānuṣyakaiḥ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajapatākāvaijayantībhir vividhamadhuramanojñapaṭupaṭahadundubhimahādundubhibhir vādyatālaninādanirghoṣaśabdair nānāvidhaiśca gītanṛtyalāsyaprakārair bahubhiraparimitair bahvaprameyāṇi kalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi satkāraḥ kṛto bhavati //
SDhPS, 16, 79.2 kṛtā me tena ajita kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā śarīreṣu śarīrapūjā saptaratnamayāś ca stūpāḥ kāritā yāvad brahmalokamuccaistvena anupūrvapariṇāhena sacchatraparigrahāḥ savaijayantīkā ghaṇṭāsamudgānuratās teṣāṃ ca
śarīrastūpānāṃ vividhāḥ satkārāḥ kṛtā nānāvidhairdivyairmānuṣyakaiḥ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajapatākāvaijayantībhir vividhamadhuramanojñapaṭupaṭahadundubhimahādundubhibhir vādyatālaninādanirghoṣaśabdair nānāvidhaiśca gītanṛtyalāsyaprakārair bahubhiraparimitair bahvaprameyāṇi kalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi satkāraḥ kṛto bhavati //
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Tarkasaṃgraha
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 2, 38.2 uoṃ nama uḍḍāmareśvarāya
śarīram andhaṃ kuru ṭhaḥ ṭhaḥ svāhā /
UḍḍT, 8, 13.13 etac cūrṇaṃ śvetakaṅkolīmūlaṃ lakṣmaṇācūrṇaṃ ca samaṃ kṛtvā kuṅkumakvāthena sahartusamaye sadā bhakṣaṇārthaṃ dīyate tadā tasyāḥ
śarīraśuddhir bhavati /
UḍḍT, 12, 46.8 imaṃ gokṣīrasadṛśaṃ vāraṃ vāraṃ vicintayed vā varānanamukhe śirasi
śarīre tataḥ kaṇṭhe tato hṛdi nābhimaṇḍale guhye tathā sarvāṅge cintayet tathā pūrakeṇa varārohe kaṇṭhadaṣṭo 'pi jīvati /
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 17, 3.0 udīcīnān asya pado nidhattāt sūryaṃ cakṣur gamayatād vātaṃ prāṇam anvavasṛjatād antarikṣam asuṃ diśaḥ śrotraṃ pṛthivīṃ
śarīram //